CSO-M-POPU-2-2009

MANUAL

ON

VITAL STATISTICS

June 2009

Government of India
Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation
Central Statistical Organisation
 PREFACE

One of the mandates of the Central Statistical Organisation [CSO] is that of laying down
norms and standards and evolving concepts, definitions, methodology and classification in
relation to official statistics. Even though the CSO has been performing these mandates in many
fields of statistics, the absence of proper documentation in this regard led to a decision to
prepare, to start with, statistical manuals in respect of an identified list of 24 subjects detailing
concepts, definitions, classification procedures, compilation of data, estimating procedures,
dissemination and other relevant explanatory notes, including methodological framework in the
statistical indicators/statistics to make these manuals comprehensive reference books comparable
to the manuals being brought out by the UNSD from time to time.

2. This manual on Population Census is one in the series of such manuals on statistical
indicators proposed to be brought out by the CSO. The basic purpose of this manual, like those
of the others in the series, is to provide the users of Indian Census data with a ready-to-use
reference guide inter-alia on methodological aspects of data (metadata) on census based on
harmonised concepts and methodologies that, among other things, facilitate international
comparison and help in aggregation of statistics to draw meaningful conclusions. Another
purpose of this manual is to provide the statistical offices, both at the national and state levels,
with guidelines in the compilation of population census data.

3. The details/information included in this manual are expected to bring about

harmonization and uniformly in concepts, definitions and methodology of compilation of
population census data. The adoption of the methodology suggested in this manual, it is
expected, can go a long way in facilitating data aggregation and data comparison, not only at
intra-regional and inter-regional levels, but also at the international levels.

4. This manual has been prepared, basically at the instance of the Central Statistical
Organisation (CSO), by Shri K.S. Natarajan, Deputy Registrar General of India (Rtd.) under the
guidance of Steering Committee for Preparation of Manuals on Statistical Indicators headed by
the Director General, CSO. I take this opportunity to place on record the support provided by the
concerned officers of Registrar of India and the Social Statistics Division of CSO in bringing
about improvement in the draft of the manual.

5. I hope that this manual will serve as a useful reference document on the subject. Any
comments/suggestions towards improving the scope, contents, lay out etc. of this manual from
the readers/users of this manual would be welcome and deeply appreciated.

(S. K. Das)
New Delhi
Director General
Dated June 2, 2009 Central
Statistical Organisation
I - SOURCES OF DEMOGRAPHIC DATA IN INDIA

1.1 Important sources of demographic data in India are (1) Population

Census (2 ) Civil registration system (3) Demographic sample surveys such
as National Sample Surveys (NSS), Sample Registration System (SRS) and
(4) Health Surveys, such as National Family Health Surveys, (NFHS), District
level household Surveys for assessing progress under the Reproductive
and Child Health programme (DLHS-RCH ). This manual discusses the
salient features of each of these sources of demographic data, their
strengths and limitations.

Population Census
1.2 India has a record of unbroken census since 1881. The census of
1881 was the first step forward towards a modern synchronous and
comprehensive operation in which a lot of effort was made not only to
ensure complete coverage but also on the classification of data by
demographic, economic and social characteristics. Since then the census
provides a population database at 10 year intervals. While there was no
statutory backing for collecting population census data, in British India,
after independence, a comprehensive Act has been enacted to
conduct census and collect data.
1.3 Population Census is the most comprehensive source of
demographic data in India. The advantage of census is that some of the
data like population size by sex, literacy status and number of workers are
available at lowest area level. A large set of data are also available at
district and state level. Data available up to district level are: (1) Age-Sex
Distribution, (2) Marital Status, (3) population classified by educational
level, religion & mother tongue and (5) Population classified by worker
and non worker ,industrial and occupational classification of workers and
migration . Data on housing condition, a few basic amenities available to
the household, and fertility are also available in recent censuses.

Civil Registration System

1.4 According to the United Nations, civil registration is defined as the
continuous permanent and compulsory recording of the occurrence of
vital events, like, live births, deaths, fetal deaths, marriages, divorces as
well as annulments, judicial separation, adoptions, legitimations and
recognitions. Civil registration is performed under a law, decree or
regulation so as to provide a legal basis to the records and certificates
made from the system, which has got several uses in the personal life of
individual citizens. Moreover, the information collected through the

1
registration process provides very useful and important vital statistics also
on a continuous basis at the national level starting from the smallest
administrative unit. In fact, obtaining detailed vital statistics on regular
basis is one of the major functions of the Civil Registration System (CRS) in
several countries of the world. Vital Statistics records obtained under CRS
have got administrative uses in designing and implementing public health
programmes and carrying out social, demographic and historical
research. For an individual, the birth registration records provide legal
proof of identity and civil status, age, nationality, dependency status etc.,
on which depend a wide variety of rights.

1.5 The office of the Registrar General of India was created in

1951 and the vital statistics department was transferred to this office from
the Director of Health Services in 1960. On deliberations and
recommendations of various committees, the Registration of Births and
Deaths Act (1969) was enacted by Parliament to enforce uniform civil
registration throughout the country.

National Sample Survey

1.6 Data on fertility and mortality derivable from the census are not very
reliable and they are also available only once in ten years. In the absence
of reliable data from the civil registration system (CRS), the need for
reliable vital statistics at national and state levels is being met through
sample surveys launched from time to time. At the instance of the then
Prime Minister, Shri Jawaharlal Nehru, a large scale sample survey
agency known as National Sample Survey (NSS) came into existence in
1950 on the recommendations of the National Income Committee
chaired by Late Professor P. C. Mahalanobis. In the 1950’s and 1960’s the
National Sample Survey attempted to provide reliable estimates of birth
and death rates through its regular rounds. However, the release of 1961
census data indicated that the birth rates and death rates and a
consequently the growth rates were often not estimated correctly. Many
analysts at that point of time felt that the onetime retrospective recall
surveys such as National Sample survey may not be able to estimate the
vital rates correctly.

Sample Registration System (SRS)

1.7 Taking into account the view that NSS could not provide the
estimates of vital rates correctly, a search for alternative procedures to
estimate vital rates was attempted. The sample registration system (SRS)
was one such attempt. The Government of India, in the late 1960s,
initiated the Sample Registration System that is based on a Dual
2
Recording System. In the Sample Registration System, there is a continuous
enumeration of births and deaths in a sample of villages/urban blocks by
a resident part-time enumerator and then, an independent six monthly
retrospective survey by a full time supervisor. The data obtained through
these two sources are matched. The unmatched and partially matched
events are re-verified in the field to obtain the correct number of events. .
At present, the Sample Registration System (SRS) provides reliable annual
data on fertility and mortality at the state and national levels, for the rural
and urban areas separately. In this survey, the sample units, villages in rural
areas and urban blocks in urban areas, are replaced once in ten years.

Health surveys
1.8 In the last decade, a few important sources for demographic data
have emerged. These are the National Family Health Surveys (NFHS), and
the District Level Household Surveys (DLHS) conducted for the evaluation
of reproductive and child Health programmes. Three rounds of NFHS
surveys have been completed. These provide inter-alia estimates of
fertility, child mortality and a number of health parameters relating to
infants and children at the state level. They also provide information on
the availability of health and family planning services to pregnant and
other women in reproductive ages. The DLHS provides information, at the
district level, on a number of indicators relating to child health,
reproductive health problems and the quality of services available to the
target groups. Three rounds of surveys have been conducted so far. In
each round surveys have been conducted in two phases spread over two
years. In the first two rounds of surveys, in each phase of the survey, half
of the districts in a state have been covered. The third round of the survey
has also been completed in the form of District Level Household and
Facility Survey (DLHS-3), which is one of the largest ever demographic and
health surveys carried out in India, with a sample size of about seven lakh
households covering all the districts of the country. As in the cases of
DLHS-1 and DLHS-2, in the case of DLHS-3 as well, the International Institute
for Population Sciences (IIPS), Mumbai was the nodal agency to conduct
the survey. Like the other two earlier rounds of DLHS Surveys, DLHS-3 was
also designed to provide estimates on important indicators on maternal
and child health, family planning and other reproductive health services.
In addition, DLHS-3 provides information on important interventions of the
National Rural Health Mission (NRHM). Unlike the previous two rounds in
which only currently married women (age 15-44 years), DLHS-3
interviewed ever-married women (age 15-49 years) and never married
women (age 15-24 years). DLHS-3 adopted a multi-stage stratified
sampling design and sampled households representing a district vary from
1000 to 1500. DLHS-3 provides the latest statistics for examining the
performance of the programme implementation in the health sector. The
3
information available from this survey on health and family welfare
indicators will help the programme managers at the district level to
monitor the implementation and to take necessary corrective measures,
if, whenever and wherever called for. Uniform bi-lingual questionnaires,
both in English and the local language, were used in DLHS-3 viz.
Household, Ever Married Women (age 15-49 years), un-married women
(age 15-24 years), Village and Health Facility Questionnaires. The DLHS-3 is
a first population linked facility survey conducted in India.

1.9 The chapters that follow discuss in detail the data emerging
from the above sources, their strengths, limitations, the organizational
details and the data collected.

4
II - POPULATION CENSUS

Definition of a population census

2.1 Oxford dictionary defines census as ‘an official count or survey of

population’. The Webster’s dictionary defines it as an official enumeration
of the population, with details such as age, sex occupation etc. The
United Nations Document-‘Principles and Recommendations for National
Population Censuses’ defines the census of population as "the total
process of collecting, compiling and publishing demographic, economic
and social data pertaining, at a specified time or times, to all persons in a
country or delimited territory." 1 The word official does not occur in UN
definition. However, the UN manual discusses later on the legal basis for
census, which implies that census has to be conducted by an official
agency.

Essential features of a population census

Individual Enumeration

2.2 A ‘census’ implies that each individual is enumerated separately

and that the characteristics of each person in the total population, or in a
representative sample of the total population, are separately recorded.
Only by this procedure can the data on various characteristics be cross
classified. Individual enumeration does not preclude the use of sampling
techniques for obtaining data on specified characteristics, provided that
the sample design is consistent with the size of areas for which the data
are to be tabulated and the degree of details in the cross tabulation to
be made.

Universality within a defined territory

2.3 The population figures have no meaning unless they refer to a well
defined territory. The territory covered, along with any changes in its area
in successive censuses, should be clearly and explicitly stated. Each
person present and/or residing within its scope, without omission or
duplication, should be included in the census to ensure completeness and
accuracy of census data.

Simultaneity

1
United Nations ,Principles and Recommendations for the 1970 Population Censuses, Statistical papers,
Series M,No.44, 1967,pp 3-4

5
2.4 The total population enumerated should refer to one well defined
point of time and the data collected should also refer to a well defined
point or period of time. This is essential to an accurate count of the total
population and relationship of facts about the population to a specified
period of time. As a general rule, a day is fixed for the census and also a
particular moment which is called the "census moment". In India, the
"Census moment" is usually the sunrise of 1st March, of the census year.
However, in the 1971 census, it was the sunrise of 1st April. In 2001 census1 “
Census moment “ was 00.00 hours of 1st March 2001. The fixing of the
"census moment" helps the enumerators to decide which persons are to
be included in the census. The persons born after the census moment or
the persons dying before the census moment are to be excluded from the
census. Some of the characteristics of the population like age, marital
status, occupation, literacy and birthplace etc., are referred to a period
of time usually from 10th February to 28th February of the census year to
ensure simultaneity.

2.5 Because of the adverse climatic conditions or unforeseen

contingencies, the population census is sometimes carried out non
synchronously. For example, in 2001 census, in Jammu and Kashmir and
certain snow bound areas of Himachal Pradesh and Uttar Pradesh ,the
Population enumeration was carried out during 11th to 30th
September,2000, with a revision round from 1 to 5th October 2000. Due
st

to devastating earth quake in Gujarat on 26th January, the 2001 census

enumeration was suspended in the entire district of Kachch,Morvi, Maliya-
Miana and Wankaner talukas of Rajkot district and Jodiya taluka of
Jamnagar district.

2.6 Again, due to disturbed conditions,census could not be conducted

in the States of Assam in 1981 and in Jammu and Kashmir in 1991.

2.7 The first attempted census in India during 1871-72 was non-
synchronous. The original intention was to take a simultaneous count on all
the parts of India on 15-11-1871.In practice ,it was taken on different
dates in various provinces and in Bengal province, it was taken on two
different dates . The census was not conducted in the then provinces of
Punjab, Hyderabad and Oudh. Of the princely states, Census was held
only in Mysore. The reference dates for various counts are given below:

North –Western provinces 18-1-1872

Bombay 21-2-1872
Central Provinces 25-1-1872
British Burma 14-11-1871
6
 Mysore and Coorg 14-11-1871
Madras 15-11-1871

2.8 In the case of Madras, in Tanjore district and Palaghat town, the
census was postponed by a week due to local festivals. In Bengal, the
dates varied from district to district.
2.9 The 1881 census was not taken in Kashmir. In the princely states,
except Haryana, Baroda and Mysore, information on sex wise number of
population was obtained. But data on age, civil conditions, caste and
occupation was not obtained.

2.10 In 1961 census, the North East Frontier province was covered but a
simplified schedule was used.

Defined Periodicity

2.11 Censuses should be taken at regular intervals so that comparable

information is made available in a fixed sequence. A series of censuses
makes it possible to appraise the past, accurately describe the present
and estimate the future.

2.12 Starting from 1891, in India, Population Census has been taken
every ten years, usually with 1st March as reference point of time. The one
exception was 1971 census which was taken with 1st April 1971 as
reference point. Also in a few pockets, where census is conducted non-
synchronously, the dates of enumeration are not exactly ten years.

Individual Units:

2.13 Census data must be collected separately for each individual so

that detailed classifications may be provided in all the required
combinations. A procedure of "group enumeration" is not a census in the
strict sense of the term because the recording of aggregated or
summarized information on the characteristics of a group of persons
usually precludes the cross-tabulation of data on several characteristics.
Even though a well-designed "group enumeration" can produce cross-
classifications of certain individual characteristics, such as sex and age,
the possibilities in this respect are so limited that the procedure is not
recommended for general use, particularly since it tends to result in under-
enumeration of the population.

2.14 Individual enumeration does not preclude the use of sampling

techniques for obtaining data on specified characteristics, provided that
the sample design is consistent with the size of the areas for which the
7
data are to be tabulated and the degree of detail in the cross-tabulations
to be made.

Sponsorship:

2.15 To conduct a census, a vast organization and considerable

resources are needed. The census organisation has to mobilize extensive
administrative machinery, with adequate legislative authority. This can be
done only by National Government, with the cooperation of States and
Local Governments.

2.16 In India, the population census is a Union subject (Article 246) and is
listed at serial number 69 of the Seventh Schedule of the Constitution. The
Census Act, 1948 forms the legal basis for conduct of censuses in
independent India. The act and subsequent amendments are presented
in Annex-I. The salient features of the act are discussed elsewhere.
Although the Census Act is an instrument of Central legislation, in the
scheme of its execution, the state governments provide the administrative
support for the actual conduct of the census. A census hierarchy is set up
at all levels by the states specifically for the purposes of carrying out the
census. The Census Organization, under the Union Home Ministry, has
been functioning on a permanent footing ever since 1961 and provides
the vital continuity to conceive, plan and implement the programme of
census taking in the country. The organization, headed by the Registrar
General and Census Commissioner, India has field offices in thirty States
and Union territories. These are permanent Directorates headed by the
Directors of Census Operations, who are mainly responsible for the
conduct of census in their respective jurisdiction.

2.17 Until the 1991 census, except Dadra and Nagar Haveli and Daman
and Diu, every State and Union territory had a permanent Directorate of
Census Operations, to oversee the census work in the state. The creation
of three new States of Uttaranchal, Jharkhand and Chhatisgarh in
November, 2000 led to an extraordinary situation on the ground, as it was
not found practical to establish independent Census Directorates for
these states, with the main enumeration barely three months away. The
Directors of Census Operations, Uttar Pradesh, Bihar and Madhya Pradesh
were designated as Directors of Census Operations of Uttaranchal,
Jharkhand and Chhatisgarh respectively and given the full responsibility
for conduct of population enumeration in these states. The Director of
Census Operations, Gujarat was, as usual, put in charge of the two Union
territories, namely, Dadra and Nagar Haveli and Daman and Diu.

Compilation and Publications:

8
2.18 No census is complete unless the data collected are compiled and
published by geographic areas and by basic demographic variables. The
unpublished data are of no use to the potential users of the census data.
That is why the census should be limited to very important items, which
can be tabulated and published in time.

International Simultaneity:

2.19 The census of any country is of greater value nationally, regionally

and internationally if it can be compared with the censuses of other
countries which are taken at approximately the same time. Censuses in
most countries of the world are conducted in years ending in 0 or 1. In
India, the decennial censuses are conducted in years ending in 1.
International comparability is thus maintained. The Indian census
possesses all the above features.

Uses of census data

2.20 As a part of an integrated programme of data collection, the

population census is the primary source of basic national population data
required for administrative purposes and for many aspects of economic
and social research and planning. The value of the census results is
increased if they can be employed together with the results of other
investigations, as in the use of the census data as a base of benchmark
for current statistics. The usefulness of the census is also enhanced if it can
furnish the information needed for conducting other statistical
investigations. It can, for example, provide a statistical frame for other
censuses and sample surveys. The purpose of a continuing programme of
data collection can best be served, therefore, if the relationship between
the population census and other statistical investigations is considered
when census planning is under way and if provision is made for facilitating
the use of the census and its results in connection with intercensal sample
surveys, with continuous population registers, with other types of censuses
and with civil registration and vital statistics, and with labour force,
educational and similar statistics. The use of consistent concepts and
definitions throughout an integrated programme of data collection is
essential if the advantages of these relationships are to be fully realized.

Utility in Administration and Policy:

2.21 The population census provides the basic data for administrative
purposes. One of the most basic of the administrative uses of census data
is in the demarcation of constituencies and the allocation of
9
representation on governing bodies. Detailed information on the
geographic distribution of the population is indispensable for this purpose.
The legal and administrative status of a territorial division also depends
upon the size of its population. The constitution of India has provided for
readjustment of number of seats to both Lok Sabha and various legislative
assemblies every ten years on the basis of the latest census figures,
immediately after publication of these figures. The data collected in the
census is employed to determine the total number of seats to be reserved
for members of scheduled castes and scheduled tribes in the House of
People and the Legislative Assemblies of the States.

2.22 The Census also gives information on the demographic and

economic characteristics of the population at the district level. This
information is of immense help for the administration at the district level.
Information on the geographic distribution of the population, its size and
its other characteristics is essential to the study and evaluation of
economic and social problems, which must precede the determination of
policy affecting economic and social development. Consideration of
questions of employment and manpower programmes, migration,
housing, education, public health and welfare, social services, economic
and social planning, and numerous other aspects of the life of the
country, are facilitated if accurate information about the characteristics
of the population is available for civil and other administrative divisions.

2.23 One must mention the special use of census and religion data in
India. For the first time, political use was made of the census data in
creation of Orissa and Sind in 1937 on the basis of 1931 census data. 2For
this purpose village wise language and caste data were extracted from
each village and Town in Ganjam and Vizagpatnam in Madras of 1931.
Each village was then classified as predominantly Telugu or Oriya or others
on the basis of the proportion of language or caste to the total
population. For each Taluk in these districts, maps were prepared showing
the villages/Towns according to the category to which they belonged
were prepared and submitted to the boundary commission. This was the
precursor to the use of religion data to decide the areas that should go
the erstwhile Pakistan and India. In Independent India, 1951 census
language data has been used to linguistically re organize the states. The
district wise estimates of fertility derived from 1981 census data on
Children Ever Born (CEB), Children Surviving(CS) and Births during Last Year
(BLY) have been used by the department of family welfare to identify and
launch special family planning programs for high fertility districts. Similarly,

2
D.Natarajan, Indian census through hundred years, Part 1-Census Centenary Monograph No.2-Census of
India 1971.

10
the child mortality estimates have been used to under pin areas of high
child mortality.

Utility of Census data for Research Purposes:

2.24 The population census provides indispensable data for scientific

analysis and appraisal of the composition, distribution and past and
prospective growth of the population. The changing patterns of urban-
rural concentration, the development of urbanized areas, the geographic
distribution of population according to occupation and education, the
sex and age structure of population, social and economic characteristics
of population are the questions of scientific interest, which are of
importance both to research and practical problems of industrial and
commercial growth and management.

Utility of Census data in Business and Industry:

2.25 The census data has many important uses for individuals and
institutions in business and industry. It is very difficult to make a full
assessment of the multiplicity of ways in which trade and business make
use of the census data. A few uses of the census data can, however, be
mentioned. Reliable estimates of consumer demand for a variety of
goods and services depend on accurate information on the size of the
population and its distribution at least by age and sex, since these
characteristics heavily influence the demand for housing, furnishing,
clothing, recreational facilities, medical supplies and so forth. Since the
local availability of labour for production and distribution of commodities
is important in determining the location and organisation of enterprises,
this calls for the need of the census data.

Census as frame for Sample Surveys:

2.26 The rapidity of current changes in the size and other characteristics
of populations and the demand for additional detailed data on social
and economic characteristics, which are not appropriate for collection in
a full-scale census, have brought about the need for continuing
programmes of intercensal sample surveys to collect current and detailed
information on many topics, which are usually investigated at ten-year
intervals between the population censuses.

2.27 The census can provide the frame for scientific sample design in
11
connection with sample surveys, at the same time it provides benchmark
data for evaluating the reasonableness of the over-all survey results as
well as a base against which changes in the characteristics investigated
in both inquiries can be measured. To permit comparison of census and
survey results, the definitions and classifications employed should be as
nearly alike as possible, consistent with the aims of each investigation. The
selection of Sample units for the purpose of investigation in a sample
survey has to be made from the complete list of these units. The sampling
frame may be a list of small areas, structures, persons, households or
groups of households. The National Sample Survey frequently uses the list
of census villages as frame for several social and economic investigations
in the rural areas of India. The Sample Registration Scheme of Registrar
General's office in India also utilizes the list of census villages and blocks as
frame for the registration of births and deaths. In recent years, large scale
sample surveys such as National Family Health surveys (NFHS),
Reproductive and Child health-Rapid Household surveys (RCH-RHS) have
depended mainly on Primary Census Abstract (PCA) data to select the
first stage units such as villages. Thus, the census provides the frame for
subsequent sample enquiries during the inter-census period.

Utility of Census data in Planning:

2.28 The census data is indispensable for social and economic planning
of the Country. The Planning Commission utilizes the Census data on the
distribution of population by age, sex classified by rural and urban regions,
cities, town areas and social groups to analyze the growth of consumer
demand and savings in the process of development. The age-sex data
provided by the census forms the basis for population projection. The
census data on economic issues also prove useful in national income
estimates and estimates on differential personal incomes in rural and
urban areas and the composition of rural and urban consumption of
groups of goods and services and income elasticity coefficients. An
analysis of areas of different population sizes, with different characteristics
certainly serves as a basis for Government plans and investigations on
basic social capital. The data on economic activity and educational
levels of the individual, as collected in the census, is very important for
manpower planning. The housing needs can also be estimated by using
the census data on population. Besides all these, the census data can
prove very useful in the formulation of policies on education, health,
agriculture, food and development of road, rail transport etc. In a nut-
shell, it can be said that the census data is extremely useful for various
types of planning.

Utility of Population Census to other types of Censuses:

12
2.29 Certain information collected as a part of a population census, or
incidental to it, can be most useful in conducting and/or utilizing the
results of housing, agricultural or establishment censuses taken at about
the same time or near about as the population census.

Utility of population census to civil registration and vital statistics:

2.30 Census data serve as denominators for the computation of vital

rates, especially rates specific for characteristics normally investigated
only at the time of the census. Conversely, census results, time-adjusted by
vital and migration statistics, can provide estimates of the future size,
distribution and other characteristics of the population of the total country
and sub national areas. Further, census data on fertility can provide a
bench-mark check on the reliability of current birth statistics. It is
consequently desirable that procedures for the collection of census data,
vital statistics and migration statistics be closely coordinated with regard
to coverage, concepts, definitions, classifications and tabulations.

Use in mortality and fertility studies:

2.31 In the absence of a reliable civil registration system, the Indian

census age distribution has been the source of constructing life tables for
India and major provinces for nearly a century. Eminent actuaries have,
based on age returns of the censuses, analyzed the quality of age returns,
smoothed them and constructed life tables. The estimates of fertility and
child mortality at district level provided by the 1981, 1991 and 2001
censuses add a new dimension to the use of census data.

13
III - HISTORY OF POPULATION CENSUS IN INDIA

3.1 There are evidences to show that population data were collected
in India in ancient periods also for taxation, military and other purposes.
Kautilya’s ‘Arthashastra” written during third century B.C. mentions about
collection of population data as a measure of state policy for the purpose
of taxation. During the Moghul period, extensive records were maintained
on land, production, population and famines.

3.2 Soon after the Restoration in England, the East India Company was
anxious to obtain reliable estimates of population in its Indian settlements.
This was felt necessary for reasons, such as defence, collection of
revenues and taxes and employment of population in profitable trades
and services.

3.3 The first census of India in the modern sense was conducted in
1881.Even in 1871-72, a census was attempted. It covered many parts of
British India. The censuses held during 1871-72 were taken under the
direction of Government Of India and a common schedule was
prescribed by the centre But it was not synchronous. For this reason it is
not considered a census in the modern sense. Prior to 1871, a number of
estimates had been made by the East India Company and British
government to estimate the population of different parts of the country.
The reports of the census conducted during 1871-72 in various parts of the
country, had included the previous attempts made in the province to
count the population, prepared by various provinces. These are
summarized below

Local censuses before 1871

3.4 There were a series of non synchronous censuses in different

provinces between 1853 and 1872. The first census on modern lines was
taken in North West provinces (present day Uttar Pradesh and
Uttaranchal) in 1853, with the reference date of 1st January 1853. 3 There
was also another in 1868. A census of population of Punjab territories was
taken on the January 1, 1855..4 Entire enumeration was completed on the
1st January 1855 itself. No details were collected about individuals. The
enumerator contacted the head of the household and ascertained how
many children, youths and adults of each sex were sleeping under his
roof, whether as members of his family or visitors. A similar census was
3
Natarajan D., Indian Census through hundred years, Census centenary monograph no2 , Census of India
1971
4
, Natarajan D, Ibid , An extract from “Census of 1871-72, Census of population of Punjab territories”

14
repeated in 1868 also. A census was taken in the Bombay territory in
January 1864. On the night of 5th November 1868, a census was taken in
Central Provinces. In the Oudh province, a census was undertaken on 1st
Febraury, 1869.

3.5 In Madras presidency, the first attempt to count the people was
made in the year 1822 5. The population was estimated at 13,476,923. The
second census was taken in 1836 -37 and the population was half a million
more. It was not until a decade later, that is, in 1849 that the Government
of India asked the local governments to establish, by means of their
revenue officials, quinquennial returns of population. This "inaugurated (in
Madras) a system of periodical stock-taking of the people, which
continued down to the time when the Imperial Census was ordered. The
first of these returns was taken during the official year 1851-52, the second
in 1856-57, the third in 1861-62 and the fourth and last in 1866-67. The
quinquennial Census of 1871-72 was merged in the Imperial Census of
1871. Within a period of twenty years, the population of this Presidency
has been counted, more or less efficiently on five occasions, and it
becomes no cause for surprise that the fifth counting should have
involved no more political anxiety to the government than any of the
former enumerations. As remarked by the Madras Government, 'There is
nothing novel in the ideal of a Census in this Presidency, and there is no
reason to anticipate any difficulty in carrying out the wishes of the
Government of India.'

3.6 The two native states of Travancore and Cochin took their first
census in 1875. The Census 1050 of Malayalam Era viz. (M.E.) (1874-75) was
the first attempt at systematic enumeration of the population of Cochin
state. 6 The census was conducted through officials of village unions who
were allowed no remuneration for census work. But the people had been
counted in 5 earlier occasions. The first of these was during M.E 995(1820
A.D), and the second in 1011 M.E (1836 A.D.), third in 1024 M.E. (1849 AD)
and the fourth in 1032 M.E.(1858 AD).

Indirect estimates of population in 19th century and earlier

3.7 Moreland, the famous historian, estimated the total number of

Indians in 1600. He based his studies on the strength of Armed forces in the
south India and the land under cultivation in north India. The unsettled
condition of the country, following the disintegration of the Moghul

5
Natarajan D, Ibid , “Report on the Census of Madras Presidency 1871”
6
Natarajan D, Ibid, “Report on the census of native Cochin taken on the 6th Karkatakam 1050:20th July
1875”

15
Empire, did not offer favorable conditions for systematic estimates of
population. Indirect estimates had been made.

3.8 H.T. Colebrooke, in Chapter II devoted to 'population' of his Remarks

on the Husbandry and Internal Commerce of Bengal (1794) had indicated
a methodology to estimate the population of an area. He observed "First-
An actual assessment (the result of an official enquiry in the province of
Puriniya) found 80,914 husbandmen holding leases, and 22,324 artificers
paying ground rent, in 2,784 villages (Mauzas) upon 2,531 square miles. 7
Allowing five to a family this gives more than 203 to a square mile; and for
the whole of the Dewani provinces, at that proportion, it gives a
population of 30,291,051; or including Benares, 32,987,500; since the area
of Bengal and Bihar is 149,217 square miles, and, with Benares, not less
than 162,500. But he went on to make his reservations on the estimates
very clear.

3.9 However, he set up a methodology which was copied by Dr.

Francis Buchanan-Hamilton in 1807, who did a statistical survey of districts
of Bengal and Bihar. The survey extended over 7 years, but was not
completed. He investigated various castes and occupations also in each
area. He first ascertained the extent of cultivation. Allowing five or six
acres as the quantity of land per single plough and assuming that each
plough represented 5 persons, he calculated the aggregate agricultural
population. He then estimated the total population by multiplying the
agricultural population by the ratio of this population to total population.
His survey was conducted in the districts of Behar, Shahabad, Bhagulpore,
Purneah, Dinagepore and Rungpore. These covered an area of 36,784
square miles. Dr. Buchanan estimated the population at 15,443,220. The
1872 census, conducted sixty years later counted 14,926.337 persons in
the same area.

First census at national level

3.10 In 1856, in a dispatch of the East India Company made a proposal

to conduct a census in 1861 all over India. Under Statistical Dispatch No. 2
of 23 July, received from the Home Government, in the year 1856, the
Government of India had entered upon a consideration of the means by
which a general Census of the population of India might be taken in 1861.
But the undertaking was postponed in 1859 because of mutiny. In the
North-Western Provinces, however, a census was conducted on 10
January, 1865 by W. C. Plowden on 'the principle that the population
should be determined by an actual house to house enumeration to be

7
Natarajan D, Ibid, “Extract from the report of the census of Bengal 1872”

16
made on the same day throughout the province, distinguishing the sexes,
the two great creeds, and classifying the people according as they
followed agricultural or non-agricultural occupations, the different
occupations and trades of the people, and their various castes'. The
census was also required to collect information on 'the settlement of the
several prevailing castes in the different parts of the country, their origin,
and the manner in which the subsidiary castes had separated themselves
from the parent stock.' It was also the first census to attempt a detailed
age classification of the population. A similar census of the Central
Provinces was taken in November, 1866 followed by one of Berar in 1867.
A census of the population of the Punjab Territories taken in January, 1855
was followed by another in January, 1868, while a census of Oudh was
taken in 1869. Censuses of the cities of Madras, Bombay and Calcutta
had, in the meantime been taken in 1863, 1864, and 1866 respectively.

3.11 An experimental census of the Lower Provinces of Bengal was

organized in 1869 by H. Beverley, Registrar General. In 1865, the
Government of India and the Home Government had agreed upon the
principle that a general population census would be taken in 1871. Model
census schedules and questionnaires had already been patiently worked
out by W.C. Plowden in 1865. The years 1867-72 were spent in taking a
census by the actual counting of heads in as much of the country as was
practicable. This series, commonly known as the Census of 1872, was not a
synchronous project, nor did it cover all territory possessed or controlled by
the British. Though based on uniform schedules it was not centrally
supervised, moderated or compiled. But it was inspired by modern
concepts. This census contained the rudiments of all basic demographic,
social and economic tables.

3.12 The problems of coverage and cartography that the 1872 group
of censuses had presented were ably followed up by W.W. Hunter's
Statistical Survey and the Survey of India, so that the Census of 1881 taken
by W.C. Plowden, Census Commissioner for India, was a great step
forward towards a modern synchronous and comprehensive operation, in
which much effort was spent not only on more complete coverage but
on classification of demographic, economic and social
characteristics. The first complete census of population was, however,
conducted in 1881, on a uniform basis throughout India providing the
most complete and continuous demographic record for any comparable
population. Since then, the Census is being regularly conducted after
every ten years. These censuses have collected information on the
distribution of population, with respect to its density, physical groups,
urban and rural distribution, housing condition, migration, occupation,

17
racial distribution, literacy, religion, physical deformities, sex, civil condition
etc.

3.13 It is interesting to note that the 1872 Census of Bombay Presidency

made an alphabetical classification of 376 occupations. The 1881 All India
Census adopted 6 classes, 18 orders, 75 sub-orders and 480 groups of
occupations, while 1891 adopted 478 occupations divided into 7 classes,
24 orders and 77 Sub-order. Even this was improved upon in 1901 by 521
occupations divided into 8 classes, 24 orders and 79 sub-orders. The 1901
classification also made an exhaustive analysis of caste-occupations. In
fact, the classification developed in 1901 was over-shadowed, not without
some loss of definition of local realities, by the requirements of
international comparability in 1911.

Census in Independent India

3.14 The seeds of the census of Independent India were laid after 1941
census which could not be tabulated due to war. The Government
emphasized the importance of population data and set up a Population
Data Committee in 1944 to examine and advise the Government of India
on the available data relating to growth of population. This committee
comprised of Mr. W.M. Yeatts, the Census Commissioner of India in 1941 as
Chairman and Sir Theodore Gregory, Professor P.C. Mahalanobis, Professor
K.B. Madhava and Dr. K.C. K.E. Raja as members. The Committee laid
special emphasis on the statistical problems relating to the age tabulation
of the 1941 census, which could not be completed because of financial
stringency caused by the Second World War, and also made
recommendations for the use of sampling methods for the estimation of
vital statistics rates. In particular, they pointed out the use which could be
made of the household lists prepared at the census as a sampling frame
for obtaining demographic data and recommended their safe keeping.

3.15 The Health Survey and Development Committee popularly

referred to as the Bhore Committee constituted for making plans for post-
war developments in the health fields made a comprehensive review of
the field of population from the quantitative and qualitative points of
view. It suggested the appointment of Registrar General of Vital and
Population Statistics at the centre and Provincial Superintendents in the
Provinces with a view to improve the quality of population statistics. One
of its chief recommendations was that "the population problem should be
the subject of continuous study."

3.16 Census Act was passed in 1948 and was placed on the Statute
Book. Text of the Act is given in Annex-I.

18
3.17 In 1949, the Government of India decided to initiate steps for
improvement of Registration of Vital Statistics and further decided to
establish a single organisation at the Centre in the Ministry of Home Affairs
under the Registrar General and ex-officio Census Commissioner for India
to deal with Vital Statistics and Census.

3.18 Till 1951, the Census Organisation in India was functioning like the
phoenix, that is the Organisation came into being just on the eve of the
census and wound up as soon as census operations were over within two
or three years of its creation. With the establishing of a permanent nucleus
at the centre, it has been possible to have continuing Census
Organisation during the inter-censal period. Concentrated steps were
taken to improve registration of Births and Deaths in the country to yield
reliable vital rates which are so essential for present day planning.

3.19 The first census after Independence was taken in 1951. The report
of 1951 census by the Census Commissioner for India was a complete
departure from the pattern of previous census reports. This report
attempted to interpret the past changes in the size and structure of India's
population and to point out their implications for the level of living of the
population. The report also made a plea for a reduction in the birth rate of
the country. The term ‘improvident maternity’ was coined to explain births
to mothers having more than three children. The 1951 census also
attempted, for the first time in the history of Indian census, to make an
assessment of the accuracy of the census count by a re-check in the
field.

3.20 The demands of the various Government Departments, Planning

Commission and various Demographic Bodies for the collection of the
detailed statistics on population necessitated the enlargement of the 1961
census questionnaire and a number of cross tabulations of data. As many
as 1400 publications were planned and printed. A novel feature of 1961
census was the undertaking of a large number of ancillary studies relating
to rural craft, fairs and festivals and ethnographic surveys. The Census
Organisation, therefore, became the repository of a wealth of
sociological information relating to the country. Special Socio-economic
Surveys were undertaken in a large number of villages. For the first time in
the history of Census of India, a Census Atlas was planned at the State
level as well as at the India level. An attempt was also made for the
mechanical tabulation of some of the data and consequently, a
moderate complement of mechanical data equipments like, Key
punches, Verifiers, Sorters, Tabulators, Reproducers were obtained and
household schedules of the 1961 census were tabulated on the
mechanical equipments.

19
3.21 The schedules of 1971 Census were further modified to suit the
needs of the Government, Planning Commission, various Demographic
Bodies and Scholars. The new features of 1971 Census were (i) an attempt
was made to collect data on current fertility, (ii) migration particulars with
reference to place of last residence were collected, which yielded
valuable and realistic data on internal migration, (iii) considerable
departure was made in respect of economic questions. A new concept
of 'Standard urban Area' was developed for the tabulation of certain
urban data. Encouraged by the experience of the 1961 Census it was
again proposed to have a number of studies ancillary to 1971 Census. It
was proposed to have a restudy of a number of villages and also to have
intensive studies of about 200 towns and ethnographic studies of selected
communities. Besides these, there was one special study at the choice of
the Director of Census Operations in each State. In this census, for the first
time, computers were made use of to tabulate a 20 sample of slips in
urban areas. In rural areas, all the tables were prepared by manual
tabulation. Sampling was also introduced in a big way for tabulation. An
establishment schedule was canvassed along with house listing.

3.22 In the 1981 census, the fertility questions were expanded to include
data on children ever born and surviving. This census also included
questions on disability in the house list operation. Sampling at field stage
was introduced for the first time in Census history. Most of the tabulation
was done on computer, based on a individual slip canvassed in a 20
sample of enumeration areas.

3.23 In the 1991 census, the sampling at enumeration stage was given
up. However most of the social and cultural tables were published on a
sample basis. The detailed three digit classification of workers by industry
and occupation was presented based on full count. A large amount of
data was disseminated through electronic media in addition to the print
media. This, in a way, was an improvement over the 1971 and 1981 data
presentation.

3.24 The censuses of 1981 and 1991 used data entry using Key
punches/Data entry machines. Though these represented the
technologies available at that time, the volume of data entry was so high
that the results were delayed considerably. The 2001 census used a new
technology called ICR and processed the entire schedule printed in
different languages.

Method of enumeration-de facto and de jure enumeration

20
3.25 Before the 1941 census, the system of enumeration was de facto,
that is the enumeration of population with respect to their location at a
certain point of time. It is impossible to cover the population in an
enumerator’s block within a short period of a few hours. The enumerators
were mostly voluntary staff. Hence, in practice, a preliminary enumeration
of population was carried out a few weeks before the census reference
date. At this preliminary enumeration, the census enumerator would visit
all the houses in his block and complete the enumeration schedule for all
persons resident at the time of visit. The enumerator would make a final
round on the night of the census and strike out the particulars of all
persons who are not present, including deaths and enumerate afresh new
persons found in the house, including visitors and children born after his
last visit.

3.26 Visiting all the households on a particular night involved a large

army of enumerators. It was not possible to enforce rigid supervision on
their work. Hutton the census commissioner for the 1931 census suggested
a modification in the system of enumeration. He suggested a de jure
method of enumeration. Instead of recording actual individuals found at a
place during prescribed hours, he suggested that the census should cover
individuals normally located in every dwelling place in that area, together
with nomads who have no fixed place of dwelling. The latter will have to
be censused synchronously. Further, this would enable the enumerator to
spread over a longer period. This, he reasoned, would eliminate
dangerous dependence on a voluntary organization. Following Hutton’s
suggestion, the 1941 census commissioner Yeatts decided to give up ‘one
night census’ and introduce a modified de jure system of enumeration. In
that census, every person was recorded at his/her usual place of
residence and related to the sun rise of first March, 1941. A person
enumerated at one place but subsequently departed should not be
struck off, unless he would not be back by first March. The houseless
population was enumerated on the night before the reference date.

21
IV - CONCEPTS AND DEFINITIONS USED IN INDIAN CENSUSES

4.1 The questions and the concepts used in different censuses enable
us to evaluate the trends in the Indian Censuses. Significant changes have
been made in the census questionnaires right from 1872 to 1971 census.
For a list of items on which information was collected in various censuses
since 1872 see Annex 2. Based on the information collected, a number of
tables have been generated. The list of tables generated during 1991 and
2001 censuses and the area level of presentation are shown in Annex 3.
Tables generated during earlier censuses are contained in Annex 4. Forms
used in various censuses since 1961 are included in Annex-5.

Census House

4.2 The term 'house' in India covers the greatest diversity of dwellings. In
1872, a house was defined as "any permanent structure which on land,
serves or would serve for the accommodation of human beings, or of
animals, or goods of any description, provided always that it could not be
struck and removed bodily like a tent or a mud hut". An attempt was also
made to classify the houses as of the 'better sort' and of 'inferior sort'. In
the census of 1881, house was defined as the dwelling place of one or
more families with their servants, having a separate principal entrance
from the public way. The same definition, with slight modification,
continued till 1951. In 1961 census, 'House' was defined as a structure or
part of a structure inhabited or vacant, or a dwelling, a shop, a shop-cum-
dwelling or a place of business, workshop, school etc., with a separate
main entrance. In 1971 census, 'House' was defined 'as a building or part
of a building having a separate main entrance from the road or common
courtyard or stair case etc. used or recognized as a separate unit. It may
be inhabited or vacant. It may be used for a residential or non-residential
purpose or both'. The definition has remained the same in 1981, 1991 and
2001 censuses.

Family or Household

4.3 The household or family was first defined in 1872 as comprising of

those who lived together and ordinarily cooked at the same premises,
including their servants and visitors. In 1881 Census, it was defined as
comprising of all those persons who actually slept in the house or
compound on the night of 17th February, 1881. From 1891 till 1941, the
term 'family' was used in place of Household. From 1951 Census onwards,
again the concept of household was used in Indian Censuses. In 1971
Census, a household was defined as 'a group of persons who commonly
22
live together and would take their meals from a common kitchen, unless
the exigencies of work prevented any of them from doing so'.

Age
4.4 The concept of age changed from census to census. In 1872, age
on 'next birthday' was recorded. From 1881 to 1921 and also in 1951, age
completed on the 'last birthday'' was recorded. In 1931, age on ‘nearest
birthday' was recorded. In 1941 Census, the age was recorded 'in years
and months’. In 1961 Census, age on ‘last birthday' was recorded. From
1971 onwards, Census the age of the person in total completed years as
of the last birthday was recorded.

Marital Status

4.5 Information on 'Marital Status' was collected for the first time in 1881
Census. From 1881 to 1931 censuses, the population was classified into
married, unmarried, widowed or widower. No information was collected
regarding 'divorce'. Divorced persons were entered as widowers from
1901 to 1931. It was only in 1941 census that the divorced persons were
recorded separately. In 1951 Census, the marital status of the persons was
recorded as unmarried, married, widowed and divorced. No change in
the definition of marital status was made in 1961 census except that the
term 'unmarried' was replaced by 'never married'. Separated' was added
with 'Divorced'. The marital status of the prostitutes was recorded as
declared by them. In 1971 Census, the marital status of a person was
recorded under the following heads:-

(1) Never married

(2) Married
(3) Widowed
(4) Separated or Divorced.

From 1981 onwards, in the instructions, the term ‘currently married’ is used
to denote ‘married’.

Place of Birth

4.6 From 1881 to 2001, the answer to the question on the Place of Birth
was recorded, with a view to study the migration of the population. The
name of the district, where the person was born, was recorded. In case
the person was not born in the State of Enumeration, the Province of birth
was also recorded. In 1961, two questions on migration, in addition to the
Place of Birth, were also put to the individuals namely:-

23
 (i) Whether born in Village or Town; and
(ii) Duration of Residence, if born elsewhere.

4.7 In all censuses from 1881 to 2001, if a person was born outside the
country, the name of the country was also recorded. The duration of
residence of a person in the place of enumeration had been asked in the
1961 census to improve the migration statistics as compared to the
previous censuses. But still, there are certain implications of using such
data for making a detailed inquiry on migration. From these questions on
migration, no information can be had regarding the multiple migrations of
the individuals. The migration statistics collected in the 1961 census are
useful only if the individual has moved straight from his place of birth to
the place of enumeration. But in actual practice, the migration may
occur more than once. Also, even if a person had been born at the place
of enumeration, he/she might have been migrating from place to place
and finally settled at the place of enumeration, his omission as migrant is
not justified. For making any thorough investigation regarding the
migration of population, it is essential to probe into the reasons of
migration.

4.8 In 1971 census, 'Birth place' was again recorded in respect of each
person. If the person was born outside the village or town of enumeration,
it was ascertained whether the place was rural or urban. If the place of
birth was outside the district, the name of the district; if born outside the
State, the name of the State/Union Territory and if born outside the Indian
Union, the name of the Country was also recorded. These details have
been continued in all the subsequent censuses. However, in 1971 and all
the subsequent censuses, the question on duration of residence at place
of enumeration was asked if a person was a migrant by ‘place of last
residence’ rather than by ‘place of birth’.

Place of last residence

4.9 In 1971, for the first time, the migration particulars with reference to
the place of last residence were also collected which yielded valuable
and realistic data on internal migration. The information was recorded
under the following heads:

(a) Place of last residence

(b) Rural/Urban
(c) District
(d) State/Country
(e) Duration of residence, if last resided elsewhere

24
4.10 While this still may not cover all the migration details of an individual,
this is considered more realistic and gives the details of latest movement.

Rural and Urban areas

4.11 Village or Town is recognized as the basic area of habitation in all

censuses throughout the world and the data are generally presented for
the rural and urban areas separately. The basic unit for rural areas is the
revenue village. The revenue village has a definite surveyed boundary
and each village is a separate administrative unit, usually with an
administrative boundary. The revenue village may comprise of several
hamlets, but the entire village is one unit for presentation of data. In un-
surveyed villages within forests, each habitation area with locally
recognized boundaries within the forest range officer’s beat is treated as
one unit. This is termed as forest village, distinct from revenue village.

The definition of urban areas followed in Indian Censuses since 1961 is as

follows:

(a) All places with a Municipality, Corporation or Cantonment or Notified

Town Area
(b) All other places which satisfied the following criteria:

(i) A minimum population of 5,000.

(ii) At least 75% of the male working population was working in
non-agricultural activity.
(iii) A density of population of at least 400 sq. Km. (i.e. 1000 per sq.
Mile)

4.12 The Director of Census of each State/Union Territory was, however,

given some discretion to include some places that had other distinct
urban characteristics as Urban, in consultation with the State Government
and to exclude undeserving cases

4.13 There is a slight difference in the definition of agricultural activities in

1961, 1971 and later censuses. In 1961 and 1971 censuses, males working
in activities such as plantation, forestry, fishing, logging etc were treated
as workers in non agricultural activities and therefore contributed to the
75% criterion. From 1981 onwards, these activities were treated on par with
cultivation and agriculture for this purpose.

4.14 For the purposes of presentation of certain tables, urban areas with
a population 100,000 were termed as cities.

25
Urban agglomeration

4.15 Another concept introduced in 1971 census and continued in

subsequent censuses is urban agglomeration (UA). Very often, large
railway colonies, university campuses, port areas, military camps etc.,
come up outside the statutory limits of the city or town but adjoining to it.
Such areas may not by themselves qualify to be treated as towns but if
they form a continuous spread with the town, they are out growths (OG)
of the town and deserve to be treated as urban. Such towns, together
with their out growths have been treated as one urban unit and called
‘Urban agglomeration’. An urban agglomeration may constitute;

a) A city with continuous outgrowth,(the part of outgrowth

being outside the statutory limits but falling within the
boundaries of adjoining village or villages);
b) One town, with similar outgrowth or two or more adjoining
towns, with their outgrowths as in (a); or
c) A city and one or more adjoining towns, with their
outgrowths, all of which form a continuous spread.

Standard Urban areas

4.16 Standard Urban Area (SUA) is a new concept that had been
developed for the 1971 Census for the tabulation of certain urban data.
The idea is that it should be possible to provide comparable data for a
definite area of urbanisation continuously for three decades, which would
give a meaningful picture. This replaced the concepts of Town Group that
was in vogue at the 1961 Census. The town group was made up of
independent urban units not necessarily contiguous to one another but
was to some extent inter-dependent. The data for such town groups
became incomparable from census to census, as the boundaries of the
towns themselves changed and the intermediate areas were left out of
accounting; this concept came up for criticism at a symposium of the
International Geographic Union in Nov.-Dec.1968 and the concept of
Standard Urban Area came to be developed for adoption at the 1971
Census. It was thought that, if data for this Standard Area were to be
made available in the next two or three successive censuses, it is likely to
yield a much more meaningful picture to study urbanisation around large
urban nuclei.

The essentials of a Standard Urban Area are:

26
 (i) It should have a core town, of a minimum population size of
50,000,
(ii) The contiguous areas made up of other urban as well as rural
administrative units should have close mutual socio- economic links
with the core town and
(iii) The probabilities are that this entire area will get fully urbanized
in a period of two to three decades.

4.17 In operation, there were certain changes that had to be included

in 1981 census. In many cases, areas outside the SUA were declared as a
part of the core or satellite town. In 1981, the boundary of SUA was
expanded to include such new areas making comparability a problem in
such areas. The boundaries of SUA were also adjusted to bring out growth
(OG) of the UAs within the limit of SUA. In 1991 census, data relating to
such spill over areas and the areas within the SUA boundary were
presented separately in the tables relating to SUA. In 2001 census, the
presentation of data for SUA’s was given up.

Religion
4.18 The question on 'Religion' was asked from each individual since the
beginning of the census-1872. In 1881, the caste, if Hindu, and the sect of
the religion other than Hindu was recorded. In 1891, besides the religion,
the question on the sect of the religion and in 1911, the sect of Christian
was also recorded. In 1931, the question was worded as Religion and
Sect'. In rest of the censuses, no information was collected on the sect of
the religion. In 1971, the religion of each individual as returned/reported
by him was recorded.

4.19 In the 1981 census, additionally, for the first time, tables were
presented on the distribution of households and population by the
religion of the head of the household.

Nationality

4.20 The question on 'Nationality' was asked in 1872 census and after
that, it appeared only in 1951 and 1961 Censuses. The major criterion of
nationality was ethnic origin and not citizenship. In 1971, the question was
dropped. It has not been canvassed in any subsequent censuses.

Caste, Tribe or Race

4.21 The question on Caste, Tribe or Race was asked from each
individual right from 1872, though the type of information collected was
different in different censuses. In 1881, caste if Hindu; sect; if of other
27
religion, were recorded. In 1891, Main Caste and Sub-division of caste or
race was recorded. In 1901 and 1911 censuses, the caste of Hindus and
Jains; tribe or race of those of other religions were recorded. In 1921, 1931
and 1941 censuses, caste, tribe or race of all the individuals enumerated
was recorded.

4.22 In the 1931 Census, tabulation of figures for individual castes was
limited to :

(i) Exterior castes;

(ii) Primitive castes; and
(iii) All other castes, with the exception of:
(a) Those whose members fell short of four per thousand of
the total population; and
(b) Those for which separate figures were deemed to be
unnecessary by the local Government.

4.22 Pursuant of the policy of the Government of India to discourage

community distinction based on Caste, the 1951 Census marked a
complete departure from the traditional recording of Race, Tribe or Caste
and the only relevant question on caste or tribe incorporated in the
Census Schedule was to enquire if the person enumerated was a member
of any 'Scheduled Caste', or any 'Scheduled Tribe' or any other 'Backward
class' or if he was an 'Anglo Indian'. While the data on scheduled castes
and tribes were published, that on other backward castes was not
published but was made available to Kaka Kalelkar committee on
backward classes. From 1961 onwards, the information was collected only
for each Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribe.

Literacy

4.23 The information on literacy was collected in all censuses. The

definition of literacy had been 'both ability to read and write in any
language. In all the censuses, besides data on literacy, additional
information was also collected. In 1872, the information about 'youths
upto age 20 attending school, college or under private tuition' was
recorded. In 1881 Census, the information was collected whether the
individuals were under instruction or not, if not, whether they were able to
read and write. In 1891 Census, besides the information regarding the
language in which the person was literate, the foreign language known (if
any) was also recorded. From 1901 to 1941 censuses, there was an
additional question whether the literate knew English or not. Information
on the standard of education was collected for the first time in 1941
census and after that, it was asked in every subsequent censuses. From
28
1971 onwards the information on Literacy and Educational level was
collected from each individual.

4.24 While the definition on literacy has remained the same, persons who
are to be treated as literates/illiterates has undergone subtle changes
from 1991 onwards. Till 1981, children below 5 years (aged 4 years and
below) were treated as illiterates. On the advice of the Ministry of Human
Resource Development and Planning Commission, it was decided to treat
children of ages 6 years and below as illiterates at the 1991 census. The
same has been continued in the 2001 census also.

Mother-tongue

4.25 From 1881 Census onwards, the question on mother-tongue was

included in the census. In the censuses of 1881 and 1931 onwards till 2001,
the question was titled ‘Mother-tongue'. In 1891 Census, the question was
'Parent tongue' which had been defined as the language spoken by the
parent of the individual. In 1901 Census, 'Parent tongue' was replaced by
'Language ordinarily used'. In 1911, the question was 'language ordinarily
spoken in the household'. In 1921, the question was simply 'Language
ordinarily used'. In 1931, the mother-tongue was defined as the language
first spoken by the individual from the cradle and this definition was
followed till 1951. In 1961 Census, mother-tongue was defined as
"language spoken in childhood by the person's mother to the person”. If
the mother died during the person’s infancy, the language mainly spoken
in the person's home in childhood was recorded as the Mother-tongue'.
The same definition has been used from 1961 onwards.

Other languages

4.26 In 1931 and 1941 censuses, the information about 'Other language
in common use' was also collected. Similarly in 1951 and 1961 Indian
Censuses, besides Mother-tongue, a question 'Bilingualism' was also
prescribed in the Census Schedule. In 1971 Census, the information on
'Other languages' was again collected from each individual. In 1991,
census data was collected on two other languages known. In 2001 census
also,data was collected on two other languages known.

Fertility questions in census

4.27 Questions on ‘Fertility’ have been canvassed in the Indian censuses

from time to time. In the 1931 Census, fertility data was collected and a

29
table on sex of the first-born child was prepared. In 1941 Census, two
questions on fertility, mainly ‘number of children born to a married woman
and number surviving’ and ‘age of the mother at birth of the first child’
were canvassed but due to war, the data could not be tabulated. In 1951
and 1961, no question on fertility was canvassed. However, in 1951
Census, States were allowed to include one question in the census to
collect data on fertility. Accordingly, in the states of Bihar, Madhya
Pradesh and Travancore –Cochin, questions on fertility were canvassed. In
Bihar and Madhya Pradesh, questions were asked on the number of
children born to a married woman and age at birth of the first child. In
Travancore –Cochin, the following questions were canvassed in the block
‘duration of marriage and size of family’

a) Completed years of married life

b) Age of mother at first maternity
c) Number of children born
d) Number now alive

4.28 In 1971 Census, two questions, one on the age at marriage and the
other on children born during the last year to currently married women
were canvassed whereas in 1981 Census, two more questions were
added, one on children ever born and the other on children surviving.
Though the same questions were retained in 1991 and 2001 Censuses,
some additional information on the sex of the child born during the last
year has been collected in 2001 Census.

4.29 In 1981 Census, canvassing of fertility questions and tabulation of

these data was on a sample basis in all the major States, whereas in small
States and Union territories, questions were canvassed and data was
tabulated on 100 per cent basis. In 1991 Census, fertility questions were
canvassed on 100 per cent basis in all the States, but tabulation of data
was done on sample basis for major States, as was done in 1981 Census.
In 2001 census, both collection and tabulation of data is done on 100 per
cent basis for all the States and Union Territories.

30
V - PLANNING, ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF POPULATION
AND HOUSING CENSUSES

5.1 The population census is one of the most extensive and

complicated operations, which needs careful planning. All censuses do
not follow a uniform pattern but there are certain major elements that
must be taken into account in every one of them. In general, census
operations can be divided into six phases: (a) preparatory work, (b)
enumeration, (c) data processing, (d) building of needed databases and
dissemination of the results, (e) evaluation of the results, and (f) analysis of
the results. It will be readily apparent that these phases are not entirely
separate chronologically or mutually exclusive. 8

Preparatory Work
5. 2 International recommendations on census provide elaborate
guidelines for under-taking population census, the preparatory work and
the tabulation programmes. Preparatory work involves the following
activities. These may be long and time consuming. While some of the
steps can be undertaken simultaneously, some are to be done
sequentially. In this section, the broad recommendations on preparatory
work and the relevant activities in the different Indian censuses since
independence have been discussed.

1. Legal basis for a census

2. Census calendar
3. Administrative organization
4. Communication activities, including consultations with users and census
publicity
5. Plans for the quality control and improvement programme.
6. Cartographic (mapping) work
8. Small-area identification
9. Living quarters and household listing
10. Tabulation programme
11. Questionnaire preparation
12. Census tests
13. Plan of enumeration
14. Plans for data processing
15. Plans for dissemination
16. Staff recruitment and training

8
United Nations- Principles and Recommendations for Population and Housing Censuses -Revision 1,
Department of Economic and Social Affairs Statistics Division- ST/ESA/STAT/SER.M/67/Rev.1

31
17. Avoiding gender biases and biases affecting the minority population

5.3 These activities as undertaken in different censuses in India have

been discussed. Important preliminary operations in the Indian census are
the house numbering and house listing operations undertaken 5 to 6
months in advance of the census. These have been discussed in a
separate section.

Census Legislation

5.4 For the success of an operation of such magnitude and importance

as the Population Census, it is imperative that it should have the necessary
backing of law. The Census Organization should be armed with necessary
authority to have access to households and canvass the prescribed
questionnaires and to expect the people to answer truthfully. The law
should also protect the interests of the people by guaranteeing the
secrecy of the information collected. By now, most countries have a
permanent Census law requiring periodic censuses to be taken in
accordance with a scheme to be notified from time to time. If in any
country, no such permanent law exists, suitable ad-hoc legislative
approval may have to be obtained before launching on a census
operation.

5.5 In India, a permanent legislation, viz., the Census of India Act was
placed in the Statue Book in 1948 (See Annex 1). The Act empowers
Central Government to notify the date for the census and to appoint a
Census Commissioner and Directors of Census (formerly superintendents of
Census Operations) in States. The Act enjoins upon every citizen to assist in
the taking of census. The Act lays down that services of any citizen can be
requisitioned for census work and makes it obligatory on the part of every
person occupying a house, enclosure etc. to allow access to census
officers and to allow them to paint on or affix to the place such letters,
marks or numbers, as may be necessary for census purposes.

5.6 The law makes it obligatory on the part of every citizen to answer
the census question truthfully. The Act provides penalties for giving false
answer or not giving answers at all to the census questionnaire. At the
same time, it calls upon the census officers to discharge their duties
faithfully and warns them against putting any question to a person which
is not covered by the questionnaire and they are required to record the
answers as given by the person enumerated. One of the most important
provisions of law is the guarantee that it provides for the maintenance of
secrecy of the information collected at the census of each individual. The
Act requires strict secrecy to be maintained about the individual's record
32
which should not be used for any purpose against the individual except
for an offence in connection with the census itself. The census records are
not open to inspection and also not admissible in evidence. The answers
ascertained at the census can be used only for statistical purposes, in
which the individual data get submerged.

5.7 An amendment to the census act passed in 1993, makes special

provisions for requisitioning premises, vehicles etc for taking census. It
makes provision for requisitioning premises for census work, determining
the compensation and for release of premises. It also protects the officers
functioning under this act from prosecution for action taken in good faith.

5.8 The success of census, however, depends on the willing co-

operation of all concerned, not so much on the penal provisions in the
Act. It is the responsibility of every census officer to create such an
atmosphere in which people may not give false replies to questions
because of unnecessary or unfounded fears.

Census Calendar

5.9 An indispensable element in the planning of a census is the early

stages of census planning; a provisional calendar of selected key dates
should be prepared as an overall framework for the census. The calendar
should be revised and made more detailed as planning proceeds, with
the aim of establishing final dates as soon as practicable. The census
calendar usually shows the various operations grouped into three broad
sectors: (a) pre-enumeration, (b) enumeration and (c) post-enumeration.
The last-named sector includes evaluation and analysis as well as
processing and dissemination. The basic date on which the census
calendar and the scheduling of all other operations hinge is the starting
date for the general enumeration of the population.

5.10 Since the 1971 census, it has been the practice to prepare a census
calendar based on the experience of the previous censuses. However,
this document is not widely circulated. While serious slippages from the
calendar have not been noticed in the activities undertaken before
enumeration, at enumeration and immediately after census in bringing
out provisional census results, the calendar has generally not been
adhered to in respect of tabulation.

Administrative organization

5.11 Setting up a field organisation and to build up a hierarchy of census

officers for complete control, supervision and conduct of census
33
operations is very important for the success of census. The breaking up of
the territory according to the administrative levels of jurisdictions and the
development of a location code and demarcation of the areas on
census maps and the preparation of detailed house-numbering plans and
house lists provide the necessary frame work for creating the requisite field
organization.

5.12 In India, Census is a central subject under the constitution and the
Ministry of Home affairs is responsible for the conduct of the census.
Before every census, a census commissioner is appointed under the
Census Act to conduct the census. He is a senior officer from the Indian
Administrative service or Indian Civil Service. He will have to work out
several details of the operations, evolve the questionnaires, after duly
consulting the various data users and has to issue executive instructions in
respect of several details of the operations. In view of his functions, only
officers experienced in conducting census at a major state in the previous
census are appointed as Census commissioner. In 1951, Mr. R.A.
Gopalswami, who had no previous experience in provincial census, was
appointed as census commissioner. This was an exception. Under the
census commissioner, Directors of census operations are appointed,
usually one each for every state/union territory. In the case of very small
territories, sometimes the Director of an adjoining major state looks after
the census in the state. These officers are appointed a year or two before
the actual census and are responsible for the conduct of the census in
their jurisdiction. They are appointed under the relevant provisions of the
Act. Prior to 1981, census officers at various states were called
Superintendents of census operations. Usually the Directors belong to the
Indian Administrative Service, though there are some exceptions.

Census hierarchy and a few other selected information

5.13 For the conduct of the census, an organization is built up for each
district. An officer of the district, usually the district collector, sub-divisional
officer is in charge of census and is designated as District Census officer.
He is responsible for making all arrangements for the census in the district,
including training of census enumeration staff. Below the district, census
officers are charge officers who are responsible for the conduct of census
in tehsil/taluk and thanas. If they are small enough, they are constituted in
to a charge. If however they are very big, each of them is divided in to a
number of charges and for each charge a separate charge officer is
appointed. Each charge is divided in to a number of circles and a circle
supervisor is appointed to conduct the census. Normally each charge is
divided in to 5 circles. The circle is further divided in two smaller
enumeration units, namely enumeration blocks. In each enumeration
34
block one enumerator is appointed. One enumerator has approximately
to enumerate 750 persons or 150 households in rural areas and 600
persons or 120 households in urban areas.

5.14 In the case of big towns and municipalities, the chief executive
officers are in overall charge of enumeration. In the case of big railway
colonies, the enumeration is under the charge of the railway authorities. In
the case of cantonments, the census is conducted by the cantonment
authorities.

5.15 The census requires huge staff at all levels particularly at lower
levels. These staff are appointed under the Census act. They are usually
state government, Central Government, municipal/corporation or Public
sector employees. From 1961 onwards, school teachers have been the
main group recruited for census work. Prior to 1948, village headman or
Patwari used to be the census official at the village level. Before
independence, the entire job was considered an honour. From 1961
onwards, a token honorarium is being paid. This honorarium has been on
the rise in every census.

Census Enumerators and Supervisors:

5.16 The census enumerators form the bulk of the census field
organisation and the entire success of the census enumeration depends
on the quality and capacity of the census enumerator and the interest he
takes. He should be one who can command the confidence of the
people and capable of interpreting the census questionnaires properly
and evoke appropriate response. The largeness of the size of the
population and the vastness of the areas in some segments of the region
make it difficult to secure the services of an adequate number of highly
qualified enumerators. But the recent emphasis on the spread of
education has enabled the establishment of a good number of
elementary schools throughout the length and breadth of the country
and, therefore, the school teachers generally prove to be the best entity
to draw upon for appointment as census enumerators. In urban areas, it
may be necessary to draw on the services of a good number of central,
provincial and local government officials. The charge officers assess the
total requirement of enumerators and supervisors and allow for an
adequate reserve to serve as replacements or for any emergent duties
and make an inventory of all personnel available for census duties well in
advance of the formation of census blocks. Usually the work of 5 to 10
enumerators is controlled and supervised by census supervisors, who are
selected from among persons with higher qualifications. In many cases,
35
the headmaster of a school functions as the supervisor. The hierarchy
differs from area, to area, depending on the local situation.

5.17 The 1901 census utilized the services of 9872 tabulators, 122503
supervisors and 1,325,478 enumerators. In 1931 census, Charge
superintendents were 10,068 in numbers, supervisors 165093, and
enumerators 2,023,516. In the 1941 census the respective numbers were
14,628; 141,152 and 1,056,856. The large reduction was because the
census shifted from de- facto enumeration on the night of the reference
date to extended de-facto system. In the census of 1951, the first census
conducted in independent India, their numbers were 9854, 80,006 and
593518. In 1961 Census, the total number of enumeration staff of all
categories was of the order of a million. An enumerator was given an
honorarium of Rs 20 for entire enumeration, including house listing .A
supervisor was given an honorarium of Rs.4 for each block he supervised.

5.18 In the 2001 census, about 20 lakh enumerators and supervisors were
engaged. For every 6 enumerators, one supervisor was appointed. The
census schedules were printed in 16 languages and the instructions were
translated in 18 different languages. An honorarium of Rs 700 and Rs.1500
were fixed for each enumerator and supervisor. About 7000 metric tons of
paper was consumed for printing schedules and instruction manuals.

Universal coverage of Area:

5.19 In organizing a Population Census, the primary objective to be

achieved is to ensure coverage of the entire area in a given territory,
without omission or overlapping. Therefore, a fundamental task in
preparing for a census involves the location of every local area and
building up of a suitable organization to adequately cover it. In India,
there is no system of permanent house numbering. It has therefore been a
practice to mount a parallel operation called ‘House numbering and
house listing‘. In this operation, all census houses are given a temporary
house numbering. From 1961 onwards, data on housing conditions and
establishments are being collected during this operation using uniform
concepts of building, census house and household all over India. This
operation helps in deciding on the enumeration blocks for the conduct of
the census. An enumeration block consists of about 150 households in
rural areas and 100 households in urban areas. If a village is bigger, it is
divided in to more than one enumeration block. If however, a village has
a population less than 750, it is treated as one enumeration block. Prior to
36
the 1961 census, no such uniformity in definition was used. The
enumeration block never cuts across the boundaries of village/town.

Determination of territorial units for organizing census:

5.20 In the census of India, village is the lowest unit for which Primary
census Abstract (PCA) containing some essential data is presented. In
urban areas, data is presented for ward /town. Some more data are
presented at Tehsil/Taluk/CD block level.

Need for Maps

5.21 When once the various levels of territorial units according to which
the census is organized are determined, it is essential to secure detailed
maps on which the boundaries of each of these units are clearly
delineated. The maps should help to clearly demarcate the boundaries of
the country as well as its division into state and union territories and further
sub-division into districts and tehsil/taluk. In many states, revenue maps
are available at village level. The revenue maps indicate populated areas
and land used for agriculture and other uses. But the location of houses
within the populated areas is not indicated. Even if such maps do exist in
some areas, they may not be up-to-date. It is not unusual for
Governments to effect administrative changes of territory for various
reasons. Sometimes, villages may be clubbed to form a larger unit or a
village may get split up and each part recognized as an independent
unit; or the limits of a municipal town may get extended to cover a whole
or part of an adjoining village; some border adjustment of districts or even
provinces may take place. At the time of house listing a notional map is
drawn which indicates important land marks and lay out sketch. Often, it
takes a considerable amount of time for the Survey Organizations to carry
out such changes in the maps. Census organization updates these maps,
as of census date, to the extent possible.

Territorial boundaries frozen in advance of census taking:

5.22 It will be obviously difficult for the census organisation to keep track
of the territorial changes, if they were to take place till the very date of
census taking. It will be necessary to freeze the boundaries at least a year
in advance of the census date and the central, State and local
Governments are requested not to effect any changes after that till the
census is completed.

Location Code

37
5.23 At the time of each census, codes are allotted to each state/union
territory/ district, town and village. The enumeration blocks within the
village/Ward are also numbered. By the combination of the number of
the village/town, sub-district and district it is the practice to allot a
location code to each small administrative territory. Such a location code
will be very convenient for allocating census enumerators to every unit
without omission and it is also handy for the enumerator to indicate his
area on the enumeration schedules and also useful in tabulation. This is a
good aid to ensure complete coverage of territory.

5.24 In every Indian Census after 1961, location codes are allotted on a
uniform basis. These codes cover state/district/tehsil or town/Ward/
Village/ enumeration block. In each census the census authorities allotted
fresh location codes to districts and tehsils. However these location codes
for the same area often varied from census to census. The administrative
units also changed jurisdiction. Thus, the use of location code was limited
to enumeration and tabulation in a particular census. Since the PCA was
published with village/town name without code number, sometimes it was
difficult to compare village figures from two censuses, as some tehsil/taluk
had more than one village with the same name. In the 1991, census, an
attempt was made to provide, for each village, the location code of the
1981 census, also making it possible to compare the Primary Census
Abstract data for the same village over time. In the 2001 census, an
attempt has been made to evolve a permanent location code to each
village/town. The location code has provision to indicate whether it is the
same village, or a new village or whether a village has merged with a
town or it has ceased to exist. These codes have also been disseminated
through a CD so that other agencies can also adopt these codes.

Housenumbering and Houselisting:

5.25 The listing of all territorial units of administration down to village level
and the preparation of maps on which each unit of territory is
demarcated helps to ensure territorial coverage. However, one has to go
a step further down to locate every household within the smallest
administrative unit. The ultimate aim of a census is to ensure that the
census enumerator visits every household and enumerates every person in
it. For this, ideally, detailed village and town lay-out plans will have to be
prepared, showing important topographical details such as roads,
streams, public buildings etc. and locate on it every house which should
be indicated by a distinct number. Most areas may not have any house-
numbering at all. The Census Organisation ensures, before every census to
have up-to-date layout plans prepared and to see that the houses and
households are numbered and listed.
38
5.26 In India, as in many other developing countries, a distinct house
numbering and house listing operation is taken up as preliminary to census
enumeration a few months in advance. This is considered as the Phase 1
of the census operations. Normally, this is conducted 6 to 8 months before
the census. Notional maps of each village and town are prepared on
which every house is located. If in a town a system of permanent house-
numbering prevails, these numbers are adopted for locating each house
on the map. This also gives an opportunity to bring the house-numbering
up-to-date by allocation of appropriate numbers to new constructions,
etc. In villages or towns where no permanent house numbers are
maintained, a system of orderly numbering of the houses has been
evolved. It is necessary for census purposes that even the remotest and
the poorest household should be located and, therefore, every hut, shack
and shed which may not even have a proper door is provided with a
wooden plank, or tin plate with a number marked . These will serve to
identify every house and household which the census enumerator is
required to cover for census enumeration. The house numbering and
house listing operations provide an opportunity to collect data on a
number of items relating to census house and households living therein.
These are discussed in detail in a separate section.

Printing of census schedules:

5.27 Early in the preparatory stages of the census, action would have
been taken to evolve the census questionnaire after duly consulting the
various departments of the government and the other census data users
and to pretest and finalise them. The pretests help to fix the norms for
coverage by each enumerator within the enumeration period. While
other preparatory operations are going on, simultaneous steps are taken
to print the requisite number of schedules by carefully assessing the
requirements of each province and each district on the basis of the
projected population size. Allowance is also made for adequate reserve.
The house-numbering and house-listing operations would have helped to
indicate more accurately the approximately population size of each local
area.

5.28 In the 2001 census, 7000 metric tons of paper was required to print
the census schedules, instruction booklets and other forms related to
census. The timely printing of about 350 million census schedules and over
5 million one hundred and sixty page instruction manual for enumerators

39
required much planning 9. This exercise was compounded by the fact that
the census schedules were to be printed in sixteen languages and the
instruction manual in eighteen languages. Since the master copy was
prepared in the English language, much skill and care was required to
ensure its proper translation into these languages. The printing of the
census schedules in regional languages posed special problems since a
standard layout and design was necessary for the scanning technology. A
particular problem was that whereas most of the alphabets in English
language are written above the line, precisely the reverse is the case for
most of the Indian languages. This created problems of space in the
census schedules and much time was spent on fine tuning the width of
the columns for meeting the requirements of all the languages.

Translation into Regional Languages:

5.29 In India, different languages are spoken in different parts. The

census schedules and the instruction manuals are therefore prepared in
different languages. These schedules and instruction books are vetted by
census officials with experience in census concepts and definitions and
also the language. The requirement of schedules and instruction manuals
in regional languages are carefully assessed by each directorate. While
the schedules in Hindi are printed centrally, the schedules in regional
languages are printed by the corresponding directorates.

Training:

5.30 The importance of thorough training of census enumeration agency

from top to bottom cannot be over-emphasized. Each one in the census
hierarchy must be very clear on what his duties and responsibilities are.
There should be no ambiguity in their understanding of census concepts.
Uniformity in understanding of the concepts and definitions by the entire
agency is achieved through training. Manual of instructions are issued by
the census office. This manual usually contains a lot of examples depicting
different situations.

5.31 The training is conducted hierarchically. At the first stage,census

directors meet and go through the instructions manual thoroughly. This is
followed by clarifications issued based on the discussion. At regional level,
training conferences are then organized. In this, the officers of the state
participate. These are the officers who will be the key officials in imparting

9
Banthia J K , Registrar General and Census Commissioner, India-“Mobilising Support for India’s Census
th
Constraints and Challenges”, Paper presented at UN conference ,Pretoria, South Africa. 26 November
2001

40
training to lower level officials in the hierarchy. At state level, training is
given to district census officers and other officials who, in turn, organize
lower level training classes. Usually, two to three training classes are
advised for enumerators and supervisors. For use in these training classes,
a lot of training materials are prepared. In the recent 1991 and 2001
censuses, external experts were called in to assist. In 2001 census, video
medium has been used extensively to impart training.

Publicity

5.32 It requires two to take a census, viz., the enumerator and the
enumerated. Utmost cooperation from both is necessary for the success
of a census. Apart from the intensive training of the enumeration agency,
wide publicity programme will have to be launched on the eve of census
taking to educate the public on the need for the census, about the
particulars that will be asked at the census, assuring the people that the
confidentiality of the information will be maintained and also to tell them
about their legal obligations.

5.33 In India, wide publicity is given to the House listing and census
operations. All forms of media for publicity are used such as issue of
attractive pamphlets and striking posters, radio and television
programmes, feature films and cinema slides, short lesson in schools. In
addition, publicity is given according to the ingenuity of the local officers
These include announcement by beat of drum in villages, writing boards
and hoardings at prominent places, street dramas, folk songs etc Thus, by
the time the census enumeration is launched, both the enumeration
agency and the people normally are in a in a state of readiness to get
through the enumeration within the next few days.

Enumeration

5.34 'Canvasser' and 'householder' methods: 'Canvasser' and the

'Householder' methods are the two recognized methods of census
enumeration. Under the 'Canvasser' method the enumerator approaches
every household and records the answer on the schedules himself, after
ascertaining the particulars from the head of the household or other
knowledgeable persons in the household. Under the 'householder'
method the enumerator distributes the census schedules to each
household in his jurisdiction and the head of the household is expected to
fill the answer for all members of his household and the enumerator later
41
on collects back the answered schedules soon after the census day is
over. Without going into the merits or demerits of each of these methods,
it has to be recognized that, in countries where literacy is still low, the
'canvasser' method is the only practical method. In India, the canvasser
method has been adopted since the beginning.

5.35 However the Graduates and Technical persons cards canvassed in

1961, 1971 and 1991 censuses were distributed to the concerned
members, with instructions to fill up. These were collected by the census
enumerator on the last day and returned to the concerned agency.

Census Reference Date:

5.36 The decennial censuses are generally taken in the years ending in
'0' or '1' or as near to them as possible. The reference day for the census is
fixed having due consideration to factors such as climate, maximum
accessibility of areas, people being comparatively free from economic or
other activities that may keep them away from home for long periods,
and administrative convenience. The census moment is fixed as the
midnight of the reference day or the sunrise.

5.37 In India, sun rise of 1st March has been traditionally fixed as the
reference moment and date. The sunrise appears better as several
people may not know the exact point of midnight and may not be able
to precisely say for example, that a birth occurring on the census night
was before or after the midnight hour. Sunrise is a more easily
distinguishable point of time. In some snow bound areas, the reference
date is different. In 1971, the census operations were postponed due to
announcement of election to the parliament. This census was conducted
with reference moment as sun rise of 1 April 1971. In 2001 census, however,
the Census moment was 00.00 hours of 1st March, 2001, the referral time
at which the snapshot of the population of the country was taken. This
was a departure from the earlier census tradition.

De-facto and De-jure enumeration:

5.38 An important question pertaining to enumeration that always arises

at a Population Census is whether the population should be counted on a
de-facto basis i.e. at the place where a person is actually found on the
reference date of the census or on a de-jure basis i.e., count a person
only according to the place of normal residence. Of these, the
enumeration on de-jure basis is more difficult to achieve without the risks
of omission or double count. Enumeration of de-facto population though
may appear simple will be difficult unless the movement of population is
42
restricted on the census day and the entire enumeration is got through on
a single night which is operationally difficult specifically when a large
population has to be covered by canvasser method. In practice,
therefore, enumeration on a 100 per cent de-facto or de-jure basis is
impossible and often, a variation or even a combination of the two is
resorted to. The census instructions should clearly lay down as to who are
the persons who should be enumerated during the census enumeration
period.

5.39 After 1941 census, the practice in the Indian census to cover the
population on one night on de facto basis was given up as this required
a huge number of enumerators. It was decided to extend the period of
enumeration to about 20 days before the reference date, with a revision
round of about 5 days after the reference date. In this procedure, all the
persons usually living in the households, normal residents lived for a part of
the enumeration period but were away at the time of visit of the census
enumerator and those visitors found in the household but who are not
likely to return to their household before the reference date are
enumerated.

Period of Enumeration

5.40 The census count is expected to give particulars of the population

at a fixed point of time. While under the 'householder' method, the head
of the household may find it possible to give particulars of the household
as at that point of time, where the 'canvasser' method is used, it is
obviously not possible for an unduly large army of enumerators to be
deployed so as to be able to cover every individual at this fixed point of
time. Therefore, the objective is achieved by the census enumerator
making a double visit, the first in advance of the census date to record
particulars of all individuals in the household and the second, a short visit,
immediately after the census reference date to bring the record up-to-
date by enumerating fresh births after his last visit to the household but up
to the census reference point of time, and also visitors that had arrived
later who were not likely to have been enumerated elsewhere, besides
canceling out entries relating to deaths that had occurred during the
period.

Suitable time for Census

5.41 Drawing up of the census calendar and determination of the most

common and appropriate time for conducting the two phases of census
in such a large and culturally diverse country as India is an extremely

43
difficult task. 10Either the weather conditions or the festivals or the
geography and topology, do not mingle well to isolate a period which
suits everyone and every geographical region in the country. The months
of July to September are the monsoon months in a major part of the
country. A large number of villages are inaccessible during this period and
the vast majority of the population is busy engaged in the agricultural
operations. October and November are typically festival months in much
of western, central, northern and eastern India. The people in rural areas,
in addition, are extremely busy with the harvesting of the monsoon crops
in large parts of the country. In addition, in much of the agriculturally
important northern and parts of central and eastern India, people are
busy in sowing operations of the winter crop. The months of December
and January are the typical winter months in several parts of the country
and accessibility is impossible in certain districts of north India situated in
the Himalayan region. In addition, almost from mid- December to mid –
January, it is festival time due to Christmas, in much of the northeastern
states of the country.

5.42 February and March are weather-wise relatively better months,

when it is neither too cold nor extremely hot in much of the country. It may
not be out of place to record here, that March is the month of several
examinations throughout the country, besides having the important
festival of Holi, when lot of seasonal migrant labour travels back to the
states of Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Rajasthan and Madhya Pradesh. The month
of April particularly is again an important harvesting season for a large
chunk of population in the agriculturally important states of Punjab,
Haryana and Uttar Pradesh. In addition to seasonal migration, from this
month onwards, the temperature and the heat begin to soar up, leading
to the extremely unbearable summer months of May and June in much of
the country, except the northeast, where the monsoon sets in. Such are
the constraints in finding a suitable period for conducting the census
operation – almost a four-week activity. Care also has to be taken in the
choice of this period, since at least the preceding three to four months
are required for conducting the very intensive training of the millions of
enumerators and other census officials. The choice is extremely limited
and almost narrows down to the month of February, which usually is free
from agriculturally crucial operations, adverse climatic conditions and
festivals. For a small portion of the country, February and March are not
climatically suitable and therefore in certain part-districts of Jammu and

10
Banthia J K, Mobilising Support for India’s Census-Constraints and Challenges, UNFPA, Pretoria, South
th
Africa, 26 November 2001

44
Kashmir, Uttar Pradesh and Himachal Pradesh, census operations are
traditionally carried out in advance during the month of September to
avoid the harsh winter, when these areas are snow clad and inaccessible.

Period of enumeration from 1951-2001

5.43 Since 1941, the Indian censuses have followed the practice of
extended enumeration periods. Normally 20 days are allowed before the
reference period of 1st March for enumeration. After the reference date,
five to six working days are allowed for revisional round. In this round, the
population is updated by adding new births and removing deaths.

5.44 The following periods were adopted for enumeration and re-visit by
the enumerator for updating.

1951: Twenty days from 9th to 28th February 1951, followed by a revision
round from 1st to 3rd March.

1961: Nineteen days from 10th to 28th February 1961, followed by a revision
round from 1st to 5th March.
1971: Twenty two days from 10th to 31st March 1971, followed by a revision
round from 1st to 3rd April.
1981, 1991 & 2001: Twenty days from 9th to 28th February, followed by a
revision round from 1st to 5th March.

Non-synchronous enumeration:

5.45 While synchronous enumeration has to be aimed at in the

Population Census of a country, there may be some areas within a
country where this may not be possible at all, such as, in the inaccessible
hilly and forest areas inhabited by tribal population, where suitable
enumerators may not be locally available to carry out synchronous
enumeration. Special enumerators from outside will have to be sent to
cover such areas. This is bound to take a longer time than enumeration in
the plans. In such areas, the enumeration can be conducted a month or
two in advance of the actual reference day and sometimes even longer.
Re-visits will be out of the question. In some countries, a simpler census
schedule is also developed for canvassing in such areas.

5.46 As has been explained elsewhere, in certain snow bound areas of

the country, such as Lahul and Spiti, the census is carried out about 6
months in advance. In 2001 census, due to a devastating earth quake in
parts of Gujarat, the enumeration could not be conducted at that point
of time. These were carried out later on.
45
Houseless population:

5.47 Houseless population is usually covered on the night previous to the

reference date. Similarly, special arrangements are made to cover
population traveling during the entire enumeration period in special tourist
trains.

Enumerator's Summaries:

5.48 There is yet one ultimate state of the census enumeration which
requires close attention viz., the compilation and submission of summaries
by the enumerators. It is important that these should be very carefully
compiled from the schedules, thoroughly verified and promptly relayed
by the quickest means possible to the higher levels to be ultimately
consolidated for each sub-district, district, state and the country. A
careful and accurate preparation of these summaries is important, as
these will provide the first results of the census and will form the basic
statistics of population till the final tabulation and publication of census
data, which might take considerable time. It is also desirable that the
schedules filled by one enumerator should be exchanged with another for
a thorough check for completeness of entries and for removing any
internal inconsistencies, before the enumerator's summaries are prepared.

5.49 In recent Indian censuses, particularly from 1971, a judicious mixture

of manual and computer tabulation was made use of. To bring out
provisional population totals quickly, each enumerator was instructed to
post selected items separately for each sex from the enumeration slip.
Based on this the quick tabulation, provisional totals were released within
two weeks of enumeration.

5.50 In 1971, an enumerator’s daily posting statement was prescribed.

Each day after the enumeration, the enumerator was to copy certain
items from the individual slips separately for males and females. The items
to be copied are, apart from identification particulars, pad no, slip no,
scheduled caste or tribe, literate or illiterate, main activity, worker or non
worker. If worker, whether he was working as cultivator, agricultural
labourer, or in household industry or in other work. This information was to
be posted separately for normal, institutional and houseless households. At
the end of enumeration, after the revisional round, the enumerator was to
prepare an abstract. In 1981, when a household schedule was
canvassed, part II of the schedule had a provision to compile the total,
household wise. At the end of the work, the enumerator prepared an
abstract from which the provisional population totals were prepared. In
46
1991 and 2001 censuses also, provision was made to abstract the data at
the field level itself.

Census Calendar:

5.51 Census operations involve a net-work of intricate, interdependent

steps which have to be carefully planned, and worked to a definite time
schedule. A detailed calendar of census operations is prepared before
each census. .

Data Processing

5.52 The processing of the census data occupies a very important place
in the census. The census enumeration may be thorough and accurate
but the census tabulation will not be accurate and useful unless the raw
data are properly processed. Before the 1971 census, all the tabulations
were done manually by sorting the individual slips. For this purpose, large
offices were set up for sorting the data. For sorting operation, separate
pigeonhole type boxes were made use of. Pads of individual slips were
broken and slips were sorted first in to males and females. In all
subsequent operations, slips relating to males and females were kept
separately. After this, the slips were sorted by religion and other
characteristics.

5.53 A quantum leap was made in the technology front while processing
the Census 2001 data both for House listing and Population Enumeration.
The Schedules for both the phases were scanned through high speed
scanners in fifteen data centers across the country and hand-written data
from the schedules were converted into digitized form through Intelligent
Character Reading (ICR) software for creation of ASCII records for further
processing. The designing and formatting of the Household Schedule had
to be done very carefully using specialized software so as to ensure
uniformity, which was an essential pre-requisite for scanning. The selection
of appropriate state-of-art technology in data processing has made it
possible to produce all the House listing as well as Population Enumeration
tables on full count basis for the first time in the history of Census. For
Census 2001, about 202 million schedules, consisting of about 1028 million
records, were scanned and processed within a span of only 10 months
starting October, 2002.

Evaluation of the results

5.54 The evaluation of census results in respect of completeness and

accuracy occupies an important place in the census programme. The
47
extent of error can be estimated through the use of checks of the internal
consistency of the data, by examination of the reasonableness of the
results and by comparison of the results with data collected in other
enquiries. The publication of the census results must specify the extent of
error in coverage and reporting.

5.55 In India, since 1951, an evaluation survey has always been planned
as a part of the census program. In 1971, 1981 and 1991 censuses, two
types of evaluation surveys have been conducted.

Analysis of the results

5.56 It is the responsibility of the census organization to analyze the

census data so tabulated. This will greatly help to make comparative
studies and also indicate the long-term trends of certain characteristics of
the population. The experts from outside the census organization should
also be invited or associated with the projects dealing with the analysis of
census data. As a part of the census programme, the Census
Organisation should also encourage various research organizations and
universities to undertake special studies relating to the analyzing of census
data.

5.57 The census of India publishes its result with analysis. Invariably,
population trends, rural urban distribution and work participation rates, sex
composition, literacy status are analyzed, along with the release of the
provisional population totals. Often the religious compositions of the
population are also analyzed. A number of reports analyzing the
significant findings are also published.

Dissemination of the results

5.58 The census would be considered incomplete if the data tabulated

is not available to the data users in the form in which it suits them. This calls
for high priority to be given to the publication of the census data. Printing
the tables and selling the publications has been the main way of
disseminating the census results. Analysis of data and presenting them in
seminars has been another way. In the 1961 census, a number of
monographs were published on various topics by scholars. These scholars
were identified and asked to write monographs on such topics and some
honorarium was paid. Under this initiative, 15 monographs were
produced. The census commission supplied the relevant materials and
tables before they were published.

48
5.59 In 1972, census centenary was celebrated. A number of
publications were brought out by the census organization on this
occasion. Based on a sample of individual slips a few tables were brought
out at the national level. Data was also disseminated through a number of
seminars, both in India and abroad. Indian Association for the study of
Population had a special session devoted to the census. This practice
continued in other censuses also. In 1981, the census tables were
available in tape, apart from printed publication.

5.60 In 1991, all the data were available in electronic media form, apart
from printed books. In 198I, the village directory and PCA data were
disseminated through National Informatics Centre (NIC) net work. This
practice was also continued in 1991 census. All the tables produced on
computer and the manually produced PCA data were available in a CD.
In the latest census of 2001 all the tables were released through floppies
and CD’s. User friendly software called ‘Census Info’ has been developed
in collaboration with UNICEF and widely distributed. This makes it possible
for the user to analyze the published data further by geographic areas.

Gender sensitization

5.61 Gender sensitization is an important part of census operations. In the

1991 census, special efforts were made to involve women groups in
drafting economic and other questions and the instructions for
enumeration in a gender neutral manner. All the stereo typed references
in the enumerator’s manual to women’s role in economic activity were
removed. In the 2001 census, the efforts were further intensified. Gender
sensitization formed a special focus in 2001 census. This has been
discussed in the section relating to 2001 census.

49
VI - HOUSE NUMBERING AND HOUSE LISTING

6.1 In India, there is no permanent house numbering. In the absence of

permanent house numbering, it is difficult to have a frame for census.
House numbering and house listing has been indispensable preparatory
feature of all censuses of India. 11 But despite its having been almost as
thorough and systematic undertaking as population census itself, no use
was made in the past to turn it in to ad hoc housing census. There were,
however, a few exceptions. In 1871 census of Madras, houses were
classified as terraced or flat roofed, tiled or thatched. The 1891 census
report of Madras dwelt at length on house numbering. The report showed
the method adopted for house numbering and reproduced the provincial
census commissioner’ s instructions with sketch plans of village, a hamlet
and so on. In the same census, Mysore report published interesting
housing statistics. In 1931 H.T. Sorely in his report on the census of cities of
Bombay presidency published a few housing tables for Bombay and other
cities.

6.2 It was in 1961 that a uniform or standardized schedule was

canvassed throughout the country for listing of census houses. The main
purpose was to help the census enumerator to cover his jurisdiction
without omission or duplication. In this census a definition was adopted for
the census house which was followed in subsequent censuses. The
definition has been reproduced elsewhere in the section on concepts
used in census. The operation of house numbering and listing of houses
was carried out 6-8 months before the census. The operation consists of
affixing numbers in systematic manner on the doors of each house and on
all structures in a village and every place where there is likelihood of
people staying. After this a house list was prepared. In the house list some
more information was collected about the use to which each census
house is put to.

6.3 The information collected in the house list throughout the country is
given below.

1961 Census House listing

1) The purpose for which census house is used e.g. dwelling,

shop, shop cum dwelling, business, factory, workshop, school
or other institution, jail, hostel, hotel etc.

11
Census of India , 1961 –“Housing Report “ –Volume 1,part IV-A(i)

50
 2) If the census house is used as an establishment, workshop or
factory, particulars of (a) products, repair or service
undertaken, (b) average number of persons employed daily
last week,(c) kind of fuel or power if machinery is used.
3) Material of wall and the material of the roof.
4) Number of rooms occupied by the household.
5) If the household lives in owned or rented house.
6) Number of persons residing in the census household.

6.4 Based on the information collected, 5 tables were prepared. Tables

E-I to E-III were based on full count. Tables E-IV and E-V were based on 20
per cent sample of census houses.

6.5 In 1961 census, apart from the house listing schedule and individual
slip, a household schedule was also canvassed at the time of main
census.. In this schedule the economic activities of the households was
recorded. Though canvassed on 100 per cent basis, the tabulation was
based on 20 per cent sample. This schedule sought information on the
extent of land cultivated by the household, the land right particulars,
nature of household industry ,if any conducted by the household and the
number of workers engaged in cultivation and or household industry. This
schedule had a provision to copy essential information regarding name,
sex, relationship to head, age, marital status and description of work in
case of workers. This information was copied from individual slip. Based on
the data collected in this schedule, household economic tables were
published.

1971 Census House Listing

6.6 In 1971 census also, a house list was canvassed on the pattern of
1961 census. The improvements were that in case of vacant houses, the
reasons for vacancy were ascertained. A question on whether the head
of the household belonged to scheduled caste or tribe was canvassed.
Households engaged in cultivation were recorded as such to provide a
frame for any sample survey of agricultural households. Annex 5 shows the
format of houselist canvassed.

Houselist Abstract

6.7 For quick tabulation, a houselist abstract was prepared in duplicate

by the houselist enumerator. (See Annex 5 for format). Each enumerator
was required to post page wise totals of certain items in the abstract.
These were (1) Occupied residential census houses used for (a) wholly
residential purposes and (b) partly residential houses,,(2) vacant census
51
houses (3) census houses put to other uses (4) institutional households,(5)
total number of households including institutional households and (5)
population sex wise. At each regional tabulation office, this was
consolidated to get district, city/town level totals for these items.

Abridged houselist:

6.8 Based on the data collected in the houselist, an abridged houselist

for each enumerator’s block was prepared. This document was to be a
link between the houselist and main census. This had four sections. The first
section was identification particulars. Section 2 was to be filled up after
completion of main census. In this the enumerator had to post the
population of the enumeration block as per 1971 census after main
census enumeration in 1971was completed. Section 3 was to be copied
from original houselist at the time of houselist operations. Line number,
census house number, Purpose for which the census is used as given in the
houselist, household number and name of the head of the household
were to be copied. This list was given to the census enumerator. If there
was any change in the purpose of census house or head of the household
the census enumerator was to record it in bracket at the time of census
enumeration. Section 4 was an addendum to section 3. In this, census
enumerator was to record census houses/households not covered in
section 3 but found by the census enumerator during census
enumeration. The format of the houselist abstract is given in Annex 5,
along with 1971 census schedules.

Establishment Schedule

6.9 Additionally, a separate schedule called the ‘Establishment

schedule’ was canvassed. An establishment was defined as a place
where goods are produced or manufactured not only solely for domestic
consumption or where servicing and /or repairing is done such as a
factory, workshop or household industry or servicing and repair workshop
or a place where retail or wholesale business is carried out or commercial
services are rendered or an office-private or public –or a place of
entertainment or where educational, religious , social or entertainment
services are rendered. It is necessary that in all such places one or more
persons must be working. Thus an establishment will cover manufacturing,
trade and other establishments where people work.

6.10 For each establishment, the following particulars were recorded

1) Name of the establishment or of the proprietor

52
 (2) Is the establishment (a) Government/Quasi Govt.; (b) Private: (c)
Co-operative Institution?
(3) Average number of persons working daily last week or in the lat
working season, including proprietors and /or family workers
(4) If any manufacturing, processing, servicing is done,
(i) is it (a ) household industry, (b) registered factory; (c)
Unregistered workshop
(II) Description of the products, processing or servicing done;
(III) Type of power used;
(5) If used as a trading establishment
(i) Description of goods bought and sold;
(ii) Whether wholesale or retail.
(6) If used as any other establishment , describe e.g. Government
Office, school, hospital, railway station, barber’s saloon’ cinema
theatre, hotel, tea shop etc.

1981 Census House Listing

6.11 In between 1971 and 1981 censuses, the Central Statistical

Organization (CSO) had conducted an Economic Census which covered
all the establishments, similar to 1971 census establishment schedule but
with enlarged scope. This was to be repeated every five years and next
Economic census was due in 1982. However, to save cost and energy,
the Economic Census should be integrated with the 1980 house listing
operation. As a consequence, the establishment schedule canvassed in
1971 census was dropped The Economic Census schedule was designed
by CSO. The training was conducted jointly by census commission, CSO,
and Directorates of Economics and Statistics in various states. The
tabulation was to be done by CSO.

6.12 At the time of house numbering operations, two schedules were

canvassed. These were (a) House list and (b) Enterprise list

Items in House list

6.13 The items included in the house list , apart from the identification
particulars were as follows

1. The purpose for which census house is used (if wholly or partly non
residential ,fill enterprise list)
2. Household no
3. Name of the head of the household
4. Is the household engaged in an enterprise outside this census house
and without premises (if yes, fill enterprise list)
53
 5. Number of persons normally residing in this census household
6. Is there a physically handicapped person in the household? If so
indicate the number of those who are totally blind, totally crippled ,
and totally dumb

6.14 The Houselist form canvassed is shown in the annex 5, 1981 census
schedules.
The definition of enterprise was much more comprehensive. It included
enterprises conducted by the household. The definition was as follows:

“ An enterprise is an undertaking engaged in production and or

distribution of goods and services not for sole purpose of own
consumption. The workers in an enterprise may consist of members of the
household or hired workers or both. The activities of the enterprise may be
carried out at one or more than one distinct location. The activity of the
enterprise may be carried on only for part of a year but on a fairly regular
basis. Such cases should be considered as enterprises. An enterprise may
be owned or operated by a single household or by several households
jointly (on a partnership basis) or by an institutional body”

Items in enterprise slip

6.15 1. line number in the house list ; 2. Census House no.; 3. Sl. No. of
enterprise; 4.Description of activity of enterprise; 5.Classificationof
enterprise (agri-1, non –agri-2); 6. Nature of operation; 7. Type of
Ownership; 8. Social group of owner (SC-1, ST-2, Others- 3), 9. Power/fuel
used for activity;10. Number of person ( including unpaid workers) ,sex
wise, usually working daily , separately in non agricultural and
agricultural enterprises, hired and total, 11 Remarks

6.16 Similar to 1971 census, in this census, also, an abridged houselist

was prepared.

1991 Census House Listing

6.17 The House numbering and House listing Operation, which is a

prelude to the main census was conducted during April-September, 1990
in different States and Union Territories according to a calendar. This
preliminary operation was essential for conducting a census as this formed
the basis for fixing census enumerator's block in such a way as to ensure
complete coverage without omission or overlapping of census houses.
The House listing Operation included house numbering and listing of

54
buildings, houses and households so as to serve as an inventory for
organising the main census operation in 1991.

6.18 As in the 1981 Census,an "Enterprise List" was also canvassed along
with the House listing Operation in the 1991 Census, as a part of the
Economic Census of the Central Statistical Organisation. In the House
listing Operation of 1981, apart from minimum items needed for house
listing, information about the physically handicapped population was also
collected. The same information was, however, not collected in the 1991
Census, as the experience and the results of the 1981 Census showed that
such sensitive information could be collected successfully only by
specialized enumerators. In the 1991 Census, some of the questions
contained in the Household Schedule of the 1981 Census on housing and
amenities aspects were shifted to the House list Schedule and were
canvassed during the Houselisting Operation.

These are
(i) Predominant construction material of census house.
(ii) Does the household live in owned or rented house?
(iii) Number of living rooms in the occupation of the
household.
(iv) Facilities available to the household like drinking water
supply, electricity, toilet and fuel.

6.19 The sex of the head of the household and the information whether
the head of the household belonged to a Scheduled Caste/Scheduled
Tribe were included in the 1991 Census houselist. This would enable us to
have data on households headed by females and also the households of
Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes and their housing conditions. The
information on availability of toilet facilities has been collected in all areas
in the 1991 Census whereas this question was canvassed only for urban
areas in 1981.

2001 Census House Listing

6.20 The first phase of Census, i.e., House listing Operations, was
conducted in stages from April to September 2000, as per calendar of
operations, in different States/Union Territories.

A. House Numbering

6.21 As in earlier censuses, the House Numbering Operation was the

immediate preliminary to the House listing Operations. House numbering
involves affixing or painting of numbers on the door of each house and all
55
structures in a systematic manner, wherever necessary. The objective is to
ultimately number and list out all buildings and census houses which are
used for different purposes, residential or otherwise.

B. House listing Operations

6.22 The main purpose of House listing was to prepare an inventory so as

to cover all areas of the country at the time of population count. House
listing was conducted well in advance and the information obtained was
utilized to demarcate enumeration blocks for the Population Enumeration.

6.23 During the House listing Operations, every building, dwelling unit,
structure - residential and non-residential, throughout India, were
identified and listed. Information on the material used for construction,
condition of the house and the purpose for which the house was used
was recorded. In case the building is used for residential purpose, wholly
or partly, the total number of males and females living in the household
and information on availability of various amenities like safe drinking
water, kitchen, bathroom, cycle, scooter, car, etc. was collected.
Information on consumer durables like radio, transistor, television ,
telephone, bicycle, scooter, moped, car/Jeep/van etc were collected for
the first time in the Indian census.
Questions in House listing Operations

Col 1: Line Number; Col 2: Building Number (Municipal or local authority

or census Number);
Col 3: Census House Number; Col 4: Predominant material of the Floor of
the Census House (Codes)
Col 5: Predominant material of the Wall of the Census House (Codes)
Col 6: Predominant material of the Roof of the Census House (Codes )
Col 7: Ascertain the use of Census House (Codes); Col 8: Condition of this
Census House (Codes)
Col 9: Household Number
Col 10-12: Total number of persons normally residing in this household
(Persons, Males, Females)
Information relating to the head of the household:
Col 13: Name of the Head of the household; Col 14: Sex Codes; Col 15: If
SC (Scheduled Caste) or ST (Scheduled Tribe) or Other? Codes
Only for normal households:
Col 16: Ownership status of this house? (Codes) ; Col 17: Number of
dwelling rooms with this household (Record 0,1,2,3…) ; Col 18: Number of
married couple(s) living in this household (Record 0,1,2,3…)
Col 19: Number of married couple(s) having independent room for
sleeping (Record 0, 1, 2, 3…)
56
Col 20: Drinking water source (Type) (Codes); Col 21: Drinking water
source (Availability) (Codes)
Col 22: Source of lighting (Codes); Col 23: Latrine within the house
(Codes); Col 24: Waste water outlet connection (Codes) Col 25:
Bathroom within the house (Codes); Col 26: Kitchen within the house
(Codes)
Col 27: Fuel used for cooking (Codes); Col 28: Radio/Transistor (Codes);
Col 29: Television (Codes)
Col 30: Telephone (Codes); Col 31: Bicycle (Codes); Col 32: Scooter/
Motor Cycle/ Moped (Codes)
Col 33: Car/ Jeep/ Van (Codes); Col 34: Availing Banking Services
(Codes)

6.24 Several tables have been generated in each census from the data
collected in the house listing operations.

57
VII - DATA PROCESSING IN THE CENSUS

Data preparation (Data Entry)

7.1 The bottleneck area of census data processing in India is really the
conversion of document-based data into computer readable format.
Newer technologies for data entry were introduced in every round of
census in India, taking advantage of the advancement in the field of
Information Technology.

7.2 During 1981 census, key to disk equipments were used for data
entry followed by introduction of on-line data entry systems (PC-386
based) in 1991 census. Keeping pace with technological changes, this
time, Census office has decided to implement Image based automatic
form processing technique for electronic data file preparation combined
with image enabled Computer Assisted Coding (CAC) of 2001 Census
data. Pilot studies were conducted using different form processing
software and the results were really encouraging. Briefly, the technique
involves i) capturing of batches of filled in schedules as electronic digital
images using high volume production Scanners, ii) processing of the
handwritten numeric characters in the digital image, with the help of
Intelligent Character Recognition(ICR) engines embedded in the form
processing software, iii) manual correction of unrecognized characters in
the above processing stage by using an interfacing Optical Data Entry
(ODE) screen package, iv) image enabled computer assisted coding and
v) retrieval and exporting of data in ASCII file format for further computer
processing. Switch based Local Area Network (LAN) with powerful
microcomputers is being established in about 15 locations to decentralize
the entire processing activity. The introduction of this new technology for
the first time in Census of India has enabled speedier preparation, analysis
and dissemination of data.

7.3 Data processing from the traditional manual method of editing,

coding and tabulation, Indian Census has come a long way to electronic
data processing (EDP). Data processing is undertaken centrally at
Headquarters office at New Delhi. Absence of an in-house computer
system in the Census office was obviated during 1991 Census by installing
a mainframe computer. Owing to the huge processing workload, a
judicious mix of manual and computer tabulations were used at that time.
Over the years, with mainframe computers giving way to affordable and
manageable microcomputers in a Local Area Network (LAN), the data
processing of 2001 Census has been focused on to a group of networked
powerful microcomputers. With the introduction of imaging technology, it
will be now possible to fully computerize processing of 2001 census data.
58
A large number of reports on various subjects at different geographical
level are planned to be generated using IMPS package developed by
International Statistical Program Center, USA

59
Salient features of 1991 and 2001 censuses

7.4 The first census in independent India was conducted in 1951, with
first March 1951 as reference date. Since then, census has been
conducted regularly every ten years with 1 March as reference date. Only
exception was 1971 census. In that census, the reference date was I April
1971. The salient features of 1961, 1971 and 1981 censuses have been
described extensively elsewhere. 12 This section deals with salient features
of 1991 and 2001 censuses.

1991 census

7.5 The 1991 Census is the fifth decennial Census conducted after
independence of India 13. Barring Jammu & Kashmir, it was conducted in
all States/Union Territories from February 9, 1991 to March 5, 1991 with the
sunrise of March 1, 1991 as the reference moment. Of course, the Census
was conducted non-synchronously in some snow-clad and inaccessible
areas of Himachal Pradesh, Uttar Pradesh, Arunachal Pradesh and
Andaman & Nicobar Islands. In Jammu & Kashmir a comprehensive mini-
Census was conducted in 1986-87 in connection with an ethnic survey
and data generated.

7.6 The preparatory work for the 1991 Census commenced in the
middle of 1987. It gathered momentum in 1988. The Census directorates in
30 States/Union Territories started monitoring the changes in the
administrative jurisdictions which had taken place after the 1981 Census
and also started preparing the upto date list of villages in consultation
with the State Governments/ Union Territories updating the district and
tehsil/C.D. Block maps etc. The preparation for evolving the
questionnaires/schedules for collection of data in the 1991 Census of India
together with the corresponding concepts, definitions and procedures
were considered and discussed in the first conference of data users. The
data-users included experts from Central Ministries, State Government
Departments, research institutions and universities etc. and the views
expressed by them were taken into consideration. Besides consultation
with the data users, an Advisory Committee on Technical issues
connected with the 1991 Census deliberated on various issues. Taking into
account the past experience, views of the data users, recommendations
of the Advisory Committee as well as the results of the first and second
12
Srivastava S .C.,Indian Census in perspective, Third edition of ‘Census Centenary Monograph, No 1 of
1971’ , Office of the Registrar general India,
13 13
This section is mostly based on the paper “Over view of the 1991Census, Continuity and Change “
by Nanda A.R., 1991Census Commissioner, published in Demography,India, Volume 20, No 1. 1991

60
pretests in the field, the scope and content of the 1991 Census of India
were finalized by the middle of 1989.

7.7 In 1991 census, three types of census schedules were canvassed.

These were
1. Houselist
2. Economic census (Enterprise list)
3. Household Schedule
4. Individual Slip

7.8 The forms canvassed are shown in Annex- 5. The items included in
House list has been indicated elsewhere.

7.9 There was a considerable amount of discussion both in the Data

Users' Conference and in the Advisory Committee meetings as to whether
the Individual Slip should be replaced by a Household Form. Field studies
were conducted in this regard. It was decided to continue with the
Individual Slip for each individual and the Household Schedule for each
household. The main purpose of retaining the Household Schedule as well
as the Individual Slip in the 1991 Census was that the former will be used
for the manual tabulation while the Individual Slip will form the input for
computer processing of data. Further, the first seven columns of the
Household Schedule namely, Serial No., Name, Relationship to head, Sex
(Male/Female), Age and Marital Status have to be filled in first by the
enumerator in respect of a household. This was intended to ensure that all
the members of a household to be enumerated are first listed completely.

7.10 A new feature of the Individual Slip of the 1991 Census is that it
contains a question on ex-servicemen and their status as pensioner or
non-pensioner. In the 1981 Census, the children in the age-group 0-4 were
considered as illiterates by definition. In the 1991 Census, the Department
of Education in the Ministry of Human Resource Development and the
Planning Commission suggested that instead of the age-group 0-4, the
Census Organisation should consider children in the age-group 0-6 as
illiterate since the ability to read and write with understanding is not
generally achieved, especially in rural areas, until a child attains the age
of 7 or more. Accordingly, in the 1991 Census, children of the age of 6
years or less were considered as illiterates even if the child was going to
school and might have picked up reading and writing a few words.

7.11 For the sake of comparability, the concepts and definitions relating
to economic questions in general and 'work' in particular adopted in the
1981 Census were retained in the 1991 Census. A sub-group of the
Advisory Committee went into the formulation of the 1991 economic
61
questions and accordingly questions were framed in such a way as to
help netting the unpaid workers on farm or in family enterprise. In order to
ensure that the economic activity of these categories (women and
children are the predominant constituents of this workforce) is properly
enumerated in the 1991 Census, the instructions to census enumerators
were expanded and emphasis was laid on the need to ask probing
questions regarding the work done at any time at all last year or any of
the seasons of the reference period, in the case of women.

7.12 Some of the valuable suggestions made by the women's

organizations with regard to completely netting the economic activity of
women were taken into account while drafting the instructions to the
enumerators and in designing the training modules for them.

7.13 In order to provide more detailed tables on the economic activity

of the population, it was proposed to process in the 1991 Census all the
Individual Slips relating to main workers other than cultivators and
agricultural labourers, marginal workers and those non-workers
seeking/available for work on a 100 per cent basis. In the last census,
these tables were based on 20 per cent sample of Individual Slips. The
question on seeking/available for work was asked only in respect of non-
workers. Further, in case of those seeking/available for work, another
question whether they had ever worked before was asked. This was
expected to help in knowing the number of fresh entrants to the labour
force. While collecting the information on reasons for migration, two more
reasons, namely, 'business' and 'natural calamities like drought, floods etc.'
were added in the 1991 Census by assigning separate codes.

7.14 A special form called "Post Graduate Degree Holders and Technical
Personnel Schedule" (PGDHTP) was distributed to all the post-graduates
and technical degree or diploma holders on behalf of the Council for
Scientific and Industrial Research to meet their needs for planning for
technical and professional manpower. The census enumerators were
asked to collect it back, failing which the respondent was requested to
mail it. The processing of this schedule and dissemination of the data will
be the responsibility of the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research.

7.15 A Post-Enumeration Check Survey and a Census Evaluation Study

were carried out closely following the 1991 Census in the major States and
the Union Territory of Delhi. These evaluation surveys were designed to
have an idea of the level of accuracy of the Census count and also the
validity of the returns regarding certain characteristics of the population.
In other words, these surveys will help in estimating the coverage and
content errors.
62
Processing of Census Data

Tables generated in 1991 census

7.16 A judicious mix of manual and computer aided tabulation was used
to bring out data as quickly as possible in the 1991 Census.

Tables Generated by manual processing

7.17 The Primary Census Abstract (PCA) which is published for the
smallest area (Village/Ward level) was based on manual tabulation from
the household schedules. Based on the figures in PCA, other tables of A-
Series were prepared. Tables relating to mother tongue, religion and
household composition in C-Series were also generated by manual
tabulation. The PCA relating to Scheduled Castes/Scheduled Tribes was
generated from household schedules. All these tables were based on
hundred per cent processing of data.

7.18 About 45000 temporary employees were recruited in 165 offices

across the country to undertake the manual data processing work for
producing small area statistics and certain tables on religion, language
and the scheduled castes and the scheduled tribes which required
tabulation on a full count.

Tables Generated by Computer aided processing

7.19 The individual slips of smaller States (population less than 10 million)
and Union Territories were processed on a hundred per cent basis on the
computer. The processing for bigger States was undertaken in three
stages. In the first stage, a 10 per cent sample of Individual Slips was used
to provide the tables in F-Series and most of the tables in B, C and D-
Series. In the second stage, all slips relating to Household Industries, Other
Workers, Marginal Workers and those seeking/available for work was
processed on a 100 per cent basis for providing detailed tables on
economic activity. In the third stage, all slips relating to Scheduled
Castes/Scheduled Tribes were processed to generate the tables for
Scheduled Castes/Scheduled Tribes.

Details of the tables generated

7.20 The details of the tables generated are given below.

A-Series General Population Tables

63
 B-Series General Economic Tables
C-Series Social and Cultural Tables
D-Series Migration Tables
F-Series Fertility Tables
H-Series Tables on Houses and Household Amenities
SC-Series Special Tables for Scheduled Castes
ST-Series Special Tables for Scheduled Tribes
Special Table on Ex-servicemen
Village & Town Directories

Information contained in different series is given below.

1. PRIMARY CENSUS ABSTRACT (PCA)

7.21 The PCA gives the data on number of houses and households, total
population, Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes, population in the
age group 0-6 years, number of literates, number of main workers
classified by nine fold industrial categories, marginal workers and non
workers. These data are available down to village level for rural areas
and ward level for cities and towns.

2. VILLAGE DIRECTORY

7.22 The village directory gives information for each village on the
availability of educational and medical facilities; drinking water, post and
telegraph facilities; days of market; communication facilities (bus stop,
railway station, waterway); approach to village; nearest town and its
distance; power supply and staple food of the people and land use
pattern (area under forest, irrigated and unirrigated land, culturable
waste and area not available for cultivation).

3. ECONOMIC TABLES (B-SERIES)

7.23 The data on main workers, marginal workers, non workers and non
workers seeking work are presented in this series of tables. Data on
classification of main and marginal workers by industrial classification of
work, occupation, age and educational level, non workers by main
activity, age and educational level, and those seeking work by age,
educational level and whether they have worked before are available.
This data was processed in two stages i.e. 1st phase and 2nd phase. In 1st
phase 10% samples was taken and the tables were prepared on this 10%
sample data. Later on more tables were added in 2nd phase which was
processed on 100% data.
64
4. SOCIO-CULTURAL TABLES (C-SERIES)

7.24 This series of tables give the data on age, marital status,
educational level, school attendance, mother tongue, bilingualism,
trilingualism and religion. Data on marital status, educational level and
school attendance are available cross classified by age groups while
data on school attendance in the age group 5-19 years has also been
classified by work participation.

5. MIGRATION TABLES (D-SERIES)

7.25 Data on migration characteristics like place of birth, place of last

residence, reason for migration and duration of residence at the place of
enumeration are available through these tables. Data on educational
level, economic activity and age distribution of the migrants are also
available in these tables. This data was processed in two stages i.e. Ist
phase and IInd phase. In Ist phase, 10% samples was taken and the tables
were prepared on this 10% sample data. Later on more tables pertaining
to migrant workers were added in IInd phase which was processed on
100% data.

6. FERTILITY TABLES (F-SERIES)

7.26 This series of tables provide data on female age at marriage,

number of children ever born and number of children surviving to ever
married women and birth to currently married women during the last year.
Data on age at marriage have been classified by duration of marriage
while all other data are classified by age of the woman. At state level
data are also available by religion, educational level and work status of
the woman.

7. HOUSING TABLES (H-SERIES)

7.27 These tables give information on housing and household amenities

viz the type of material used for construction; tenure status, number of
rooms and household size; availability of electricity, drinking water supply
(by source) and toilet facilities to the household and type of fuel used for
cooking.

8. SPECIAL TABLES ON SCHEDULED CASTES AND SCHEDULED TRIBES

7.28 These tables provide caste/tribe wise characteristics of SC/ST

population by various characteristics such as age, sex, education and
65
marital status. Main and Marginal workers of SC/ST are also tabulated
separately caste/tribe wise for characteristics like age, sex, education,
industrial category and occupations. Non workers are classified by age,
sex, education caste/tribe wise. Fertility tables provide information at
State/District levels based on Fertility characteristics like age at marriage,
duration, births, last year births, children ever born and children surviving.
Besides these there are three additional tables for ST population relating to
Religion, Mother tongue and Bilingualism at State/District level.

Village Directory and Town Directory

7.29 The Village Directory contains the lists of villages, their area,
population, amenities such as schools, drinking water, etc. available to
them and land use. The Town Directory gives for each town the area,
population in 1991 and in the past censuses, growth rates, density, sex
ratio, physical aspects of town, communication, municipal finances, civic,
medical, educational and other amenities and trade, commerce, industry
and banking facilities. The formats used in the 1981 Census have been
adopted, by and large, in the 1991 Census.

2001 Census

Reference date and Coverage

7.30 The Census of India, 2001 was the 14th continuous and
uninterrupted Indian census since 1872.This was the first census of the
twenty first century. As in earlier censuses, the census was conducted in
two phases. The first phase, the Houselisting Operation was conducted
between April to September, 2000 in different states and union territories,
as a prelude to the exercise of undertaking the decennial Population
Census. The houselisting exercise provided the basis frame to undertake
the population enumeration, with the ultimate objective of achieving as
full coverage as possible, without any omission of an area or household.
During this Houselisting Operation, a schedule named “Houselist” was
canvassed, in which data on housing conditions, amenities and assets
available to the households were collected. Details of the questions
canvassed during houselisting have been discussed in the section on
House numbering house listing

7.31 The second phase of census i.e. Population Enumeration, was

undertaken between February, 9 to 28 (both days inclusive),with a revision
round from 1st to 5th March, 2001. In this operation, a Household
schedule, in which the particulars of each individual were recorded, was

66
canvassed. The Census moment was 00.00 hours of 1st March, 2001, the
referral time at which the snapshot of the population of the country was
taken. This was a departure from the earlier census tradition, as until the
1991 Census (except 1971), the sunrise of 1st March of the relevant Census
year was the census moment. The enumeration of houseless population
was carried out on the night of February, 28, 2001.

7.32 In certain inaccessible and snow bound areas of the country,

population enumeration was carried out non- synchronously. This was for
administrative and technical convenience. Thus in Jammu & Kashmir and
certain snow bound areas of Himachal Pradesh and Uttaranchal the
population enumeration was conducted during 11th - 30th September,
2000 with the revision round from 1st to 5th October, 2000. In Kinnaur
district of Himachal Pradesh, the population enumeration had to be
deferred due to flash floods in August, 2000 and was conducted from 12th
to 31st May, 2001 with reference date as 1st June, 2001. In Jammu and
Kashmir, due to certain constraints, the enumeration period was extended
from 1st October, 2000 to 15th November, 2000 with a reference date of
16th November, 2000 in the six districts viz., Srinagar, Badgam, Anantnag,
Baramulla, Kupwara and Pulwama of Kashmir Valley and four blocks
namely, Banihal, Ramso, Marwa and Wardwan of Doda district in Jammu
Division. It was further extended in Srinagar town and Pulwama districts
until 15th December, 2000, with reference date being 16th December,
2000.

7.33 Further, due to the devastating earthquake in Gujarat on 26th

January, 2001 just two weeks prior to the commencement of the
nationwide population enumeration, this schedule in the affected areas
of Gujarat had to be postponed. These included the entire district of
Kachchh, the Taluk of Morvi, Maliya-Miana and Wankaner in Rajkot district
and Jodiya Taluk in Jamnagar district. The population enumeration in
these areas was undertaken during 9th-28th February, 2002 with 1st
March, 2002 as the reference date. Although enumeration in certain
areas of the country have been undertaken at different points of time
and with different reference dates, no adjustments have been made to
the enumerated population so as to bring all of them to the common
reference date of 1st March, 2001. This, if at all, will have a very minor,
almost negligible bearing on the population totals for the country or state
or even the districts in most cases.

Household schedule

7.34 This gigantic operation was made possible due to the door to door
universal canvassing of the Household Schedule by about 2 million
67
enumerators and supervisors covering 593 districts, 5,470 sub-districts, 5,161
towns and 638,588 villages. The comprehensive Household Schedule
which replaced the individual slip had three parts and two sides A and B.
Part I contained the Location Particulars; Part II related to the Individual
Particulars and Part III contained questions for Household engaged in
Cultivation/Plantation. The part II of the Household Schedule had 39
columns and 23 questions all of which were universally canvassed and no
sampling was resorted to during enumeration. A specimen of the
schedule canvassed may be seen in the appendix.

Manual tabulation

7.35 Manual tabulation was kept to the minimum in this census. No large
regional tabulation offices were set up. To facilitate quick tabulation for
bringing out Provisional Population Totals, provision for page totaling were
made in the schedule itself for a few items namely population, males,
females, population aged 0-6 years by sex, literates and workers and their
categories by sex.

New initiatives in 2001 census

7.36 The census 2001 was indeed a pioneer in more than one way. If the
1961 census was path breaking in terms of standardizing concepts,
preparing a number of tables on new topics, the 2001 census has taken
Indian census to greater heights due to a large number of initiatives. All
the tables that were published in earlier censuses have been published.
Because of data entry limitations, all the earlier censuses had to resort to
sampling at enumeration and or tabulation stages. The latest census has
broken that hurdle enabling more tables to be published, especially for
sub groups and lower area levels. The new initiatives in the 2001 census
are discussed below briefly.

Permanent Location Code

7.37 One of the most important features of the Census of India,2001 is the
adoption of Permanent Location Code Number (PLCN) to identify every
village in India. In India as per the 2001 Census, there are about 0.64
million (or 6.4 lakh) villages. New code numbers are assigned to these
villages before every census and as a result, it becomes difficult to
compare these huge village level databases generated. Besides, as new
villages are formed or existing villages are merged or split or even
disappear, keeping track of the village identity is a formidable task. Each
village has been assigned an eight-digit code. First six digits represent the
code of the village as existing at the present census and the last two digits
68
being ‘00’ are kept for accommodating future changes arising out of
administrative decisions. For example, if a state has 5438 villages, the first
village falling in the sub-district of the first district will have a code
00000100 and the last village in the last sub-district of the last district will
have code 000543800. The new code structure will help resolve the
problem of coding and will help ensure the comparability of data at the
village and other administrative levels in time series. It is expected that
PLCN will particularly benefit non-census organizations who have to
undertake surveys and collect statistics in between the two censuses.

Training

7.38 Traditionally locating quality professional trainers for training the

enumerators and supervisors has been a bottleneck. The sub-district
officer, who is also the local and ultimately responsible census officer, is
expected to function as the master trainer but in practice due to multiple
day to administrative responsibilities find little time or inclination to
undertake and fulfill this important role. This job is ultimately carried out
either by the local census clerk or one of the experienced census
supervisors who has worked in the earlier censuses or by an official of the
census directorate. As a result, the quality of the training leaves much to
be desired. To overcome this, it was decided to appoint special selected
and intensively trained Master Trainers who would take 9 training classes
each and also subsequently monitor the census help centers at the sub
district office. Since there was no separate budgetary allocation for
Master Trainers, they were appointed as supervisors, within the overall
strength of the enumerating agency, by making suitable changes 14.

7.39 A number of LCD projectors were pressed in to service for training

purposes, These along with power point presentations using laptop
computers for senior officers’ training helped in standardizing the training
content. A part of the additional cost on account of equipment such as
LCD projectors and laptop computers was met through the assistance of
the UN agencies.

Gender Sensitizing

7.40 The 2001 census gender sensitization initiative witnessed the close
collaboration between UNIFEM, UNFPA, and UNICEF, as members of the
UN IAWG G&D and the Registrar General of India (RGI). The collective
action focused on:
14
Banthia J K , Registrar General and Census Commissioner, India-“Mobilising Support for India’s Census
th
Constraints and Challenges”, Paper presented at UNFPA conference ,Pretoria, South Africa. 26
November 2001

69
 • Formation of Technical Committee, consisting of representatives
from UNFPA and UNIFEM, which reviewed the household schedule,
in the light of women’s work participation. Thrust was made to
sensitize the enumerator at the grassroots to improve the
enumeration of women and girls.
• 250 Census Advisors were appointed and trained, for providing
further focused training to enumerators and supervisors, with an aim
to collect correct information and improve the quality of interview.
To facilitate better training, LCD Projectors were also provided.
• Public awareness campaigns were conducted to elicit proper
response to the census exercise, especially on women’s work.
Audio-visual IEC materials were produced; dubbed in three regional
languages, distributed and broadcasted nation-wide.
• Joint monitoring field visits were conducted during the training of
the enumerators/supervisors and at the time of the actual data
collection in three States, namely, West Bengal, Madhya Pradesh
and Rajasthan.

7.41 As a result, for the first time, the Provisional Census Report
incorporated a note on Gender Equality in its introductory chapter. There
was extensive dissemination of information by the RGI's office on gender
issues, especially in the area related to age specific sex ratio, the use of a
variety of gender sensitive public awareness materials resulted in
considerable national focus on gender issues. The wide spread awareness
amongst Census Officers, particularly in the area of Female Work
Participation Rate (FWPR), has resulted in improved enumeration of FWPR
in comparison to the 1991 Census.

Computer aided tabulation

7.42 The tabulation of the entire census data depends on data
preparation and processing of the data. In both, the 2001 census has
broken new ground. These are discussed below.

Data preparation

7.43 Application of Image based form processing technology has been

the salient feature of the Information Technology plans for the 2001
census.

7.44 In census data processing, one of the major constraints has always
been handling of the large scale data entry, from paper based census
schedules. The bottleneck area of census data processing in India is really
the conversion of census schedule into computer readable format. Newer

70
technologies for data entry were introduced in every round of census in
India, taking advantage of the advancement in the field of Information
Technology.

7.45 During 1981 census, key to disk equipments were used for data
entry. This was followed by introduction of on-line data entry systems (PC-
386 based) in 1991 census. Keeping pace with technological changes,
this time, Census office decided to implement Image based automatic
form processing technique for electronic data file preparation, combined
with image enabled Computer Assisted Coding (CAC) of 2001 Census
data. Automatic Form Processing Systems (AFPS/ E_flow) of Top Imaging
Systems, Israel, high end scanners from Kodak were used with software
integrator Computer Maintenance Corporation, India (CMC).

7.46 Pilot studies were conducted using different form processing

software and the results were really encouraging. Briefly, the technique
involved

i) Capturing of batches of filled in schedules as electronic

digital images, using high volume production Scanners
ii) Processing of the handwritten numeric characters in the
digital image with the help of Intelligent Character
Recognition(ICR) engines embedded in the form processing
software
iii) Manual correction of unrecognized characters in the above
processing stage by using an interfacing Optical Data Entry
(ODE) screen package
iv) Image enabled computer assisted coding and
v) Retrieval and exporting of data in ASCII file format for further
computer processing.

Data was captured using 25 high end Kodak Scanners.

Data processing

7.47 From the traditional manual method of editing, coding and

tabulation, Indian Census has come a long way to Electronic Data
Processing (EDP). Data processing was earlier undertaken centrally at
Headquarters office at New Delhi. In 1971 census, one IBM system with 16
K memory and 6 tape drives was installed in census headquarters. In 1981,
all the census processing was done in various computers installed in other
offices such as Railways. Absence of an in-house computer system in the
Census office was obviated during 1991 Census by installing a mainframe
71
computer. Owing to the huge processing workload, a judicious mix of
manual and computer tabulations were used in these censuses.

7.48 In the 1990’s, mainframe computers started giving way to

affordable and manageable microcomputers in a Local Area Network
(LAN) environment. The data processing of 2001 Census has been
focused on to a group of networked powerful microcomputers.

7.49 In all, about 45 NT servers (P-III 733 MHz, 512 MB RAM, 216 GB HD
etc), 1060 PC (P-III 800 MHz, 128 MB, 20 GB HD etc.), 25 high end duplex
scanners (40 sheets of A3 size in one minute) were installed under Local
Area Network, along with other supporting peripherals like printers (Laser &
Line), DLT drives, CD writers, ZIP drive and SLR tape drives. Local Area
Networks (LAN), with powerful microcomputers were established in about
15 locations to decentralize the entire processing activity. The introduction
of this new technology for the first time in Census of India has enabled
speedier preparation, analysis and dissemination of data. Also 100%
census data processing was taken up for the first time in India, after
computerization had been introduced in 1971. About 9 million “House
listing” schedules and 203 million “Household” schedules were processed
through this technology.

7.50 The processing of 9 million (100%) “House listing” schedules was

targeted and achieved in 6 months time. Similarly 203 million (100%)
“Household” schedules was targeted and achieved in 18 months time.
Besides these, Computer Assisted Coding (CAC) for the descriptive fields
like Languages spoken, Education level, Migration , National Industrial
Classification, National Classification of Occupations particulars have
been completed.

7.51 Preparation of Primary Census Abstract for each village /town,

which was done manually in all the earlier censuses, has been totally
computerized. As a result, setting up of large regional tabulation offices
has been avoided. The saving has been estimated at 650 crore rupees.
Entire census data are now available in a machine readable form and
can be used whenever needed. All the census tables have been
processed in a 100 per cent basis.

Processing of Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribe data

7.52 There has been a major departure in Census 2001 from the past in
respect of the procedure followed for finalization of the Scheduled Castes
and the Scheduled Tribes population. In the earlier censuses, the total
Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes population were finalized at the
72
time of the manual compilation of the Primary Census Abstracts (PCA),
through the Regional Tabulation offices, which were specially set up for
this purpose. The individual Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes
population for each state was finalized much later based on manual
coding done by the coders. In 2001 Census, each individual Scheduled
Caste and Schedule Tribe has been coded directly on the computers by
the operators through a process known as Computer Assisted Coding
(CAC) and taken up along with the processing of PCA data. The CAC
process involves pulling down, from the relevant dictionary of the
Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes, on the computer screen and
coding from the dictionary by referring to the image of the specific
individual entry in the Household Schedule appearing on the screen. The
CAC of the response on Religion wherever required, was also undertaken
along with the processing of PCA. This is because the Scheduled Castes
status had to be determined in relation to the religion of an individual. Two
Special Task Forces, one on Religion and the other on Scheduled
Castes/Scheduled Tribes were constituted for scrutiny and appropriate
classification of these responses.

7.53 The main task of the Special Task Force on Religion was to
appropriately merge or group the new responses encountered and code
it into the appropriate religious community based on available literature
and local knowledge. The Special Task Force on Scheduled Castes and
Scheduled Tribe examined the different Scheduled Castes and Scheduled
Tribes entries encountered and classified these into appropriate category
of Scheduled Castes or Scheduled Tribes principally based on the
Presidential Notification and the available literature. Thus a very
systematic and scientific mechanism was operationalised to firm up the
individual religion and the individual Scheduled Castes/Tribes returns. The
Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes population in 2001 Census, is
thus being finalized by aggregating the population data for individual
Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes at appropriate geographical
levels.

Slum Data

7.78 An attempt has been made, for the first time during the Census of
India, 2001 to collect detailed data about slum areas of the country,
particularly in cities/towns having 50,000 populations or more based on
1991 census. All the inhabitants of the areas, which have been notified as
slums by the state governments under any legal provisions or even
recognized by them, have been accordingly considered as slum
population for this purpose.

73
7.54 Besides, areas in cities/towns, which satisfy the usual criteria for
declaring an area as slum have also been included. For the purpose of
Census of India, 2001, the slum areas broadly consist of:-

All specified areas notified as 'Slum' by State/Local

Government and UT Administration under any Act;
All areas recognized as 'Slum' by State/Local Government
and UT Administration which may have not been formally notified
as slum under any Act;
A compact area of at least 300 population or about 60-70
households of poorly built congested tenements, in unhygienic
environment usually with inadequate infrastructure and lacking in
proper sanitary and drinking water facilities.

7.55 The Directorate of Census Operations, in consultation with the State

Government/Local Authorities, were asked to identify slum areas in
municipal towns having a population of 50,000 or more as per the 1991
census. Therefore, the estimates of slum population given below primarily
are confined to cities and towns having more than 50,000 population at
the 1991 Census.

7.56 Though the criteria adopted for formation of slum EBs was confined
to municipal towns having 50,000 population, however, in a few stray
cases, even the non municipal towns were found to have large number of
slum areas, necessitating formation of slum EBs by the local authorities. For
instance, in the National Capital Region (NCR) of Delhi, eleven Census
towns and in Uttar Pradesh, one Census town has reported slum
population. In addition to these, six towns, one in Bihar, two in Madhya
Pradesh, two in Gujarat and one in Maharashtra, could qualify the
population criteria of 50,000, after adding population of outgrowths as
returned for Census of India, 1991. In the case of Shillong, slum areas were
notified in the entire urban agglomeration. As such, slum population has
been reported from the Shillong urban agglomeration. Slum population
has been reported from 26 States/Union territories. Nine States/Union
territories, namely, Himachal Pradesh, Nagaland, Mizoram, Sikkim,
Arunachal Pradesh, Manipur, Dadra & Nagar Haveli, Daman & Diu and
Lakshadweep have not reported any slum population in their Class I & II
cities/towns.

Data Dissemination

7.57 With the popularity of Personal Computers and Internet in India and
also across the world, the mode of dissemination of statistical data
everywhere is undergoing a major change. From printed voluminous
74
census reports the modes of data dissemination have now changed to
more user friendly floppy diskette or CD-ROM. Facilities also exist in many
countries for on-line statistical data network dedicated to registered users.
Most important mode of data dissemination today is, however, the use of
Internet. Using the World Wide Web, Census data, are being made
available instantly across the globe in user friendly formats.

7.58 In tune with the world trend the Census Organisation in India had
planned using Internet as the most important medium of disseminating
2001 Census results 15.. Already all the Provisional Results of 2001 Census
declared so far have been made available free of cost at the Census of
India website. More changes are contemplated to make available the
census data to government planners, administration, NGOs, research
scholars, universities, schools and libraries, business and industrial houses to
instantly access the Census data. A data dissemination strategy has been
formulated to address the issue in its totality, where data users will be able
to select the table in the format it is published by the Census or even
request for customized tables of choice.

2001 CENSUS MAPS

7.59 One of the important additions to the Census of India website is the
latest maps showing administrative boundaries of each state and union
territory in India with hyperlinks to state level maps showing administrative
boundaries of the districts. The Census Organisation in India is one of the
pioneering institutes producing good quality authentic maps. With the
creation of three new states in India, viz., Chhatisgarh, Jharkhand and
Uttaranchal, a number of request were being received for such maps.
The number of districts in the country has also increased form 466 in 1991
Census to 593 in 2001 Census. These maps, showing the boundary of
districts in pleasant colors, will be very useful to all categories of data
users.

INTERNET – GIS
7.60 One of the important ways to analyze large volume statistical data,
such as that from Census, is by way of maps generated on various census
themes at different geographical levels. Census organisation has one of
the largest collections of digitized maps in the country. The digitized maps
up to district level were used to depict the provisional results of the Census
of India 2001 through thematic maps. Facility was provided for the user to
select the indicator and the area (e.g., India, state, union territory, district)

15
Office of the Registrar General, India , ‘eCENSUSIndia , Issue No. 10 : 2002”

75
to plot the maps. There was also a provision for building query utilizing the
database. No separate software was required to generate the maps or
change the color scheme etc. This facility has been made available at
the Census of India web site., free of cost.

CensusInfo - INTER-ACTIVE CD
7.61 In collaboration with UNICEF, the Census organisation has
developed software, to view census data on digitized maps using GIS
technology. The CD is being designed on the pattern of 'Child Info' or
'DevInfo' CDs brought out by the UNICEF earlier. The CD allows the user to
select the indicator, area and year to view provisional results of the
Census of India 2001 declared so far and other census data on interactive
maps. The software will also allow the user to generate tables and graphs
on the indicators selected. The output maps can easily be printed or used
in a report or a presentation. The power of digitized maps and the
availability of large volume census data has been combined into a user
friendly CD. The version 1 of the CD based on provisional population data
has been released .

DISTRICT CENSUS HANDBOOK

7.62 One of the most important utility publications brought out by the
Census organisation is the series ‘District Census Handbooks’, (DCHB), for
each district separately. These DCHBs provide village and town level basic
tables compiled from Census as well non-Census sources. It is the only
source that gives information on each village and town on several
demographic and socio-economic characteristics and also on availability
of important civic amenities. For grass root level planning at the village
and town level, the DCHBs continue to remain one of the basic sources of
comprehensive, latest and reliable database for taking conscious
decisions regarding resource allocation and planned development.

District Census Handbook: -

Scope and coverage (in 1951 – 2001 Censuses)

7.63 In 1951Census, the scope of the DCHB was confined to certain

important census tables on population, economic and socio-cultural
aspects as also the Primary Census Abstract (PCA) of each village and
town of the district. The DCHB published for the 1961 Census contained a
descriptive account of the district, administrative statistics, few census
tables and Village and Town Directories including PCA. At the 1971
Census, the DCHBs were brought out in two parts, viz., Part-A comprising
Village and Town Directories and Part-B comprising Village and Town PCA
76
in respect of all the States and Union territories. The Third Part of the DCHBs
comprising administrative statistics and district census tables could not be
published in many States/ Union territories due to delay in compilation of
the requisite material. At the 1981 Census, certain new features along with
restructuring of the format of Village and Town Directory were introduced
in the DCHB. The DCHB was published in two parts for each district. Part-A
comprised Village and Town Directories. The PCA of Villages and Towns
(ward-wise) including Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes PCA up to
tehsil/ town level were provided in Part-B. All the amenities except power
supply in the village have been brought together in the Village Directory
with the instruction that in case an amenity is not available in the referent
village, the distance in broad ranges from the nearest place where the
amenity is available may be given. Information on some new items such
as adult literacy centers, primary health sub-centres and community
health workers in the village were provided so as to meet some of the
requirements of the Revised Minimum Needs Programme. Similarly,
information on approach to the village was also provided for the first time
in the Village Directory so as to give an idea about the number of
inaccessible villages in each district.

7.64 In the case of Town Directories also, keeping in view the

requirements of the Minimum Needs Programme, a Statement (IV-A) on
slums was provided so as to enable the planners to chalk out the
programmes for providing civic amenities in the slums. In this statement
details on civic and other amenities were presented for the notified slums
of Class I and Class II towns. Apart from this, one column on the
Scheduled Caste and the Scheduled Tribe population and another on
adult literacy classes / centres added in Statements IV and V
respectively.

7.65 The manner of presentation of the DCHBs for the 1991 Census was
by and large the same as followed in 1981 Census. However, the format of
PCA was restructured slightly in the 1991 Census for the benefit of data
users. Nine-fold industrial classification of main workers was given as
against fourfold industrial classification presented in the 1981 Census. In
addition to this, the sex-wise population of the 0-6 age group was also
included in PCA for the first time with a view to enabling data users to
compute more realistic literacy rate as all children below 7 years of age
have been treated as illiterate at the time of the 1991 Census. It was
expected that the above-mentioned modifications would help the
planners in chalking out more effective developmental programmes at
local level.

77
7.66 One of the most important innovations in the 1991 Census was the
Community Development (C. D.) Block-level presentation of data in the
Village Directory and PCA instead of the traditional Tehsil / Taluka / PS
level presentation. It was expected that the presentation of Village
Directory and PCA data at C.D. Block level will help the planners in
formulation of micro level developmental plans, as the C.D. Blocks is the
lowest administrative unit for developmental planning. In order to
facilitate the task of administrators, planners and researchers intending to
use Village Directory/PCA data, either from the magnetic tapes/floppies
or from the published records, both the computer and manual codes for
each village were provided for the 1991 Census, along with the
corresponding codes of 1981.

Scope and Coverage of District Census Handbook :

Census of India, 2001:

7.67 The District Census Handbook of Census of India, 2001 will be more
informative and exhaustive in terms of coverage and content. The
coverage in Village Directory has been further broadened, by including a
number of other data items on facilities like banking, recreational and
cultural facilities, availability of news papers & magazines, income and
expenditure of Gram Panchayat and most important commodity(ies)
manufactured in the village. Apart from these, more details on distance(s)
of basic educational facilities (namely, Primary and Middle Schools and
College) and medical facilities (viz. Allopathic Hospital, Maternity and
Child Welfare Centre and Primary Health Centre), if not available in the
village were given for the first time.

7.68 The type and extent of basic amenities available in the villages &
towns are proposed to be analyzed in depth with the help of a large
number of cross classified inset tables & statements. Brief analytical notes /
accounts for each district on important aspects concerning (i) fertility,
mortality and migration, (ii) various measures of fertility and mean age at
marriage (iii) per centage distribution of migrants by place of birth / place
of residence, (iv) main religions, (v) marital status of population, (vi) age,
sex and education & (vii) distribution of different mother tongue, all based
on Census, will be given at the end of the text as separate annexure. It
has also been decided to provide lists indicating the names of colleges
and hospitals available in the villages and towns of the districts. Some
important data on housing, amenities and assets to households for the
districts based on 2001 Census House listing Operations will also be
included.

78
7.69 For the District Census Handbooks of the Census of India-2001, much
stress and emphasis has been laid on ensuring quality of amenity data of
villages and towns. With a view to finding out erratic or aberrant trends or
inexplicable fluctuations in amenity data, similar information brought out
by the State and Central Governments are collected & this information is
used to validate the V.D. & T.D. data. The inconsistencies noticed in V.D. &
T.D. data are being resolved in consultation with the respective district
administration and even, at times, through field visits and by consulting
the district and State officials and publications.

7.70 List of Subjects to be covered in 2001 is indicated below:

Village Directory

Alphabetical list of Villages (C.D. block wise) with 2001 Census and 1991
Census Codes

Total area of the village (in hectare)

Total population (2001 Census), Number of households (2001 Census)

Amenities available in the village:

(if not available within the village, the distance ranges, viz., < 5 kms., 5-10
kms. and 10+
kms where it is available)

Educational : Medical : Drinking water : Post, telegraph and telephone

Commercial and co-operative banks : Agricultural, non-agricultural and

other credit societies

Recreational & cultural facilities (Cinema/Video hall, Sports club,

Stadium/ Auditorium
Communications (Bus service, railway station, waterway)

Approach to village : Nearest town & distance : Power supply : News

paper/ Magazine : Most important commodity manufactured

Land use (i.e., area under different types of land use in hectare)

79
Forest : Irrigated (by source) : Un-irrigated : Culturable waste (including
gauchar and groves) : Area not available for cultivation

Summary statistics:

7.71 Educational, Medical and other Amenities in villages - C.D. block

level
Villages by number of Primary Schools
Villages by Primary, Middle and Secondary Schools
Villages with different sources of drinking water facilities available
Villages with 5,000 and above population which do not have one or more
amenities
(like Senior Secondary School, College, Primary Health Sub Centre, Bus
facility
Approach by Pucca road, Commercial Bank)
C.D. block wise list of inhabited villages where no amenity other than
drinking water facility is available
Summary showing number of villages having or not having Scheduled
Castes/Tribes population
List of villages according to the proportion of the Scheduled Castes and
the Scheduled Tribes to the total population by ranges
Statement showing number of girls schools in the villages
Number of villages under each Gram Panchayat (C.D. block wise) -
(proposed)
Census Towns which do not have one or more important basic amenities
Land utilization data in respect of Census Towns / non-municipal towns

Town Directory

7.72 Status and Growth History

Population and growth rate (in brackets) of the town at the Censuses of
1901 – 2001
Physical Aspects and Location of Towns, 1999
Municipal Finance, 1998-99
Road length (in kilometer(s)
System of sewerage
Number of latrines (Water borne, Service, Others)
Method of disposal of night soil
Water supply (Source of supply, 'System of storage with capacity in
kilolitres)
Fire fighting service*
Electrification (number of connections) (Domestic, Industrial, Commercial,
Road
lighting points, Others)
80
Medical, Educational, Recreational and Cultural Facilities, 1999
Trade, Commerce, Industry and Banking, 1999
Civic and other amenities in Slums, 1999
Towns showing their outgrowths with population

Village Primary Census Abstracts

7.73 Name of the CD Block, name of the village, location code, area of
village in hectares, number of occupied residential houses, number of
households, total population (including institutional and houseless
population), population in the age group 0-6, scheduled castes
population, scheduled tribe population, literates, illiterates, total workers
(main & marginal), industrial category of main workers (cultivators;
agricultural labourers; household industry and other workers), non-workers

Town Primary Census Abstracts

7.74 Name of the CD Block, name of the town/ward, location code,

area of town/ward in square kilometers, number of occupied residential
houses, number of households, total population (including institutional and
houseless population), population in the age group 0-6, scheduled castes
population, scheduled tribe population, literates, illiterates, total workers
(main & marginal), industrial category of main workers (cultivators;
agricultural labourers; household industry and other workers), non-workers

Publication Plan

7.75 District Census Handbooks are published in the form of printed

publications one for each district separately. As the total number of
districts at the time of population enumeration in 2001 was 593, the total
number of DCHBs to be published for the 35 States/ Union territories would
be 593.

Study of Languages and Mother Tongues in Census

7.76 Language is an important attribute of a population, and has great
relevance and significance in a multi-lingual and multi-ethnic country like
India. The Census of India has been the richest source of language data
collected and published during the successive decennial censuses for
over a century. The language data generated by census over the last
more than one hundred years has thrown much light on the ethnic and
the linguistic characteristics of the population.

81
7.77 The Indian Census is the basic source of data on languages spoken
in the country. Information on language/mother tongue at all India level
was collected for the first time during the Census of India 1881. The
practice of making periodic estimates of population was however, older
in different provinces. For example, the census returns of Bombay (1864),
Madras Presidency (1871) and Bengal (1872) did contain a few direct or
indirect references to some languages, their strength of speakers or the
areas where spoken.

7.78 Information on linguistic composition of the country through the

inquiry on mother tongue continued to be collected through the
succeeding decennial censuses of the country from 1891 to 2001. It may
be important to note that innumerable mother tongues are returned at
every census. For example, in 1961 and 1971 censuses, the total number of
mother tongues returned was around 3,000, in 1981 around 7,000 and in
1991, these were more than 10,000. These vast raw returns need to be
identified and classified in terms of actual languages and dialects to
present a meaningful linguistic picture of the country. This operations of
linguistic identification of raw mother tongue returns or linguistic
rationalization and classification, produced a list of rationalized mother
tongues in each census: For example, the list produced in 1961 had 1652
mother tongue names, in 1991, it was 1576. These 1576 rationalized mother
tongues were further classified following the usual linguistic methods and
grouped under appropriate languages. The total number of languages so
arrived at was 114 in 1991 Census.

Mother Tongue

7.79 In the Census of India, 1991 as in earlier censuses, a question was

asked on the mother tongue of the individual. Mother tongue was
defined as "the language spoken in childhood by the person's mother to
the person. If the mother died during the person’s infancy, the language
mainly spoken in the person's home in childhood will be the mother
tongue. In the case of infants and deaf mutes the language usually
spoken by the mother should be recorded. In case of doubt, the
language mainly spoken in the household may be recorded".

7.80 Language information was, however, not collected in different

censuses according to strictly comparable concepts on languages. In
1881 and 1891, it was the language 'ordinarily spoken in the household at
each person's parents'; in 1901, it was the language which each person
82
'ordinarily used'; in 1911 and 1921, it was the language which each person
'ordinarily used in his own home'; in 1931, 1941 and 1951,it was the
language first spoken 'from the cradle'; in 1961, it was the language
'spoken in childhood by the person's mother to the person or mainly
spoken in the household' and in 1971, it was the language spoken in
childhood by the person's mother to the person. If the mother died in
infancy, the language spoken in the person's home in childhood was
recorded as mother tongue. The same was the case in 1981. It, however,
appears that the concept of 'language ordinarily used' was conveyed to
the respondents through the vernacular rendering of the Sanskrit word
Matri-Bhasa, which was found to be a well understood one. Language
inquiry, therefore, under the name of 'parent tongue' or 'language
ordinarily used' or 'Matri-Bhasa' continued to produce reasonably
consistent results.

Other Tongue

7.81 The inquiry regarding linguistic composition of population was

limited to one question from 1881 to 1921. In 1931, one more question was
added and the individual was asked to give any other language, which
was commonly used by him. One additional column was provided in the
schedule where the enumerators were instructed to enter any other
language or languages habitually spoken by each person in daily or
domestic life in addition to his mother tongue. These two questions have
continued to be asked till 2001.

Bilingualism & Trilingualism

7.82 In the 1991 Census, for the first time, data was presented not only on
bilingualism, i.e., one subsidiary language, but for two subsidiary
languages known. Data on bilingualism and trilingualism, sex-wise in
respect of 114 (18 scheduled languages and 96 non-scheduled
languages) were presented. The national average rate of trilingualism is
7.26%, which is presented for the first time in the 1991 Census.
Information on these 114 languages is presented in two parts. These are:
Part A: Languages included in the Eighth Schedule to the Constitution of
India (Scheduled Languages) – comprising of 18 languages
Part B: Languages not included in the Eighth Schedule (Non-Scheduled
Languages) – comprising of 96 languages plus the category ‘Total of
other languages’ which includes all other languages and mother tongues
falling under Part B and which returned less than 10,000 speakers each at
all-India level or were not identifiable o the basis of linguistic information
available.

83
Statistical Quality Control (SQC) for data processing

7.83 In the 1981 census, for the first time in the Indian census, SQC
techniques were used to assess and improve the quality of coding.
Acceptance sampling plan with independent verification was adopted in
selected areas.

7.84 The application was restricted to economic questions of the

individual slip. The scope of SQC operations was restricted to

1) Metropolitan areas-Calcutta, Bombay, Madras,

Ahmedabad, Bangalore, Hyderabad, Kanpur and Delhi,
2) Rural and Urban areas of the districts of Patna, Ambala,
Patiala, Trivandrum and Bhopal, and
3) Union territory of Goa, Daman and Diu

7.85 In these areas, separate staff was set apart for SQC work. A person
who codes the slip was called coder. A person in the SQC cell who
duplicates the coding on a sampling basis was called a noter. For every
nine coders, one noter and for every three noters, one adjudicator was
appointed from among the already sanctioned staff. Adjudicator was a
person who matched the codes given to the economic questions by the
coder and noter and decides which one is correct. If both are incorrect,
he assigns the correct code. Control person was a person who ensures
that the entire operation runs smoothly and sees to it that various persons
get their materials. He is the person responsible to ensure operational
independence between coding and noting sub operations.

The procedure

7.86 The acceptance sampling procedure consisted of selecting a

sample of size “n” from a lot of size “N” and counting the errors in it. If the
number of errors is less than or equal to a pre determined number “c”, the
entire lot is accepted. If however the number of errors is in the sample is
greater than ‘C’, then the entire lot is rejected. Otherwise, it is accepted.

7.87 In the context of census, the bundle of coded individual slips of an

enumeration block constituted a lot. From these, a sample of slips was re
coded independently by another person. The two coded were then
compared by a third person. If the number of errors is more than the
specified one, the entire lot was sent for re coding. Else it was accepted.

84
7.88 To ensure independence of operations, coder in the SQC cell ,
called noter, selected a sample of slips from the bundle of slips and
coded the economic questions in a separate form (not in the slip), after
noting the identification particulars of the slip. The bundle consisted of 500
slips and the noter selected 50 slips systematically, with a random start.
The noter then sends the coding form to the adjudicator. The entire
bundle of slips was then sent to the usual coder. After it was coded by the
usual coder, the slips were submitted back to the adjudicator. The
adjudicator compared the codes given by usual coder with that given by
the noter for the sampled slips and decides whether the slips had an error
or not. If the number of slips in error was 7 or less, it was accepted.
Otherwise, it was sent to the coding cell for re coding all the entries.

85
VIII - SAMPLING IN POPULATION CENSUS

8.1 Sampling for tabulation was adopted in the Indian census as early
as 1941. Due to the Second World War, the census data could not be
processed in that census. A two per cent systematic sample of individual
slips was selected. Based on this sample tables on age and means of
livelihood were prepared .In the 1951 census detailed cross classification
of age and civil conditions were based on a 10 per cent systematic
sample of individual slips. It was in this census that a sample check of
census enumeration was carried out for the first time in the census history.
The objective was to give an idea of the omission duplication in the Indian
census. This evaluation survey has been carried out in all the subsequent
censuses of India and has by now become an integral part of Indian
census.

8.2 In the 1961 census, household economic data collected in the

household schedule were tabulated on a 20 per cent sample basis.

8.3 In the 1971 census, for the first time considerable part of data was
processed electronically on computers and extensive use was made of
sampling for tabulation. Tables relating to economic, social, cultural,
migration and fertility particulars of population were tabulated on a
sample basis.

Sampling studies in 1971 census.

8.4 In this census considerable effort was made to choose a sample

design on considerations of reliability and efficiency. 16 Some preliminary
studies of relative efficiencies of systematic sampling of individual slips,
simple random sample and stratified random sampling, with proportional
allocation were made with 20000 individual slips of 1971 census second
pre test. Ten per cent and twenty per cent systematic samples were
drawn after arranging the frame differently. The first sample was drawn
with slips in enumeration order. Another set of sample was drawn after
arranging the slips by sex and industrial category. From each of the four
samples, two tables, classification of workers by age and employment
status and another by age, sex and marital status were prepared. By
comparing these tables, it was found that systematic sample from natural
order was equivalent to or as good as the simple random order. But,
systematic sample from pre arranged order was superior not only to

16
Suguna Kumari G., Sampling in tabulation of Census data, Report of the training seminar on sampling in
population census, 18-29 August, 1980, ,Office of the Registrar General ,India

86
simple random sample but also to stratified sample for economic
characteristics.

8.5 The required sample size was then determined assuming that a
proportion of the order of 0.0001 needs to be estimated, with a 20 per
cent relative standard error. It was decided that a 10 per cent sample of
slips in rural areas and 20 per cent sample of slips in urban areas would
meet the requirements.

8.6 A study was also made to determine whether household or census

house should be sampled. Selection of household would result in bias, as
multi household census households would be over represented. The line
sample or household sample was rejected and instead sample of census
houses was resorted to.

8.7 The primary census abstract (PCA) data for every village and block
of a town required the processing of entire lot of schedules. In view of the
capacity limitations of the computer it was decided to process the data
manually at the regional tabulation offices set up all over the country as in
earlier censuses. After compilation of PCA through manual tabulation,
individual slips were made available for each village, sorted by sex,
literacy, separately for workers and non workers. Workers were further
sorted by nine fold industrial categories. These slips were grouped for
each city (places with a population of 100000 and above), non city urban
areas and rural areas of each tehsil/taluk and further sorted by nine
broad age groups 0-14, 15-19, 20-24, 25-29, 30-39, 40-49, 50-59, 60+ and
age not stated. From each of these categories a sample was selected
systematically. It was decided to tabulate data on a number of
characteristics based on these sample data. The sample size was 10 per
cent for rural areas and 20 per cent for urban areas.

8.8 The rural slips were tabulated manually and urban slips were
tabulated on computer.

Estimation procedure in 1971 census

8.9 The population totals by sex, nine broad age groups and nine
industrial categories and non worker category were available on full
count basis based on manual sorting of individual sample slips. These were
used as controls for estimating the cell frequencies of tables. In all, 180
control totals were available. The sample totals were inflated using the
ratio of these control totals to corresponding sample totals. This was done
to increase the efficiency of estimates, to remove small biases due to
systematic sample selection and to ensure consistency of estimates with
87
final totals. Adjustment of sample values to the full count values were
done at table level, manually after sample tables were prepared. Only for
B series tables relating to economic characteristics and a few C series
tables with age as a characteristic the multipliers were used. F series tables
relating to fertility were estimated by multiplying the sample values by 10
and 5 respectively in rural and urban areas.

8.10 Advance tabulations at national level were also made on the basis
of 1% sample of population. This sample was selected systematically from
enumerator’s daily posting statements for males and females. The
corresponding individual slips were identified and extracted for housing
tabulations a 20 per cent systematic sample of census houses was drawn
from the house-list separately for rural and urban areas.

Criticism of 1971 census sampling tabulation

8.11 The central statistical organisation felt that the 1971 procedure of
collecting information on all individuals but presenting detailed tables at
district level and above on a sample basis only is wasteful as the
information collected is only partially used. The CSO therefore advocated
that sampling should be introduced at enumeration stage itself. The
census commission was of the view that the system adopted in 1971
census of collecting data from all individuals, tabulating information on
certain key characteristics at village/ enumeration block level and
detailed tabulation at a higher area level on a sample basis should be
continued. It further argued that under conditions in which census is
organized cost of enumeration would not materially differ by introduction
of sampling at field stage, as the enumerator works more under legal
compulsion, rather than by consideration of quantum of honorarium.
Since in any case PCA would have to be prepared at village/block level,
information on economic activity would have to be collected on 100 per
cent basis. It was then agreed that information on some characteristics
like migration and fertility, which are more relevant for larger areas could
be collected on the basis of a sample selected at enumeration stage. 17

8.12 The introduction of sampling at field stage would necessarily involve

a decision on sampling unit, individual, household, or enumeration block.
The former two operations would require a frame before hand and such a
frame would have to be generated at the enumeration stage itself at the
field. It was estimated that roughly one million enumerators would be
employed in 1981 census. In any sampling procedure that which selects

17
Natarajan K.S., Use of sampling for collection of additional information, Report of the training seminar
on sampling in population census, 18-29 August, 1980, ,Office of the Registrar General ,India

88
individual or household at field stage, this army of enumerators would
have to be trained on sample selection procedure which was considered
well beyond the capacity of the census organisation. The only alternate
considered feasible was to select village or enumeration blocks. The
sample selection was done by a team of trained staff deputed from state
head quarters to each district.

Sampling in 1981 census

Sampling at enumeration stage

8.13 In the 1981 census, for the first time in the history of Indian census,
sampling was adopted at the enumeration stage. While many of the
questions were canvassed for all the individuals, a few of the
characteristics were canvassed only on a sample basis. In this census
therefore, universal slip and sample slips were canvassed. The universal slip
was canvassed for every individual. The sample slip was canvassed for all
the persons living in the 20 per cent sample of enumeration blocks in the
major states i.e., all the states with an estimated population of 10 million
and above in 1981. The individual slip canvassed in sample areas,
contained information on migration, age at marriage and fertility. The
items collected in the universal slip and the sample slip have been
indicated elsewhere. The sample of enumeration blocks was selected
from each stratum separately. In each district, the strata were, cities, non-
city urban areas and rural areas of each tehsil. The villages in each tehsil
were first arranged by four population size groups, less than 300, 300-499,
500-749 and 750 and above.

8.14 Since sampling was adopted at enumeration stage for some items,
the sampling design for tabulation was constrained by the choice of
sample design for tabulation. The sample enumeration was simultaneously
carried out together with the complete enumeration.

Sampling at tabulation stage

8.15 In the 1981 census, sampling was also used at the tabulation stage.
The house list data was processed on a 20 systematic sample of houses.
All the tables of the economic and socio cultural characteristics of the
population questions were processed on the basis of 20 per cent sample
of enumeration blocks. To provide advance estimates at national and
state levels, a 5 per cent of sample of enumeration blocks was selected.
This was a 25 per cent sub sample of the 20 per cent sample of
enumeration blocks..

89
Estimation procedure

8.16 Based on PCA which was prepared on manual tabulation basis ,

for each village/town /city full count values were available for selected
characteristics like, literates, number of workers classified by those
engaged in cultivation, agricultural labour, those engaged in household
industry and other work, as well as marginal workers and non workers by
sex.. In all there were six categories based on economic activity, two
based on literacy and two based on sex. These full counts were used as
controls and estimates were derived by ratio estimation. The sample totals
for these categories were inflated to the corresponding full count values.
This adjustment was done at stratum level, i.e; cities , non-city urban areas
and rural areas of each tehsil of a district. This involved adjusting the
marginal totals of the sample values to the full count values by an iterative
procedure. The resulting multipliers were non integral. Wherever the
sample frequencies were less than 50 in any cell, these were combined
with the adjoining group before multipliers were estimated. The resulting
multipliers were invariably non integral. If the multipliers were of the form
“a+b”, where a is an integer and “b” a non integer, then weight ‘a+1”
was assigned to proportion “b” of sample slips and weight “a” was
assigned to remaining slips. For this purpose of assigning weights, an
algorithm was suggested.

8.17 The processing of the household schedule was also undertaken on

the basis of 20 per cent sample of households selected systematically in
each enumeration block.

8.18 The housing tables were tabulated based on a 20 per cent sample
of houses selected from house list.

Sampling in 1991 census

8.19 In the 1991 census, sampling was not resorted to at enumeration

stage. But almost all the tables based on individual slips were prepared on
the basis a ten per cent sample of individual slips. Primary census abstract
for the entire population and also for scheduled caste and tribe
population, tables on ex service men, tables on mother tongue, religion
and household composition were prepared on a full count basis based on
manual processing. The sample tables were prepared for all the states
with an estimated population of 10 million and above in 1991. For the
remaining states and union territories the tabulation was based on full
count. Here also the sample was adjusted totally with the full count.

90
8.20 In 2001 census, sampling was not adopted either at enumeration or
at tabulation stage. All the tables were prepared by processing the entire
data collected.

91
IX - DATA ON ECONOMIC ACTIVITY IN THE INDIAN CENSUSES -CONCEPTS,
MEASUREMENT AND CRITICISMS

9.1 The information on economic activity of the individual was

collected right from the 1872 census. In the censuses of 1872 and 1881,
only one question relating to 'occupation' was asked from the individuals
and the persons were classified according to the various occupations. In
1891, the concept of 'means of subsistence' was introduced. The question
on means of subsistence was recorded in the case of every individual. In
the case of dependents the occupation of the person on whom they
were dependent was recorded. From 1901 to 1921, the information on
principal and subsidiary occupation or means of subsistence of actual
workers was recorded. In the case of dependents, the occupation of the
persons on whom they were dependent was also recorded. In all these
censuses, the term 'actual worker' also included persons who were in
receipt of income, without doing work such as rentiers and pensioners etc.
In 1931 Census, the term 'actual worker' was replaced by the 'earner'. The
population was classified as earners, working dependents and non
working dependents. The Principal and subsidiary occupation of each
worker was recorded. Occupation of dependents was recorded under
the caption 'subsidiary occupation'. Besides, the Industry in which a
person was employed was also noted. In 1941 Census, 'Means of
Livelihood, in order of importance' was recorded in respect of each
worker. It was also enquired whether a particular means of livelihood
existed throughout the year, if not, for what part of the year. If a person
was employed by someone else, the information about his business was
also noted. In the case of 'dependent', it was enquired whether he was
wholly or partly dependent on anyone else. If so, means of livelihood the
of person on whom dependent was recorded. The information relating to
the employment of (a) paid assistants, (b) members of household was also
collected. The question on 'Are you in employment now?’ was also asked
in regard to means of livelihood of a person shown as partly dependent.
Owing to war, the tabulation of 1941 Census was greatly curtailed. But
Mr. Yeatts, the Census Commissioner for India, shrewdly decided to retain
a 2 per cent random sample of the original individual census slips of each
state. On the recommendations of the Population Data Committee, the
Government of India decided to entrust the Y-Sample slips in 1945, to the
Indian Statistical Institute, Calcutta, where the information in the slips was
transferred to Hollerith cards. From these cards, Means of Livelihood and
Industries Tables were prepared for the states for which no such tables
had been prepared at the time of the 1941 Census. The 'Means of
Livelihood' tables were prepared for the whole State and also for its
constituent districts. In the State table, the number of independent or self-
supporting persons having their principal means of livelihood in different
92
occupational groups (classified according to the class of subsidiary
means of livelihood, if any) was shown. The number of partly dependents
following any specified occupation as their 'Supporting Means of
Livelihood' was also given. In the district tables, however, such information
was given only by broader occupational groups. The table on Industrial
classification of persons was prepared only for the State as a whole. This
showed the number of workers (employees) engaged in the different
Industries (groups) classified according to the class of worker.

1951 census

9.2 The 1951 Census ascertained the economic status and his means of
livelihood of every person. A tripartite economic classification was
adopted. According to economic status, every person was classified as "a
self supporting person" or "an earning dependent" or "a non-earning
dependent". Where a person was in receipt of an income, whether in
cash or kind, which was sufficient at least for his own maintenance was
regarded as a self supporting person. Such income may be in cash or
kind. The test was whether or not he secures regular income, though it
may be small. Where the income he secures is not sufficient to support
him, that person is an earning dependent. Anyone who is not a self
supporting person in this sense was a dependent. A dependent may be
either an ‘earning dependent ‘or a ‘non earning dependent’. A person
who secured a regular income but whose income was not sufficient to
support him/her was regarded as earning dependent. A person who did
not earn any income, either in cash or kind, was a non earning
dependent.

9.3 “Where two or more members jointly cultivate land and secure an
income”, there from, each of them should be regarded as earning part of
the income. None of them is a non earning dependent. Each of them
should be classified either as self supporting person or an earning
dependent according to the share of income attributable to him/her. The
same applies to any other business carried out jointly.” 18

9.4 To ascertain the economic status and his means of livelihood, the
following three questions were prescribed:-

(i) Economic Status

Part One: Dependency
Part two: Employment
(ii) Principal Means of Livelihood

18
Census of India 1951,Vol 1,Part 1-B, p 168

93
 (iii) Secondary Means of Livelihood.

9.5 In this census, some of answers were to be recorded in codes.

Under Part I dependency, the instructions were to write 1 for self
supporting person.2 for non earning dependent and 3 for earning
dependent. Again, under part 2 employment, instructions were, to write
1 if the self supporting person earns his principal means of livelihood as an
employer, to write 2, for an employee, to write 3 for an independent
worker and write ‘O’ in other cases. Principal means of livelihood was to
be recorded for every person. If the slip related to the self supporting
persons, his principal means of livelihood was recorded. If it related to
dependents (earning or non-earning), the principal means of livelihood of
the self supporting person, on whom the person was dependent, was
recorded. If a self supporting person had more than one means of
livelihood, the means which provided the largest income was to be
recorded. Partial self coding was adopted for entering means of
livelihood, 1 for owner cultivator, 2 for tenant cultivator, 3 for agricultural
labourer and 4 for a person who receives rent in cash or kind in respect of
land which is cultivated by another person. All other means of livelihood
were fully written and coded later in office. For earning dependent, the
means of livelihood is to be entered under secondary means of livelihood.
For non earning dependants and self supporting persons with no
secondary means of livelihood,‘O’ was to be written.

9.6 The worker population ratio, as per 1951 census, was 39.1 per cent,
53.9 per cent for males and 23.4 per cent for males. This was a sharp fall
from the corresponding rates of 43.8, 58.1 and 28.8 recorded in 1931
census. The number of economically active persons engaged in
agriculture and traditional cottage industries and services where women
were mainly employed showed very little increase compared to the
increase in general population. It was felt that by the introduction of
income, persons who worked in family enterprises without wages in cash
or kind but who shared the profits were likely to be omitted. This was so
especially in the case of families who partake in household cultivation. It
was reasoned that the concept of dependency adopted in 1951 census
had a tendency to under estimate the number of female workers. It was,
therefore, decided that the economic data in 1961 should be collected
on the basis of work i.e. the population should be divided into two classes,
'Workers' and 'Non-workers’ and not on income.

1961 Census

9.7 The approach in 1961 was a modified version of labour force

approach. It classified a person in to worker and non worker on the basis
94
of whether the person was participating in economically productive
work or not during a reference period.
The basis of work adopted in 1961 census was as follows. In the case of
seasonal work like cultivation, livestock, dairying, household industries,
etc., if a person had some regular work of more than one hour a day
throughout the greater part of the working season, he was to be
regarded as a worker. In the case of regular employment in any trade,
profession, service, business or commerce the basis for work would be
satisfied if the person was employed during any of the fifteen days
preceding the day on which he was enumerated. Work included not only
actual work but effective supervision and direction of work A person who
was working but was absent from his work during the fifteen days
preceding the day of enumeration due to illness or other cause was a
worker. A person who was offered work but had not actually joined was
treated as a non-worker. A person under training as apprentice, with or
without stipend or wages, was regarded as a worker. An adult woman
engaged in household duties but not doing any productive work, to
augment the family resources was considered as non-worker. Persons like
beggars, pensioners, etc., who received income without doing any work
were regarded as non-workers. A public or social service worker who was
actively engaged in public service activity or a political worker who was
actively engaged in furthering the political activity of his part was
regarded as a 'worker'. The worker was further classified into one or more
of the following groups:

1), Working as Cultivator,2 )Working as Agricultural labourer, 3) Working

at Household Industry, 4) Doing work other than (1), (2) and (3).

9.8 If not working, the activity such as housewife, student, dependent,

beggar, retired person/rentier, institutional population and others was
enquired in to. A person who has not worked before but is seeking
employment for the first time (NE) and one who was employed before
but out of employment and seeking employment were
distinguished(NU).Together these two constituted ‘unemployed ‘ in 1961
census.

Criticism of 1961 census concepts

9.9 The 1961 census worker population ratio was very high compared to
1951 census rates being, 43.1, 57.3 and 28.0 respectively for persons, males
and females. Coming as it did immediately after 1951 census, the growth
in worker population during 1951-1961 was very high making many users,
particularly planning commission, to wonder whether the concepts
adopted need a second look. Two main criticisms were levelled against
95
the 1961 census economic data. The first one was that the 1961 definition
of worker was on the liberal side which had exaggerated the
participation rates. At that census, a person was considered economically
active even if such a person’s contribution to work was extremely
marginal. The second criticism was that the ordering of questions was
faulty leading to classify more people as workers. In that census, everyone
was compulsorily asked if he was engaged in cultivation, agricultural
labour, household industry and any other work other than above. A
person who is basically an agricultural labourer, even if he cultivated just a
couple of cents of land at his back yard, declared himself first as
cultivator, then as agricultural labourer. This inflated the number of
cultivators, in that census. The planning commission during the finalization
of 1971 census called a special meeting to consider the scope and
concepts for the 1971 census data, as the commission was the most
important user of the census data. An extract from the relevant
proceedings of the special meeting is given below. 19

“It was felt that the concept of worker at the 1961 census tended to
inflate persons as workers who were basically non workers like housewives;
students etc. were included in the category of workers, even though their
participation was very marginal. The concept of half a day’s normal
work proposed for 1971 census for seasonal work was also considered not
realistic. While the reference period of one week was alright for regular
work, what was essential was that every person should be basically
classified according to his/her main activity, particularly those not
engaged in regular work. Certain activities like cultivation, agricultural
labour etc, are not carried out throughout the year. Therefore, a person
enumerated should be asked to state what his main activity was and
even if he was not engaged in that activity during the reference period of
one week, if he had engaged himself in the main activity reported by him
in the course of last one year, that shall be treated as his main activity. In
the case of persons who are basically occupied as house workers,
students, rent receivers etc., they should be classified as such for their
main activity. If they were also engaged in some economic activity,
obviously not to the same extent as full time workers, that activity should
be ascertained under the head of secondary work. The secondary work if
any of those who are basically classified as workers will also be
ascertained.

Summarizing the above, the following decisions were taken:

19
Census of India,1971-The provisional population totals, page 28

96
 “(ix) Every person will be categorized with respect to the main
activity as reported by him.
(x) Persons who are basically students, house workers and rent
receivers , etc, will be classified accordingly for their main activity.
Any gainful activity that these individuals may have, but not on the
scale of full time workers will be shown under secondary work.
(xi) Census data may not provide data on under or unemployment
as such.”

1971 Census

9.10 As per the above decision, in 1971 Census considerable departure

was made in respect of the economic questions.

9.11 The main activity of a person was ascertained based on whether

he spent his time basically as a worker producing goods and services or as
a non-worker. For regular work in Industry, Trade or Services, the reference
period was the week prior to the enumeration and for seasonal work such
as agriculture the last one year. Work involved not only the actual work
but also effective supervision and direction of work. The person was
categorized according to the main activity returned by an individual. The
classifications adopted were as follows:

(i) Working as Cultivator;

(ii) Working as Agricultural Labourer;
(iii) Working at Household Industry' and
(iv) Other Workers.

9.12 In the case of Household Industry or Other work, the information

relating to Place of work, (Name of Village or Town), Name of
establishment, Nature of Industry, Trade, Profession, or Service, Description
of work and Class of Worker was recorded. Secondary work was also
recorded in respect of persons who had returned/reported some work as
his main activity. Where a person who was basically a non-worker, such as
a student or house-wife, did make some marginal contribution to work, it
was recorded under secondary work. Experience of the 1961 census had
shown that census office was not a proper agency to collect reliable
data on unemployment as such. Therefore the 1971 Census did not ask a
question on unemployment directly but the unemployed were expected
to fall in the residuary category of non-workers.

Criticism of 1971 Census concepts and data and evolution of 1981 census
questions

97
9.13 The worker population ratio for India as a whole as per 1971 census
was 52.7 for males and 14.7 for females, registering a sharp fall from the
1961 census corresponding figures of 57.3 and 28.0 . Even after adding
the secondary work of non workers, the worker population ratio was
nowhere near the 1961 census rates. In the mean while National Sample
Survey (NSS) organization had in 27th round conducted during October
1972 to September 1973 estimated the worker population ratio based on
usual status concept and long reference period. The results were closer to
1961 census rates than to 1971 census rates. This again resulted in demand
for fresh thinking on the concepts used in census.

9.14 The Technical Advisory Committee (TAC) on Statistics of

Employment and Unemployment, at its meeting held in October 1975,
considered the approach to be adopted in 1981 census with regard to
the data on labour force characteristics. The TAC, at its second meeting
held on 15th May 1976, considered in detail the concept to be adopted in
1981 census. The Committee considered the views of the Census
organization and those of the Central Statistical Organization (CSO).
Some of the relevant extracts are reproduced below. Important points
relevant to this discussion raised by Census Organization were the
following: 20

“1) A major part of the decrease in participation rate in 1971

compared to 1961 may be due to the classification of marginal
workers. It has been argued that in 1961 census, a large number of
marginal workers tended to be classified as workers, especially in
cultivation.
2) The tripartite approach of classifying persons into workers,
marginal workers and non-workers, as against the dichotomy
approach of classifying them as workers and non-workers has the
advantage that it can yield data on both main workers and
marginal workers. One can include or exclude them to suit one’s
needs.
3) In the 1971 census, there seems to have been some loss of
coverage in filling up the entry relating to the secondary
occupation. This however cannot be a criticism against the
concept used. Emphasis should be on better field work .Perhaps a
re-ordering of the economic questions in the individual slip may
focus the attention of the census enumerator on the need to fill up
the question on secondary work.
4) A long reference period of one year may be adopted for the
entire work force instead of the present dual reference period. This

20
Census of India 1981-Development of the economic questions- Paper 2 pf 1982 -Series 1-India-

98
may lead to some non-comparability, especially in non seasonal
and regular activities. The effect of this may be anticipated in
advance by means of survey conducted by the National Sample
Survey Organisation. This change in the reference period may not
result in serious loss of comparability, because

1) Relatively smaller per centage of workers is engaged in

these regular activities.
2) Even among those engaged in these regular activities
classification of employees may not be very much affected by
reference period. The effect may be mostly confined to single
workers.

The Central Statistical Organisation raised the following points:-

1) The data up to 1951 census were based on income concept,

while the 1961 and 1971 censuses followed the concept of work
measured in terms of time or the labour force concept. The latter is
in conformity with the recommendation of the ILO and is generally
followed in all countries.

2) The 1971 census registered a sharp decline in the worker

participation rate (per centage of workers to population) as
compared to the 1961 census (43.07 in 1961 to 32.92 in 1971). This is
mainly attributable to the classification of marginal workers, most of
whom were apparently returned as workers in 1961 census, resulting
in an inflated participation rate. The procedure followed in the 1961
census does not therefore, appear to be satisfactory.

3) ………………
4) ……………..

5) The 1971 census adopted a dual reference period of a working

season for those engaged in seasonal work and fifteen days for
those in regular work. The 1971 census also followed a dual
reference period but a different one, viz., one year for those in
seasonal work and one week for those in regular work. If, as
proposed earlier, a uniform reference period of one year is
adopted for the 1981 census , the data thereon may become non
comparable with past censuses. But it is likely that the variations on
this count may not be significant. if comparison is to be established
with 1971 census data, since the effect of the change may be only
in respect of regular type of activities whose characteristics may be

99
 expected to be least affected .It should therefore be possible to
make satisfactory comparison with 1971 census data.

6) An important point is about enumeration of the unemployment

in census. The Dantwala committee (1970) expressed the view that
census should not be burdened with the task of collecting data on
unemployment. But subsequently the National Seminar on Social
Statistics (1975) which had an occasion to consider this matter,
recommended that the census may also collect data on
unemployment in view of the comprehensive character of the
census operations.

9.15 The 1971 census attempted an estimate of unemployment as a

residual sub- category of “Others”, covering mainly those seeking work
among non worker category. It is suggested that in 1981 census,
information on unemployed may be collected by having a specific code
for this category. However, it must be noted that the long reference
period of one year proposed for the 1981 census may be expected to
give an idea of the chronically unemployed only. Even this information
available for small geographical areas can serve as an important
indicator for judging the relative development of different districts or local
areas.

7) ……………

8) In view of the known existence of a sizable proportion of marginal

workers as for instance among un paid family helpers, it will be
useful to consider an approach that will facilitate classifying the
population in to three broad groups , viz., full workers , marginal
workers, and non-workers instead of only two groups : workers and
non workers. ……………….

9) The 1981 census can nevertheless have an additional question

(as in the case of 1971 census) on the secondary work, both in
regard to workers and non workers. For non-workers, this will provide
an idea of the number of marginal workers in this primary category;
and in the case of workers, this will indicate the number of those
who have more than one type of work. There was a suspicion that
during 1971 census, persons reporting the secondary work may be
underestimated as adequate emphasis was not given to this
question, either in the lay-out of the form or in the instructions to the
staff. The 1981 census should ensure that proper care is bestowed to
this question at the time of enumeration.
100
The TAC after consideration of the issues involved recommended:-

9.16 The main issue raised was whether the 1981 census should follow the
dual reference period (as in case of 1961 and 1971 censuses) for
enumerating workers in seasonal/regular type of economic activities or a
uniform reference period of, say, one year would be more appropriate.
After detailed discussion, the consensus was in favour of retaining the 1971
census concepts of economic activity during 1981 census also, with a
view to ensuring comparability of data over two censuses for the study of
change in labour force characteristics during the decade. The committee
further recommended that proper care should be exercised during the
1981 census operations to avoid non sampling errors observed in the 1971
census, particularly in regard to the entries on secondary work.”

1981 Census –Pilot study

9.17 To test out the various issues involved and to access field difficulties
under normal census conditions, a pilot study was organized in the states
of Andhra Pradesh, Gujarat, Haryana, Jammu and Kashmir, Karnataka,
Kerala, Rajasthan, Uttar Pradesh and West Bengal. In each state, test
schedules were canvassed in two randomly selected districts. In each
selected district, 10 villages were selected at random. The slips were also
canvassed in 10 urban blocks, 5 blocks in capital cities, three blocks in a
town of population 50000 and above and two blocks in a town of
population below 50000. The towns and the blocks within towns were
selected at random. The questions relating to economic activity were pre
tested. The results of the pre test were analyzed and submitted to the
second data user’s conference held during 21-23 December 1978.

9.18 The pilot survey and the first pre test following that indicated that
replacing one week reference period by a long reference period of one
year may not affect the participation rate. The experiences were further
discussed by a committee of experts, which suggested that to net
unemployed those available for work should also be included in the
questionnaire. The modified version, taking in to account the above
suggestions, was tested in second pre test. On the basis of these, the form
was finalized.

1981 census questions on economic activity of the population

9.19 Taking in to account the deliberations of the intensive discussions

with various groups, the census questionnaire was finalized. The
dichotomy of population in to workers and non –workers adopted in 1961
101
and 1971 censuses was discarded. Instead, a tri partite classification of
population in to main workers, marginal workers and non-workers was
adopted. For main worker the time criteria of engagement in work for
major part of the year, i.e. at least 183 days was adopted. While those
who worked for sometime during the last year but not for major part of last
year were treated as marginal workers. Those who never worked during
the last year were non-workers. A new item ‘seeking /available for work’
was canvassed for all non-workers and marginal workers. The main
questions were as follows:

Q 14A Worked any time Last year? Yes / No (H/ST/D/R/B/I/O)

Q 14 B If yes in 14A, did you work for the major part last year? Yes
(1) /No (2)
Q 15A Main activity last year? Yes in 14 B (C/AL/HHI/OW)
----------------------------------------
No in 14 B (H/ST/D/R/B/I/O)
Q 15B 14 B Yes-Any other work any time last year? Yes
((C/AL/HHI/OW)/ No
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------
14B No-Work done any time last year? (C/AL/HHI/OW)
Q 16 If no in 14 A or 14 B, seeking /available for work? Yes (1)/No (2)

9.20 In the case of Household Industry or Other work, the information

relating to Place of work, (Name of Village or Town), Name of
establishment, Nature of Industry, Trade, Profession, or Service, Description
of work and Class of Worker was recorded. (For exact format of the
question, see annexure)

Criticism of 1981 Census concepts and data

9.21 The worker population ratio at the national level was 53.2 per cent
for males and 20.8 per cent for females (excluding Assam). This was a
distinct improvement over 1971 census result. The number of workers
increased by 37.2 per cent during 1971-81 decade. The population
increase during the decade was 24.6 per cent. However, the rate fell short
of the 1961 rate, particularly for females. Comparison with National
Sample Survey 32ndround (July 1977-June 1978) which also used usual
status concept indicated higher work participation rate. 21

21
Sinha J.N. ,1982- 1981 Census economic data- A note, Special Articles - Economic and political weekly
,February 6,1982

102
1991 Census

9.22 The draft economic questions proposed to be canvassed were

considered by the Technical Advisory Committee on technical issues
connected with the 1991 census. 22 A sub group under the chairmanship of
the Director General, CSO was appointed by the TAC to suggest
improvements in the draft economic questions to be canvassed in 1991
census. While finalizing the questions, the suggestions made at the first
data user’s conference and the results of the two pre tests were also kept
in view. It was decided that the long reference period of one year, for
both seasonal and non seasonal activities, would be maintained. It was
felt that many persons,especially women and children are engaged in
unpaid work in farm or family enterprises and if it is mentioned in the
question itself that work includes unpaid work on farm or family
enterprises , it would go a long way in netting persons engaged in this
type of work. With this in view, it was decided to include the words
“including un paid work on farm or in family enterprise” in the schedule
itself. There was also a detailed discussion on the question of
seeking/available for work. It was decided that this should be canvassed
only for non workers. It was also decided that in respect of non workers,
whether they are seeking/available for work for the first time or not, should
be ascertained so that the number of entrants to the labour force for the
first time can be obtained. The questions finally included in the Individual
slip were as follows:

Q 14A Worked any time Last year? Yes / No

(H/ST/D/R/B/I/O)
(including unpaid work on farm or in family enterprise)

Q 14 B If yes in 14A, did you work for the major part last year? Yes
(1) /No (2)
Q 15A Main activity last year ? Yes in 14 B (C/AL/HHI/OW)
----------------------------------------
No in 14 B (H/ST/D/R/B/I/O)

Q 15B ‘Yes ‘ in 14 B ---Any other work any time last year ?

Yes ((C/AL/HHI/OW)/ No
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------
No in 14B-------- Work done any time last year ?
(C/AL/HHI/OW)

22
Census of India 1991- - Data on worker and Non worker- Provisional population totals , Paper 3 of 1992
-Series 1-India

103
Q 16 If no in 14 A, seeking /available for work ? Yes (1)/No (2)

Q 16B If ‘Yes’ in 16a, have you worked any time before? Yes (1)/ No (2)

9.23 In the case of Household Industry or Other work, the information

relating to Place of work, (Name of Village or Town), Name of
establishment, Nature of Industry, Trade, Profession, or Service, Description
of work and Class of Worker was recorded.

9.24 The worker population ratio (main plus marginal workers), as per
1991 census, was 37.5 per cent, 52.5 per cent and 26.7 per cent
respectively for persons, males and females for India (excluding Jammu
and Kashmir). Though this was an improvement over the corresponding
1981 census figures of 36.8, 52.6 and 19.8(excluding Jammu and Kashmir),
the figures were lower than the National Sample Survey based
estimates. 23 The NSS based figures were as follows.

Table 1 : Worker Population Ratios(main+marginal)

in National Sample Survey and 1991 census
Source Persons Males Females
Census 1991(excluding Jammu 37.5 51.6 22.3
and Kashmir) 40.4 54.3 25.4
NSS 46th round-1990-91 41.2 54.3 27.0
NSS 48th round 1992 42.0 54.5 28.6
NSS 50 round
th

9.25 The census based figures ratios were lower, particularly for females.
The differences persisted in both rural and urban areas.

9.26 It was recognized that the concept of ‘work ‘or ‘gainful activity’
was slightly different from census. The NSSO had defined ‘work ‘or ‘gainful
activity’ as the activity pursued for pay or profit which adds value to the
‘national product’. Normally, it is an activity which results in the production
of goods and services for exchange. However, all activities in the’
agricultural sector’ (Section 0 of the National Industrial classification),in
which a part or whole of the agricultural production is used for own
consumption and does not go for sale, are considered as ‘gainful’.

2001 Census

23
Pravin Visaria , Employment and work force in India: Implications for national income estimates
(mimeo), 1998

104
9.27 In the 2001 census, the basic concept of work itself had undergone
some modifications. This was to bring it in tune with the concepts of
gainful work adopted by International Labour Organization (ILO) and
National Sample Survey (NSS).

Work:

9.28 Work is defined as participation in any economically productive

activity with or without compensation, wages or profit. Such participation
may be physical and/or mental in nature. Work involves not only actual
work but also includes effective supervision and direction of work. It even
includes part time help or unpaid work on farm, family enterprise or in any
other economic activity. Reference period for determining a person as
worker or non-worker is one year preceding the date of enumeration.

9 .29 The Census 2001 defined a ‘Main worker’ to be one who had
participated in any economically productive activity for a period of more
than six months, at any time during the reference period of preceding
one year. A person who had worked for less than six months during the
reference period was defined as ‘Marginal Worker’. ‘Work’ included even
part time help or unpaid work on farm, family enterprise or in any other
economic activity. A person who did not work at all during the reference
period was treated as ‘Non-Worker’. The data on ‘Seeking/available for
work’ from among the ‘Marginal Workers’ and ‘Non-Worker’ was
collected for the first time at the 1981 Census to get a broad idea of the
number of unemployed. Such information was collected in the 2001
Census also.

Non-Workers :

9 .30 A person who did not work at all during the reference period was
treated as a non-worker. Persons in the age-group 0-4 years have been
treated as ‘Non-workers’. The non-workers broadly constitute:

Students who did not participate in any economic activity, paid or

unpaid, persons engaged in daily household chores like cooking,
cleaning utensils, looking after children, fetching water etc., persons not
even helping in the unpaid work in the family cultivation or in family
enterprise or milching etc., Dependent such as infants or very elderly
people are not included in the category of worker, Pensioners drawing
pension after retirement and not engaged in any economic activity,
Beggars, vagrants, prostitutes and persons having unidentified source of
income and with unspecified sources of subsistence not engaged in any
economically productive work during the reference period, and Other
105
Non-workers who may not come under the above categories such as
rentiers, persons living on remittances, agricultural or non-agricultural
royalty, interest or dividend; convicts in jail or inmates of penal, mental or
charitable institutions doing no paid work and persons who were
seeking/available for work.

Seeking/ Available for Work:

9 .31 Seeking work means that the person may have got herself/himself
registered in the employment exchange or she/ he may be applying for
jobs or she/he may have made efforts for a job, such as looking in the
newspaper advertisements, with a view to applying for a job, with the
intention to offer herself/ himself for employment. Seeking work is more
applicable in urban areas, where there are facilities of employment
exchanges and greater awareness about availability of jobs. In Rural
areas, there may be no facilities of employment exchanges. The person
may be available for work but not actually seeking work either because
of lack of knowledge of work being available or absence of employment
exchanges. Thus, for rural areas, where there is no formal mechanism of
seeking employment, any Marginal Worker or Non-Worker, if available
when offered work, was considered as seeking work. However, in urban
areas, all such Marginal Workers or Non-Workers who are actually making
some efforts for employment were to be recorded as seeking work.

9.32 Persons who were already holding job and normally did not want to
take up employment but answered that they would not mind taking up a
job if the salary is attractive were not treated as ‘Seeking/ available for
work’ as they were either already employed or were not real job seekers.
However, Marginal Workers or Non-Workers if were seeking work or were
available for work were recorded under this category.

Comparison with 1991 census data

9.33 The Work Participation Rate (WPR), which is defined as the per
centage of total workers to the total population, was 39.3 per cent as per
the 2001 Census. The WPR in 1991 Census was 37.5 per cent. While the
WPR for males marginally increased from 51.6 per cent to 51.9 per cent
during 1991-2001, for females, it improved significantly from 22.3 to 25.7
during the corresponding period. Interestingly, this increase was mainly
due to increase in proportion of marginal workers which registered
significant increase from 3.4 per cent to 8.7 per cent. The most significant
improvement is seen in the case of rural marginal workers, which
improved from 0.6 per cent in 1991 to 6.6 per cent in 2001 for males and

106
from 6.3 per cent to 11 per cent in case of females during the
corresponding period.

107
X - QUALITY OF AGE DATA IN RECENT CENSUSES

10.1 The age-sex data, whatever their sources may be, such as censuses
and demographic surveys, are subject to various kinds of errors, such as
age reporting errors, differential undercount etc.

Measurement of age accuracy by means of an index

10.2 In India, various actuaries who analyzed the age data of the
census to prepare life tables have pointed out that in all the censuses
the single-year age returns suffer from erroneous age reporting and age
distortions. In many cases, ignorance of the date of birth among the
respondents is one of the prime reasons for erroneous age reporting. The
most common reason for age distortions in a population is the digit
preference or the ‘rounding’ effect. People have a liking or preference for
rounding figures neatly. In many instances, reported ages are not
accurate enough and often show noticeable concentrations upon
particular digits. When reported ages noticeably concentrate on some
particular digits, it may be assumed that inaccurate reporting of age is
prevailing to some degree. This phenomenon is well known as ‘age
heaping’ or ‘digit preference’. The extent of ‘heaping’ is influenced to a
degree by the state of literacy and educational status. In countries, where
the phenomenon of age ‘heaping’ is observed, ages ‘0’ and ‘5’ are
commonly preferred and adjacent ages of these two digits are somewhat
under or over stated. This reflects that the concentration of population at
terminal digits of ‘0’ and ‘5’ is made at the expense of population that
should be properly included in adjacent ages. For example, if it is
observed that concentration of population at age ‘20’ is quite large, then
there would definitely be comparatively, lower than the expected
number at its adjacent ages, namely, ‘19’ and ‘21’. Also commonly
observed is the preference for reporting of age ending in even numbers.

10.3 There are a wide variety of techniques devised to measure the

accuracy of age reporting. Generally, the complete examination of data
involves: (1) inspection of data, (2) measurement of age-accuracy by
means of an index and, (3) analysis of the age-sex ratios computed from
the data. The quality of ‘age data’ for the Census of India in the recent
past has been examined, analyzed and presented in the following
sections by computing various indices and using age-sex ratio analysis
techniques. The general conclusions in the following paragraphs are
based on the 2001 census age report.

10.4 Two widely used techniques of analyzing the quality of age are
calculating Whipple’s index of concentration and Myer’s index of digit
108
preference. ‘Whipple’s Index’ measures the extent of preference in the
age data for numbers ending with digits ‘0’ and ‘5’, whereas the ‘Myers’
Index’ reflects the preference or avoidance of all end digits (0 to 9).

Whipple’s Index

10.5 It is also called the index of concentration. This index is obtained by

summing the age returns between ages ‘23 and 62’, both years inclusive
and finding what per centage is borne by the sum of the returns of age
ending with ‘0’ and ‘5’ to one-fifth of the total sum, in a given population.
The result would vary between a minimum of 100, representing no
concentration at all, and a maximum of 500, if no returns are recorded
with any digits other than the two mentioned. The choice of age band ‘23
to 62’ years as the limits of the age quality analysis is arbitrary but has
been found to be most suitable, since the phenomenon of heaping is
typically found in this range.

10.6 A possible rating index on the quality of data on the basis of

‘Whipple’s Index’ is as follows:

Implied Quality index Range of Whipple’s Index Value

Highly Accurate Under 105

Fairly Accurate 105 -110
Approximate 110 -125
Rough 125 -175
Very Rough over 175

Myers’ Index

10.7 ‘Whipple’s Index’ is a convenient method for measuring the extent

of preference for two numbers ending with the digits ‘0’ and ‘5’. The index
does not tell anything about the preference or avoidance of other eight
digits. To avoid this limitation, an index known as the, ‘Myers’ Index’ was
developed, which reflects simultaneously the preference or dislike for
each of the ten digits ‘0’ to ‘9’. This is also called the index of digit
preference. For the purpose of calculation of this index, age ranges ‘10-
89’ and ‘20-99’ are used. In each range, the sum of the population

109
enumerated in ages ending in each of the ten digits 0, 1, 2,….., 9 are
calculated. This gives rise to two series of ten values each. The two series
are blended into one by giving weights 1,2,3,…,10 for the first series and
9,8,7,…., 1,0 for the second series. Myers’ method consists in the
computation of a ‘blended’ population, in which ordinarily almost equal
sums are expected for each digit. This being the case, the ‘blended’
totals for each of the ten digits should be very nearly ten per cent of their
grand total. Deviations from ten per cent, irrespective of sign, when
added, give ‘Myers’ Index’ of digit preference. This index, when divided
by 2, provides a ‘Summary Index’. The value of ‘Myers’ Index’ varies
between ‘0 and 180’. The higher the value of the absolute deviation for a
digit, higher is the preference or avoidance of the digit. In an ideal
situation, ten per cent of the population will report their ages ending with
each of the terminal digits from 0 to 9. So the sum of the absolute
deviations should also be zero. Again, if all the persons report their ages
ending with one of the 9 terminal digits, then the absolute deviation will
be 180.

Discussion on the results of the evaluation of age data based on recent

censuses

10.8 Generally, the indices of ‘Concentration’ and ‘Preference’ are

highly related. The reason is that the unit digits ‘0’ and ‘5’ are the most
preferred ones. So, these indices, in general, move together. For
evaluation of age data, the results of each index have been discussed
separately.

Whipple’s Index of concentration

10.9 Statement 1 shows the index of concentration for each of the

censuses from 1971 to 2001 for India and 15 major states. Based on 2001
census, the index of concentration (Whipple’s Index) at the All-India level
is 241 for males and 218 for females. The All India age data can therefore
be categorized as ‘very rough’. As can be seen somewhat surprisingly, the
index for females is observed to be better than that of males in Census
2001. For discussion on the state level index of concentration, only 1)
Punjab, 2) Haryana, 3) Rajasthan, 4) Uttar Pradesh,5) Bihar, 6) Assam, 7)
West Bengal, 8) Orissa, 9) Madhya Pradesh, 10) Gujarat, 11) Maharashtra,
12) Andhra Pradesh, 13) Karnataka, 4 Kerala and 15) Tamil Nadu have
been considered. Of these the states of Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh
and Bihar have undergone jurisdictional changes during the period 1991-
2001.These have not been considered here. The figures shown against
Assam for the years 1951 and 1961 refer to the erstwhile composite Assam.

110
 Statement 1: Whipple's index of concentration
1951 1961 1971 1981 1991 2001
Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females
India 247 258 282 294 294 300 304 305 293 288 241 218
Andhra
Pradesh 363 379 327 343 332 346 328 338 321 330 255 251
Assam a 231 247 221 239 267 286 244 250
Bihar 183 186 253 252 308 303 347 334 353 334 302 235
Gujarat 334 343 309 307 278 269 292 272 272 240 221 186
Haryana 320 329 312 310 284 271 185 166
Karnataka 325 349 315 343 315 338 300 329 290 313 248 259
Kerala 182 193 206 223 195 207 178 187 165 173 144 151
Madhya
Pradesh 230 234 297 312 302 311 314 314 199 287 251 206
Maharashtra 296 310 245 259 279 299 288 311 282 303 219 227
Orissa 220 229 261 276 272 286 284 295 269 282 238 241
Punjab b 304 320 311 323 316 300 306 285 285 257 234 195
Rajasthan 275 289 336 359 341 359 339 342 333 317 235 197
Tamil Nadu 251 270 279 308 265 286 256 279 247 268 212 228
Uttar
Pradesh 254 258 324 314 333 364 358 320 343 293 294 207
West Bengal 160 170 206 234 233 241 253 281 243 268 215 226

!951 ad 1961 index relate to Assam as it existed then and includes Meghalaya, Mizoram and
Note a Arunachal Pradesh
Note b Index is for erstwhile Punjab and includes Haryana and Chandigarh.

111
10.10 State level figures reveal that in the case of males for Census 2001,
the index of concentration ranged from a low of 144 in Kerala to a high of
302 in Bihar. In the case of females, the same index ranged from 151 in
Kerala to 259 in Karnataka. Out of these fifteen major states, the quality of
data for males, as judged by this index, may be categorized as ‘rough’
only in case of Kerala. Rest of the states can be categorized only as ‘very
rough’. In no state, can age data be categorized as accurate.

10.11 In the case of females for Census 2001, in addition to Kerala, the
quality of data in the case of Haryana, comes under the category of
‘rough’ and rest of the thirteen states are categorized as ‘very rough’.

10.12 Even though the quality of age data in 2001 census is mostly very
rough, it is noticed that the index in 2001 has declined sharply compared
to 1991 census in all the states. In states like Maharashtra, Kerala,
Karnataka, Punjab and Tamil Nadu, the decline has started much earlier,
indicating slow and steady improvement in the quality of age data
collected. This may be attributed to the improvement in literacy.

10.13 Comparison of Whipple’s Index of concentration of 2001 with that

of 1991 Census from Statement 1 indicates that, at the India level, the
concentration at digits ‘0’ and ‘5’ has decreased considerably. In other
words, it means that the quality of age data in, terms of the index of
concentration, has improved for both the sexes, the decrease being from
293 in 1991 to 241 in 2001 in the case of males (about 18 per cent) and
from 288 in 1991 to 218 in 2001 in the case of females (about 24 per cent).
It is worth mentioning that for the first time, the index has decreased in
2001 in all the States, for both the sexes.

Myer’s index of digit preference

10.14 Statement 2 shows the index of digit preference or the Myers’ index
for the censuses from 1951 to 2001 for India, and major States. Based on
Census 2001, the index of digit preference at the All-India level is 50.8 for
males and 48.4 for females. The state level figures of this index reveal that,
in the case of males, the same ranged from a low of 20.6 in Kerala to a
high of 68.2 in Bihar. In the case of females, the same ranged from 23.7 in
Kerala to 58.6 in Karnataka. It is observed that preferences for the digits
vary widely among the major states. At India level, the quality of data is
marginally better for females as compared to males; the difference
between the indices of the two sexes is 2.4 points. This is mainly the
reflection of relatively better quality data in favour of females in Northern
States, particularly, Uttar Pradesh (12.2), Bihar (10.0), Madhya Pradesh
112
(6.0), Punjab (4.2), and Rajasthan (5.1). The figures in parentheses against
each of the states above indicate the respective gender differential
(male-female) in the values of the indices of digit preference. Incidentally,
all the four major southern states have the quality of data better for males
as compared to that of females, when judged by the index of digit
preference.

10.15 Comparison of Myer’s Index of concentration of 2001 with that of

1991 Census from Statement indicates that, at the India level, the
preference has decreased considerably. In other words, it means that the
quality of age data, in terms of the index of digit preference, has
improved for both the sexes. A similar trend has been observed in the
case of Myers’ index also. On the whole it appears from Statements that
the age data reported in Census 2001 may have somewhat improved in
comparison with the earlier three censuses, but much improvement is still
required.

113
 Statement 2: Myer's Index of preference
1951 1961 1971 1981 1991 2001
Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
India 57.4 61.4 70.7 75.1 61.4 63.8 68 64.5 63.9 66.2 50.8 48.4
Andhra
Pradesh 102.8 109.5 89 93.5 79.4 71.8 74.6 80.2 72.9 79.3 53.4 56.5
Assam a 52.6 57.8 47 53.5 58.3 60.3 65 73.1 58.5 61.8 53.2 54.1
Bihar 32 26.3 58.6 57.9 65.8 65.8 79.7 78.8 82.3 80.9 68.2 58.2
Gujarat 91.9 94.5 82.8 80.4 47.4 58.6 62.8 63.6 60.3 58.8 46.6 41.6
Haryana 64.8 69.4 64.4 69.5 61.2 65.3 34.3 32.9
Karnataka 88.5 97.6 84.9 94.5 69 76.4 65.7 75 52.5 58.6
Kerala 41.4 44.4 46.7 52.2 34.2 37.6 29.5 32.3 27.4 30.1 20.6 23.7
Madhya
Pradesh 55.4 53.4 76.8 82.2 62.6 69.4 67.4 70.5 66 67.6 55.1 49.1
Maharashtra 77.9 82.2 58.4 62.1 57 63.3 60 67.6 59.6 67.2 41.9 45.4
Orissa 47.8 49.6 62.5 67.7 55.7 60.9 61.9 64.4 61 64.1 52.2 52.7
Punjab b 78.2 85.3 81.4 86.6 65.6 63.8 63.5 63.8 61.8 61.8 49.6 45.4
Rajasthan 69 74.2 92 101 76.6 83.8 75 79.2 75.4 77.6 50 44.9
Tamil Nadu 59.5 66.7 70.5 81.3 52.8 60.1 50 57.4 49.5 56.3 38.8 45.9
Uttar
Pradesh 60.1 63 86.8 82.7 74.6 72.6 81 77.7 77.8 74 66.5 54.3
West Bengal 26.3 29.8 46 55 47.6 48.4 55.1 59.9 55.5 60.6 46.9 49.1
!951 ad 1961 index relate to Assam as it existed then and includes Meghalaya, Mizoram and
Note a Arunachal Pradesh
Note b Index is for erstwhile Punjab and includes Haryana and Chandigarh.

114
Analysis of the ratios computed from the grouped age data

10.16 The analysis in earlier paragraphs is based on single year age returns
.In most of the population analysis five year age groups are used. Such a
grouping reduces the distortions introduced by concentration at
particular digits. Therefore, there is a possibility that the distortions may not
be so serious, when viewed as group totals of five- year ages, instead of
single year ages.

10.17 In the early 1950’s, the United Nations recommended two indices in
the form of Age Ratio and Sex Ratio scores. These two indices have been
combined to give age-sex ratio Joint score .These give an indication of
the approximate order of reliability of the data in the quinquennial age-
groups.

10.18 Age ratio score is defined as the ratio of population in an age-

group to an average of the population in the preceding and subsequent
groups, expressed as per centages. It is calculated for each sex
separately. In an extremely smooth age distribution, the age ratio should
be 100 for at least some of the age-groups in any quinquennial age-
group. The mean of the deviations of these age ratios from 100, without
regard to its algebraic sign, is termed as the age ratio score.

10.19 Sex ratio, defined as the number of males per 100 females, is
calculated for each age-group. Their differences are averaged without
regard to its algebraic sign. This is called sex ratio score. The sex ratios
would change gradually from one age-group to another as a result of sex
ratio at birth, sex differentials in age specific mortality and sex selective
migration. The differences between the adjacent age-groups should be
very close to zero in the accurately reported and the completely
enumerated sex-age distribution under normal circumstances. When this is
not so then, there may be a possibility of the distortions of age structure
differing widely between males and females or by under-enumeration
occurred in one of the sexes, which implies the presence of some errors in
the age-sex data.

10.20 For evaluation of the accuracy of age sex data, United Nations has
suggested that the following indices may be calculated.

1. Age Ratio Score for Males (ARSM)

2. Age Ratio Score for Females (ARSF)
3. Sex Ratio Scores (SRS)

115
 4. Age-Sex Accuracy Index (ASAI)

10.21 The last one is also called Joint Score, which is the sum of Age Ratio
Scores for the two sexes and three times the Sex Ratio Score. In
mathematical terms, the Joint Score (JS) or Age-Sex Accuracy Index
(ASAI) can be expressed as:

JS = 3 x SRS + ARSM + ARSF

10.22 Based on the of evaluation of age data of a number of countries

at different points of time, the United Nations has concluded that, on the
whole, more reliance should be placed on the sex ratio score than on the
age ratio score for the two sexes, as the latter are more severely affected
by irregular population trends. This is the reason for a weight of three for
sex ratio in the above formula.

10.23 Based on empirical analysis of the age and sex declaration in

censuses from different developed and developing countries, the United
Nations has recommended the following criteria for evaluating the age-
sex data on the basis of JS.

Value of JS Quality of data

Under 20 Accurate
Between 20 and 40 Inaccurate
Over 40 Highly inaccurate

10.24 Four types of indices, as mentioned above, have been worked out
for each state and union territory for the 1991 and 2001 censuses for
comparison purposes. These are presented in Statement 3.

STATEMENT 3

AGE RATIO SCORE AND SEX RATIO SCORE OF INDIA, STATES AND THEIR
RANKING BY JOINT SCORES: 1991 - 2001

India/State/ 2001 1991

Union
territory*
ARSM ARSF SRS JS ARSM ARSF SRS JS
India# 7.6 7.3 7 35.9 11.9 9.8 6.6 41.5
Gujarat 5.8 5.1 3.5 21.4 9.8 8.9 4.7 32.8

116 Manual on Population Census

Kerala 6.1 7.6 4.1 26 5.7 7.8 3.8 24.9
Chhattisgarh 6.7 6.3 4.6 26.8 n.c. n.c. n.c. n.c.
Himachal
Pradesh 6.3 7.3 4.8 28 9.3 9.2 2.6 26.3
Uttaranchal 7.4 5.9 5.4 29.5 n.c. n.c. n.c. n.c.
Tamil Nadu 7.3 8.9 5.3 32.1 7.1 8.7 3.2 25.4
Orissa 9.5 8.4 5.2 33.5 12 10.6 2.9 31.3
West Bengal 6 8 6.7 34.1 8 10.2 4.5 31.7
Jharkhand 8.4 7.5 7.4 38.1 n.c. n.c. n.c. n.c.
Assam 9.4 10.8 6.8 40.6 12.1 15.8 6.4 47.1
Punjab 7.6 6.7 8.9 41 13.7 6 11.5 54.2
Maharashtra 5.4 8.7 9 41.1 6.6 9.3 4.8 30.3
Rajasthan 9.3 6.3 8.6 41.4 17.9 11.4 11.7 64.4
Karnataka 10.1 11.8 6.6 41.7 13.2 17.1 6.1 48.6
Haryana 6.1 7.4 9.6 42.3 7.9 7.8 11.9 51.4
Madhya
Pradesh 9 7.5 9.4 44.7 12.5 10.3 8.6 48.6
Andhra
Pradesh 13.4 13.1 9.1 53.8 20.2 20.2 5.1 55.7
Uttar
Pradesh 11.8 7.2 13.1 58.3 16.9 8.4 16 73.3
Bihar 12.6 8.2 14.7 64.9 17.4 10.7 12.2 64.7

10.25 It is observed from the Statement 3, that at the All-India level for
2001 Census, the joint score is 35.9, which, may be categorized as
‘inaccurate’. In all the states joint score values are 20 and above. This
implies that the age data cannot be categorized as ‘accurate’ as per the
U.N. recommendations even in a single state. Age data of Chattisgarh,
Gujarat, Himachal Pradesh, Uttaranchal, Kerala, Tamil Nadu, Orissa,
Jharkhand and West Bengal may be categorized as ‘inaccurate’, based
on the JS. Rest of the states and union territories fall in the category of
‘highly inaccurate’ in so far as joint scores are concerned.

10.26 Statement 3 also shows the age ratio scores and sex ratio scores
and joint scores for the 1991 and 2001 censuses at the All-India, states and
union territories level. It is observed that, at the All-India level, there is a
reduction in the joint score from 41.5 in 1991 to 35.9 in 2001, showing
improvement in the quality of the data of quinquennial age-groups.
Improvement is in terms of categorization also, from ‘highly inaccurate’ in
1991 to ‘inaccurate’ in 2001. Although, age ratio scores for males and
females show decline in 2001 as compared to 1991, implying

117 Manual on Population Census

improvement, but sex ratio score has shown marginal increase in 2001 as
compared to 1991.

118 Manual on Population Census

XI- EVALUATION STUDIES

11.1 Since the 1951 census, evaluation surveys have been conducted as
a part of the census programme. In 1951 census, this survey was called
sample verification of census count. The sample check indicated that, in
that census, for every 1000 persons included in the census, 11 persons
were omitted. It was concluded that, based on probability, the number of
persons omitted per thousand enumerated could not exceed 12 or fallen
short of 10.

11.2 After 1961, these surveys generally go by the name Post

Enumeration Check (PEC). The main purpose of such evaluation surveys
was to have a measure of the coverage error. In the census of 1981,
content errors were also studied. The coverage error consists of two types:
type 1 and type 2. Type one error is due to omission and duplication of
entire house/household and type 2 error is due to omission and
duplication of persons in the house/ households that have been
enumerated.

Post Enumeration Check 1961

11.3 In rural areas, 1 per cent of the census enumeration blocks and 10
per cent of houses and in urban areas 2 per cent of the blocks and 5 per
cent of the census houses were resurveyed. It was estimated that there
were 1007 persons for every 1000 persons enumerated. The standard error
of the estimate was 5.5 per cent. The number of persons omitted could
not have exceeded 8 per 1000 or fallen short of 6 per 1000 enumerated.
The omission rates were presented state wise.

Post enumeration check 1971, 1981 and 1991 24, 25

11.4 In 1971, 1981 and 1991 censuses, two evaluation surveys were
carried out. The first one was “Post Enumeration Check (PEC). The
objective was to evaluate the coverage and content error of the census.
Three schedules were canvassed. These were called PEC form 1, PEC form
2 and PEC form 3.Forms 1 and 2 relate to coverage error and Form 3 to
content error.

24
Census of India 1981, “Report on Post Enumeration Check”, paper 4 of 1982- Series 1, India
25
Census of India 1991, “Report on Post Enumeration Check”, paper 1 of 1994- Series 1, India

119 Manual on Population Census

11.5 For estimating the errors, a two stage sampling design was
adopted. In the first stage, 4000 enumeration blocks were selected from
among 15 major states and union territories. In these blocks, Form 1 was
canvassed. Form 2 was canvassed in a 10 per cent sub sample censused
households. In the 1981 and 1991 censuses, the content error schedule
form 3 was canvassed in 50 blocks in each state. These 50 blocks were a
sub sample of blocks selected for canvassing form 1. In all the content
error was canvassed in 800 blocks.

11.6 In all the sample blocks, all the houses and households living therein
were listed independently. These were then compared with the census
abridged house list updated at the time of census. All the households that
did not match were reconciled in the field. From this in this sample
coverage error type 1 was estimated.

11.7 In the 10 per cent sub sample of censused households, all the
members were re enumerated. These were then compared with the
census population record to estimate type 2 errors. All individuals who did
not match were reconciled in the field.

11.8 In the 10 per cent of sub sample of 800 blocks where Form 2 was
canvassed, Form 3 was also canvassed. By matching the particulars
collected in these households with the details recorded in census and
reconciling the un matched or partial match entries , estimates of
content error was obtained for characteristics such as 1)age in
completed years,2) whether literate or not, 3)worked any time at all last
year, 4) if worked whether worked for major part of last year or not and
5) if worked for major part, main activity, C, AL, HHI, OW.

Sample size

11.9 Keeping in view the precision to be attained and the resources

available, the sample size was estimated to be 4000 enumeration blocks.
These were allocated to the to the states according to optimum
stratification and proportional allocation subject to a minimum of 200
blocks in each state. The survey was conducted in all the major states of
India with a population of 10 million and above. The aim was to present
both coverage and content errors. The survey revealed that type 1 error
was 0, 15 per cent and type 2 error was 1.5 per cent.

11.10 On the basis of 1971 census PEC data for eight states, it was
estimated that 4000 enumeration blocks would be needed to estimate

120 Manual on Population Census

type 1 error with 6 Percent Relative Standard Error( PRSE). Since type two
errors, as per 1971 census was 10 times more, it was reasoned that the
sample size of 4000 enumeration blocks would be sufficient to estimate
the total error.

Organisation of field work

11.11 There were three stages of work in PEC. These were:

1. listing and enumeration

2. Desk Match between PEC and the corresponding census
records
3. Field reconciliation
11.12 In the first stage, all the census houses were relisted. A 10 per cent
sample of households which had been enumerated in the census were re-
enumerated. In the enumeration blocks selected for content error study
form 3 was also filled up.

11.13 In the second stage, desk match was done between the PEC and
the corresponding relevant census records. At this stage, based on
certain criteria for match, records were classified as “match”, “partial
match”, and “no match”.

11.14 In the third stage, all the records pertaining to match and no
match cases were further probed in the field and discrepancies
reconciled.

11.15 Excluding travel time, one enumerator was given eight days per
block for PEC work. There was one supervisor for four enumerators.

Results of 1971, 81, 91 PEC

11.16 In the 1971 census, the omission rate at the national level was
estimated at 16.74 per thousand persons enumerated in the census. The
survey revealed that type 1 error was 0, 15 per cent and type 2 error was
1.5 per cent.

11.17 The omission rate in 1981 census at the national level was more or
less the same as 1971 census, the rate estimated at 17.6 per thousand
persons enumerated in the census. The per cent relative standard error
was 5.5. In the case of males, the omission rate was 17.3 per 1000 and for
females, it was 17.9 per 1000. The difference was not statistically

121 Manual on Population Census

significant. However significant differences in omission rates were
observed between rural and urban areas. In rural areas, the omission rate
was 15.04 per 1000 and in urban areas it was 27.63 per 1000.Omission of
persons due to omission of entire household (Type 1 error) was very low
being 1.47 per 1000. Type 2 error was much higher at 15.50 per 1000. The
omission rates were presented for 5 zones of India.

Census 2001- Post Enumeration Survey (PES)

11.18 In Census 2001, the evaluation survey, earlier known as Post

Enumeration Check, was reamed as Post Enumeration Survey (PES).

11.19 In the earlier censuses, the PES used to be conducted only after the
population enumeration. However, for the first time, in Census 2001, in
addition to the usual PES of the population enumeration, a PES of the
House listing Operations was also conducted after completion of the
House listing Operations. This was carried out in 16 major States (having
population of 10 million and above as per 1991 population census)
including National Capital Territory of Delhi. These 16 states and Delhi
together comprise about 97 per cent of the population of the country.
The PES for House listing was aimed at measuring the coverage and
content errors to permit better interpretation of data collected during the
House listing Operations of Census of India 2001. Thus, two Post
Enumeration Surveys have been conducted in the Population Census
2001, one after the House listing Operations in the year 2000 and the other
after the Population Enumeration in 2001.

Sampling frame and sample selection:

11.20 The PES of House listing Operations has been conducted in a sub-
sample of the existing Sample Registration System (SRS) units as a new
sampling frame was not available. The SRS units of the 1991 Census
available in the Office of the Registrar General, India for rural and urban
areas separately have been used as the sampling frame. Wherever, the
SRS units had population in excess of the average size of the House listing
Blocks (about 650 persons), two or more House listing Blocks were carved
out within the SRS units. A sub-sample of the existing SRS units was selected
for the rural and urban areas in each of the States included for the PES of
the House listing Operations. A sample size of 25 per cent of the rural SRS
units and 50 per cent of the urban SRS units has been selected for the
same. The urban SRS units are divided into city (population more than 0.1
million or 1 lakh) and non-city (population less than 0.1 million or 1 lakh).

122 Manual on Population Census

The required number of sample units was selected linear systematically.
The objective of the PES House listing was to estimate both the coverage
error - (in terms of omission of census houses) and also content error
(housing, household amenities and asset characteristics).

11.21 The PES of the population enumeration pertaining to the Census of

India 2001 was conducted in all the States and for the first time in all the
Union territories. In earlier censuses, it used to be conducted only in
selected States. In 1991, it was conducted in all the major States having
population of 10 million and above and the states of Himachal Pradesh,
Tripura and Union Territory of Delhi. For the PES of population enumeration-
Census of India 2001, a sample of 3,000 enumeration blocks (EBs) was
distributed among all the States and Union territories in proportion to their
projected population of 2001 subject to minimum of 100 EBs for major
States and 4 EBs for Union territories respectively.

11.22 The list of EBs used at the time of the population enumeration, was
used as the sampling frame for conducting the PES. The sample was
selected separately for cities, non-city urban and rural areas. These
constituted the strata. For selecting the sample, the required number of
EBs were selected linear systematically from each of the three strata. In
the last census, a second stage sampling was also undertaken by
selecting a 10 per cent sub-sample of the residential households
enumerated in the census from each of the selected EBs for the purpose
of conducting the PES. But during the current PES - 2001, all the residential
households in the 3,000 selected EBs were enumerated for estimating the
coverage error. This is an improvement which is expected to greatly
enhance the confidence in the estimation of coverage error. The
institutional and houseless households are excluded from the PES. Due to
operational considerations, the enquiry on content error was limited in
nature and its scope was restricted to few items like age, literacy, marital
status, economic activity and fertility etc.

11.23 For the survey on content error, a 20 per cent sub-sample of the
3,000 EBs selected for estimating the coverage error has been taken linear
systematically and all the residential households in those 20 per cent or
600 EBs were enumerated for that purpose.

11.24 PES involved three stages of operations namely, (i) independent

listing and enumeration in the selected 3,000 EBs, (ii) desk matching of
those with the census records and (iii) field reconciliation for those

123 Manual on Population Census

households or individuals for whom the entries in the two records viz., the
PES and the census do not match. These are reconciled by a field visit

Census Evaluation study using SRS records

11.25 Apart from PEC, another study termed Census Evaluation Study
(CES) 26 was undertaken in selected sub sample of sample registration
system (SRS) villages to study the errors in age reporting of children under
five years of age and omission of children. In the SRS blocks the records of
births occurring to usual residents has been maintained for a period of
time. From these records, a list of children surviving to the date of census
was prepared, eliminating those who are dead and those who had out
migrated. This list of children surviving was then compared with the record
of children in the household enumerated in census. This was done to
estimate the extent of misreporting of ages of children in the census. In
view of the availability of birth records of children in these blocks, the age
reported in census was compared with the actual age as derived from
the date of birth recorded in SRS schedule.

11.26 The study was conducted in 14 major states (excluding Assam) and
union territory of Delhi. These states and union territory covered nearly 97
per cent of the censused population. In each state, about 50 rural and 25
urban SRS units were selected. The study was conducted in three stages.
In the first stage, a list of children eligible for enumeration in the village as
of census date was prepared. In the second stage, called ‘Desk Match”
this list was compared with the census record for that household. If the
name of the head of household, relation to head, sex and age agreed in
both the records, it was considered as match. In case only a few of the
characteristics matched a partial match was set to be established. In
case none of the particulars matched, a no match was established. All
partial and no match cases were verified in the field.

11.27 In the 1991 census, the study was conducted in 17 states and the
union territory of Delhi covering 804 rural and 345 urban samples. The
study covered all births occurring after 1 March 1984. The survey also
estimated the omission rate of children by age.

11.28 The study indicated that at ages 0-4, the age is mostly over
reported. The omission was also higher in this age group compared to

26
Census of India,1981 “Census Evaluation Study”- Series -1 India ,Paper 1 of 1983

124 Manual on Population Census

other age groups. The net omission rate in the age group 0-6 was 5.25 per
cent for males and 5.39 per cent for females.

______________________________________________________________________________________

125 Manual on Population Census

 ANNEXURES 1-5

POPULATION CENSUS

________________________________________________________________

126 Manual on Population Census

 ANNEX 1

THE CENSUS ACT, 1948

ACT No.37 of 1948

[AS ON 1955]

An Act to provide for certain matters in connection with the taking of census.

[3rd September.1948.]

WHEREAS it is expedient to provide for the taking of census in 27 India or any part thereof
whenever necessary or desirable and to provide for certain matters in connection with the taking
of such census;

It is hereby enacted as follows:-

1.Short title and extent:-

(1) This Act may be called the Census Act, 1948.

28
[(2) It extends to the whole of India 29
30
2 Rule of construction respecting enactments not extending to Jammu and Kashmir
Any reference to the Indian Penal Code or the Indian Evidence Act, 1872, (45 0f 1860) shall, in
relation to state of Jammu and Kashmir, be construed as a r reference to the corresponding
enactment in force in that State.]

3. Central Government to take census

The Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, declare its intention of taking
a census in the whole or any part of the territories to which this Act extends, whenever it may
consider it necessary or desirable so to do, and thereupon the census shall be taken.

4.Appointment of census staff

(1) The Central Government may appoint a Census Commissioner to supervise the taking of
the census throughout the area in which the census is intended to be taken, and Directors of
31
Census Operations to supervise the taking of the census within the several States.

(2) The State Government may appoint persons as census-officers to take, or aid in, or
supervise the taking of, the census within any specified local area and such persons, when
so appointed, shall be bound to serve accordingly.

(3) A declaration in writing, signed by any authority authorised by the State Government in
this behalf that any person has been duly appointed a census-officer for any local area shall
be conclusive proof of such appointment.

27
The word "the Provinces and Acceding States" were replaced by the A.O.1950.
28
Subs., ibid., for the former sub-section.
29
The words except for the State of Jammu and Kashmir omitted by act 22 of 1959,S.2
30
Ins.by s.3, ibid. the original s.2 was omitted by Act 36 of 1957,s.2 and sch.
31
Subs for words “Superintendents of Census Operations” by sec 3 of the repealing and Amending Act ,(No.56 of 1974)

127 Manual on Population Census

(4) The State Government may delegate to such authority as it thinks fit the power of
appointing census-officers conferred by subsection (2).

5. Status of census authorities as public servants:-

The Census Commissioner, all Directors of Census Operations and all census-officers
shall be deemed to be public servants within the meaning of the Indian Penal Code.

6. Discharge of duties of census officers in certain cases:-

(1) Where the District Magistrate, or such authority as the State Government
may appoint in this behalf, by a written order so directs-

(a) every officer in command of any body of men belonging to the naval,
military or air forces, or of any vessel of war, of India,

(b) every person (except a pilot or harbour master) having charge or control
of a vessel,

(c) every person in charge of a lunatic asylum, hospital, workhouse, prison,

reformatory or lock-up or of any public, charitable, religious or educational
institution.

(d) every keeper, secretary or manager of any sarai, hotel, boarding-house,

lodging-house, emigration depot or club,

(e) every manager or officer of a railway or any commercial or industrial

establishment, and

(f) every occupant of immovable property wherein at the time of the taking of
the census persons are living,

shall perform such of the duties of a census-officer in relation to the persons

who at the time of the taking of the census are under his command or
charge, or are inmates of his house, or are present on or in such immovable
property or are employed under him as may be specified in the order.

(2) All the provisions of this Act relating to census-officers shall apply, so far
as may be, to all persons while performing such duties under this section,
and any person refusing or neglecting to perform any duty which under this
section he is directed to perform shall be deemed to have committed an
offence under section 187 of the Indian Penal Code.

7. Power call upon certain persons to assistance

The District Magistrate, or such authority as the State Government may appoint
in this behalf for any local area, may, by written order which shall have effect
throughout the extent of his district or of such local area, as the case may be, call
upon-

(a) all owners and occupiers of land, tenure-holders, and farmers and assignees
of land revenue, or their agents,

(b) all members of the district, municipal, panchayat and other local authorities

128 Manual on Population Census

 and officers and servants of such authorities, and

(c) all officers and members of staff of any factory, firm or establishment,

to give such assistance as shall be specified in the order towards the taking of a
census of the persons who are, at the time of the taking of the census, on the
lands of such owners, occupiers, tenure-holders, farmers and assignees, or in
the premises of factories, firms and other establishments, or within the areas for
which such local authorities are established, as the case may be, and the
persons to whom an order under this section is directed shall be bound to obey it
and shall, while acting in pursuance of such order, be deemed to be public
servants within the meaning of the Indian Penal Code.

8. Asking of questions and obligation to answer:-

(1) A census-officer may ask all such questions of all persons within the limits of
the local area for which he is appointed as, by instructions issued in this
behalf by the State Government and of published in the Official Gazette, he
may be directed to ask.

(2) Every person of whom any question is asked under subsection (1) shall
be legally bound to answer such question to the best of his knowledge or
belief:

Provided that no person shall be bound to state the name of any female
member of his household, and no woman shall be bound to state the name
of her husband or deceased husband or of any other person whose name
she is forbidden by custom to mention.

9. Occupier to permit access and affixing of numbers

Every person occupying any house, enclosure, vessel or other place shall
allow census-officers such access thereto as they may require for the purposes
of the census and as, having regard to the of customs of the country, may be
reasonable, and shall allow them to paint on, or affix to, the place such letters,
marks or numbers as may be necessary for the purposes of the census.

10. Occupier or manager to fill up schedule

(1) Subject to such orders as the State Government may issue in this behalf,
a census-officer may, within the local area for which he is appointed, leave or
cause to be left a schedule at any dwelling house or with the manager or any
officer of any commercial or industrial establishment, for the purpose of its being
filled up by the occupier of such house or of any specified part thereof or by such
manager or officer with such particulars as the State Government may direct
regarding the inmates of such house or part thereof, or the persons employed
under such manager or officer, as the case may be, at the time of the taking of
the census.

(2) When such schedule has been so left, the said occupier, manager or officer,
as the case may be, shall it up or cause it to be filled up to the best of his
knowledge or belief so far as regards the inmates of such house or part thereof
or the persons employed under him as the case may be, at the time aforesaid,
and shall sign his name thereto and, when so required, shall deliver the schedule

129 Manual on Population Census

 so filled up and signed to the census-officer or to such person as the census-
officer may direct.

11. Penalties

(1) (a) Any census-officer or any person lawfully required to give assistance
towards the taking of a census who refuses or neglects to use reasonable
diligence in performing any duty imposed upon him or in obeying any order
issued to him in accordance with this Act or any rule made there under, or any
person who hinders or obstructs another person in performing any such duty or
in obeying any such order, or

(b) any census-officer who intentionally puts any offensive or improper

question or knowingly makes any false return or, without the previous sanction of
the Central Government or the State Government, discloses any information
which he has received by means of, or for the purposes of, a census return, or

(c) any sorter, compiler or other member of the census staff who removes,
secretes, damages or destroys any census document or deals with any census
document in a manner likely to falsify or impair the tabulations of census results,
or

(d) any person who intentionally gives a false answer to, or refuses to answer to
the best of his knowledge or belief, any question asked of him by a census-officer
which he is legally bound by section 8 to answer, or

(e) any person occupying any house, enclosure, vessel or other place who
refuses to allow a census-officer such reasonable access thereto as he is
required by section 9 to allow, or

(f) any person who removes, obliterates, alters, or damages any letters, marks or
numbers which have been painted or affixed for the purposes of the census, or

(g) any person who, having been required under section 10 to fill up a schedule,
knowingly and without sufficient cause fails to comply with the provisions of that
section, or makes any false return thereunder, or

(h) any person who trespasses into a census office, shall be punishable with fine
which may extend to one thousand rupees and in case of a conviction under part
(b) or (c) shall also be punishable with imprisonment which may extend to six
months.

(2) Whoever abets any offence under sub-section (1) shall be punishable with
fine which may extend to one thousand rupees.

12. Sanction required for prosecutions

No prosecution under this Act shall be instituted except with the previous
sanction of the State Government or of an authority authorised in this behalf by
the State Government.

130 Manual on Population Census

 13. Operation of other laws not barred

Nothing in this Act shall be deemed to prevent any person from being
prosecuted under any other law for any act or omission which constitutes an
offence under this Act:
.
Provided that no such prosecution shall be instituted except with the previous
sanction referred to in section 12.

14. Jurisdiction

No court inferior to that of a Presidency Magistrate or a Magistrate of the

32
second class shall try, whether under this Act or under any other law, any act or
omission which constitutes an offence under this Act.

15. Records of census not open to inspection nor admissible in evidence

No person shall have a right to inspect any book, register or record made by
a census-officer in the discharge of his duty as such, or any schedule delivered
under section 10, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Indian
Evidence Act, 1872, no entry in any such book, register, record or schedule shall
be admissible evidence in any civil proceeding whatsoever or in any criminal
proceeding other than a prosecution under this Act or any other law for any act or
omission which constitutes an offence under this Act.

16. Temporary suspension of other laws as to mode of taking census in municipalities

Notwithstanding anything in any enactment or rule with respect to the mode

in which a census is to be taken in any municipality, the municipal authority, in
consultation with the Superintendent of Census Operations or with such other
authority as the State Government may authorize in this behalf, shall, at the time
it appointed for the taking of any census cause the census of the municipality to
be taken wholly or in part by any method authorised by or under this Act.

17. Grant of statistical abstracts

The Census Commissioner or any Superintendent of Census Operations or

such person as the State Government may authorizes in this behalf may, if he so
thinks fit, at the request and cost (to be determined by him) of any local authority
or person, cause abstracts to be prepared and supplied containing any such
statistical information as can be derived from the census returns for India or any
State, as the case may be, being information which is not contained in any
published report and which in his opinion it is reasonable for that authority or
person to require.

18. Power to make rules

(1) The Central Government may make rules for carrying out the purposes
of this Act

(2) In particular, and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing

32
The words “or in a Part B State, a Magistrate corresponding to a Magistrate of the second class” {Ins.by Act 51 of
1950, s.4. omitted by the Adaption of Laws (No 3) Order ,1956.

131 Manual on Population Census

power, the Central Government may make rules providing for the appointment of
census-officers and of persons to perform any of the duties of census-officers or
to give assistance towards the taking of a census, and for the general
instructions to be issued to such officers and persons.

132 Manual on Population Census

 AS PASSED BY LOK SABHA

ON 9th December, 1993

Bill No. 182C of 7 1992

The Census (Amendment) Act, 1993

No. 11 of 1994

14th January, 1994

An Act further to amend the Census Act, 1948.

Be it enacted by Parliament in the Forty-fourth Year of the Republic of India as follows:-

Short title 1. This Act may be called the Census (Amendment) Act, 1993.

Substitution of 2. For section 2 of the Census Act, 1948(37 of 1948) (hereinafter referred to as the
new sections for principal Act), the following sections shall be substituted, namely:-
section
‘2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise require ---
Definition
(a) “premises” means any land, building or part of a building and includes a hut,
shed or other structure or any part thereof;

(b) “prescribed” means prescribed by rules made under this Act;

(c) “vehicle” means any vehicle used or capable of being used for the purpose of
road transport, whether propelled by mechanical power or otherwise.

2A Any reference in this Act to the Indian Penal Code, the Indian Evidence Act,
Rule of 1872 or the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973, shall, in relation to the State of Jammu
construction and Kashmir, be construed as a reference to the corresponding enactment in force in
respecting that State.’ (45 of 1860, 1 of 1872, 2 of 1974).
enactments not
extending to
Jammu &
Kashmir 3. In section 4 of the principal Act, in sub-section (2), after the word “census-officers”,
the words “with such designations as that Government may deem necessary” shall be
Amendment of inserted.
section 4 4. After section 4 of the principal Act, the following section shall be inserted, namely:-
“4A. Every local authority in a State shall, when so directed by a written order by the
Insertion of new Central Government or by an authority appointed by that Government in this behalf,
section 4A make available to any Director of Census Operations such staff as may be necessary
for the performance of any duties in connection with the taking of census”.
Staff of every 5. After section 7 of the principal Act, the following sections shall be inserted, namely:-

133 Manual on Population Census

local authority to
be made
available for ‘7A (1) If it appears to the Central Government that, in connection with taking of a
taking census census,--

Insertion of new a). any premises are needed or are likely to be needed, or
sections 7A
b). any vehicle, vessel or animal is needed or is likely to be needed,

that Government may by order in writing requisition such premises, or vehicle,

Requisitioning vessel or animal, as the case may be, and make such further orders as may appear to
Premises, of it to be necessary or expedient in connection with the requisitioning.
vehicles, etc., for
taking of a
(2) The requisition shall be effected by an order in writing addressed to the person
census.
deemed by the Central Government to be the owner or person in possession of the
property, and such order shall be served in the prescribed manner on the person to
whom it is addressed.

(3) Whenever any property is requisitioned under sub-section (1), the period of
such requisition shall not extend beyond the period for which such property is required
for any of the purposes mentioned in that sub-section.

7B. (1) Whenever in pursuance of section 7A the Central Government requisitions

any premises, there shall be paid to the persons interested compensation the amount
Payment of of which shall be determined by taking into consideration the following, namely: -
compensation
(I) the rent payable in respect of the premises or if no rent is so payable, the rent
payable for similar premises in the locality;

(ii) if in consequence of the requisition of the premises the person interested is

compelled to change his residence or place of business, the reasonable expenses (if
any) incidental to such change:

Provided that where any person interested being aggrieved by the amount of
compensation so determined makes an application within the prescribed time to the
Central Government to an arbitrator, the amount of compensation to be paid shall be
such as the arbitrator appointed in this behalf by the Central Government may
determine:

Provided further that where there is any dispute as to the title to receive the
compensation or as to the apportionment of the amount of compensation, it shall be
referred by the Central Government to an arbitrator appointed in this behalf by that
Government for determination, and shall be determined in accordance with the
decision of such arbitrator.

Explanation—In this sub-section, the expression “person interested” means the

person who was in actual possession of the premises requisitioned under section 7A
immediately before the requisition, or where no person was in such actual possession,
the owner of such premises

(2) Whenever in pursuance of section 7A the Central Government requisitions any

vehicle, vessel or animal, there shall be paid to the owner thereof compensation the

134 Manual on Population Census

 amount of which shall be determined by the Central Government on the basis of the
fares or rates prevailing in the locality for the hire of such vehicle, vessel or animal:

Provided that where the owner of such vehicle, vessel or animal being
aggrieved by the amount of compensation so determined makes an application within
the prescribed time to the Central Government for referring the matter to an arbitrator,
the amount of compensation to be paid shall be such as the arbitrator appointed in this
behalf by the Central Government may determine:

Provided further that where immediately before the requisitioning the vehicle or
vessel was by virtue of a hire-purchase agreement in the possession of a person other
than the owner, the amount determined under this sub-section as the total
compensation payable in respect of the requisition shall be apportioned between that
person and the owner in such manner as they may agree upon, and in default of
agreement, in such manner as an arbitrator appointed by the Central Government in
this behalf may decide.

7C. The Central Government may, with a view to requisitioning any property under
Power to obtain section 7A or determining the compensation payable under section 7B, by order,
information. require any person to furnish to such authority as may be specified in the order such
information in his possession relating to such property as may be so specified.
Power of entry
into and 7D. Any person authorized in this behalf by the Central Government may enter into
inspection of any premises and inspect such premises and nay vehicle, vessel or animal therein for
premises, etc. the purpose of determining whether, and if so in what manner, an order under section
7A should be made in relation to such premises, vehicle, vessel or animal, or with a
view to securing compliance with any order made under that section.

Eviction from 7E. (1) Any person remaining in possession of any requisitioned premises in
requisitioned contravention of any order made under section 7A may be summarily evicted from the
premises. premises by any officer empowered by the Central Government in this behalf.

(2) Any officer so empowered may, after giving to any woman not appearing in
public reasonable warning and facility to withdraw, remove or open any lock or bolt or
break open any door of any building or do any other act necessary for effecting such
eviction.

7F. (1) When any premises requisitioned under section 7A are to be released from
requisition, the possession thereof shall be delivered to the person from whom
Release of possession was taken at the time when the premises were requisitioned, or if there
premises from were no such person, to the person deemed by the Central Government to be the
requisition. owner of such premises, and such delivery of possession shall be a full discharge of
the Central Government from all liabilities in respect of such delivery, but shall not
prejudice any rights in respect of the premises which any other person may be entitled
by due process of law to enforce against the person to whom possession of the
premises is so delivered.

(2) Where the person to whom possession of any premises requisitioned under
section 7A is to be given under sub-section (1) cannot be found or is not readily
ascertainable or has no agent or any other person empowered to accept delivery on
his behalf, the Central Government shall cause a notice declaring that such premises
are released from requisition to be affixed on some conspicuous part of such premises
Delegation of and publish the notice in the Official Gazette.
functions of the

135 Manual on Population Census

Central
Government with (3) When a notice referred to in sub-section (2) is published in the Official Gazette,
regard to the premises specified in such notice shall cease to be subject to requisition on and
requisitioning. from the date of such publication and be deemed to have been delivered to the person
entitled to possession thereof, and the Central Government shall not be liable for any
Penalty for compensation or other claim in respect of such premises for any period after the said
contravention of date.
any order
regarding 7G. The Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, direct that
requisition. any powers conferred or any duty imposed on that Government by any of the
provisions of section 7A to 7F shall, under such conditions, if any, as may be specified
Amendment of in the direction, be exercised or discharged by such officer as may be specified.
section 8.
7H. If any person contravenes any order made under section 7A or section 7C, he
shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to one year or with
Amendment of fine or with both.
section 10.
6. In section 8 of the principal Act, in sub-section (1) for the words “State Government”,
the words “Central Government” shall be substituted.

Amendment of 7. In section 10 of the principal Act, in sub-section (1) for the words “State Government”
section 11. at both the places where they occur, the words “Census Commissioner” shall
be substituted.

8. In section 11 of the Principal Act, in sub-section (1)—

(i) for part (a), the following parts shall be substituted, namely:-

“(a) any census-officer or any person lawfully required to give assistance towards
the taking of census who refuses to perform any duty imposed upon him by this Act or
any rule made thereunder, or any person who hinders or obstructs another person in
performing any such duty, or

(aa) any census-officer or any person lawfully required to give assistance towards
the taking of a census who neglects to use reasonable diligence in performing any duty
imposed upon him or in obeying any order issued to him in accordance with this Act or
any rule made thereunder, or any person who hinders or obstructs another person in
Substitution of performing any such duty or obeying any such order, or”;
new section for
section 12 (ii) after part (c), the following part shall be inserted, namely:-

Sanction required “(ca) any local authority which fails to comply with an order made under Section 4A,
for prosecutions or”;
(iii) for the brackets, letters and words “(b) or (c) shall also be punishable with
imprisonment which may extend to six months”, the brackets, letters and words “(a), (b)
or (c) shall also be punishable with imprisonment which may extend to three years”
shall be substituted

9. For section 12 of the principal Act, the following section shall be substituted,
namely:-
“12. Without prejudice to the provisions of section 197 of the Code of Criminal
Procedure, 1973 (2 of
1974) , no prosecution under this Act shall be instituted except with the previous
sanction,--

136 Manual on Population Census

 (a) in the case of a person who is employed or was at the time of commission of
the alleged offence employed—
Insertion of new
section 13A. (i) in a company, as defined in section 3 of the Companies Act, 1956(1 of 1956), in
which not less than fifty-one per cent of the paid-up capital is held by the
Central Government or any company which is a subsidiary thereof within the
meaning of that Act, or
(ii) by a corporation or a local authority established by or under a Central Act which is
Certain offences owned or controlled by the Central Government, of the of the Central
to be cognizable Government of an authority authorized in this behalf by that Government; an
and triable (b) in the case of a person other than referred to in clause (a) of the State
summarily Government.”
10. After section 13 of the principal Act, the following section shall be inserted,
Amendment of namely:-
section 14 “13A. (1) Notwithstanding anything contained in the Code of Criminal Procedure,
1973(2 of 1974), no police officer or court shall take cognizance of any offence under
Insertion of new part (a), (b) or (c) of sub-section 91) of section 11, except upon information received
sections 15A and from or on a complaint made by, as the case may be, the Director of Census
15B. Operations or any officer authorized by him in this behalf.
(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973( 2
Protection of of 1974), every offence punishable under part (a), (b) or (c) of sub-section (1) of
service interests section 11 may be tried summarily.”
of members of 11. In section 14 of the principal Act, for the words “Presidency Magistrate or a
census staff. Magistrate of the second class”, the words “Metropolitan Magistrate or a Judicial
Magistrate of the first class” shall be substituted.
12. After section 15 of the principal Act, the following sections shall be inserted,
namely:-
“15A No member of the census staff shall suffer any disability in service by reason
Protection of of his being on census duty and the period spent by him on such census duty shall be
action taken in deemed to be the duty under his lending employer and any duty performed under this
good faith. Act shall not in any manner affect the right of promotion or other advancement in his
original service.
Amendment of 15.B No suit, prosecution or other legal proceeding shall lie against the Census
section 17. Commissioner or any Director of Census Operations or any census-officer or any
member of the census staff for anything which is in good faith done or intended to be
Insertion of new done under this Act or the rules made thereunder.”
section 17A. 13. In section 17 of the principal Act, for the opening portion beginning with the
words “The Census Commissioner” and ending with the words “authorize in this behalf”
Power to extend , the words “Subject in the provisions of section 15, the Census Commissioner or any
the provisions of Director of Census Operations” shall be substituted.
Act to other 14. After section 17 of the principal Act, the following section shall be inserted,
operations. namely:-
A. “17 A The Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, extend the
provisions of this Act, with such restrictions and modifications as it things fit, to pre-
Amendment of tests, pilot studies, census of houses which precede the population count and post
section 18. enumeration check and evaluation studies or statistical surveys or any other operation
as may be deemed necessary for the purpose of census.”
15. In section 18 of the principal Act, in sub-section (2) the words “and providing
for the manner of service of orders regarding requisitioning of premises, or vehicle;
vessel or animal and the time within which the application may be made to it by any
interested person aggrieved by the amount of compensation determined under section
7B for referring the matter to an arbitrator” shall be added at the end.

K.L. MOHANPURIA (Secy to the Govt of India.)

137 Manual on Population Census

LIST OF AMENDING ACTS AND ADAPTATION ORDERS

1. The Repealing and Amending Act, 1949 (40 of 1949)

2. The Census (Amendment) Act, 1950 (51 of 1950)
3. The Adaptation Laws Order, 1950
4. The Adaptation of Laws (No.3) Order, 1956
5. The Census (Amendment) Act, 1959 (22 of 1959)

The Repealing and Amending Act, 1974 (56 of 1974)

138 Manual on Population Census

 ANNEX 2

Coverage of Items in the main census - 1872 to 2001

1872: House Register
1. Number of houses, whether terraced, tiled or thatched;
2. Name of Males ; Age ;Religion ;Caste or Class ;Race or Nationality or Country of Birth ;Occupation ;Youths upto age
20 attending school, college or under private tuition ;Able to read and write ;
3. Name or Designation of Females ;Age ;Religion ;Caste or Class; ace or Nationality or Country of Birth ;Youths upto
age 20 attending school, college or under private tuition ;Able to read and write;
4. Remarks showing number of males and females, blind, deaf, dumb, insane, idiots
or lepers
1881: Census Schedule,
1. Serial No. Of each inmate ;(2)Name ;(3)Condition i.e. whether married, unmarried, widow or widower (4)Sex (5)Age
last birthday (6)Religion (7) eligion-Caste, if Hindu, sect, if of other religion (8)mother tongue (9)Place of birth
(10)Occupation of men; also of boys and females who may do work
(11)Education
Under instruction
Not under instruction but able to read and write
Not under instruction and not able to read and write
(12) Infirmities- 1)unsound mind 2) Deaf mute from births 3) Blind 4) Lepers

1891: Census Schedule

1)Serial no. and name ;2)Main religion 3)Sect of religion 4)Caste or race-Main caste 5)Sub-division of caste or race
6)Male or female 7)Age 8)Married, single, or widowed 9) Parent tongue 10)Birth district or country 11)Occupation or means
of subsistence 12)Learning, Knowing, Illiterate 13)Foreign language known (if any) 14)If any, be blind, insane, deaf-mute or
a leper, enter the infirmity below

1901: Census Schedule

1) House number 2) Serial number 3) Name 4) Religion 5) Male or female 6) Married, Unmarried or widowed 7) Age 8)
Caste of Hindus & Jains, Tribe, or race of others 9) Occupation or means of subsistence of actual workers: Principal 10)
Occupation or means of subsistence of actual workers: Subsidiary 11) Means of subsistence of dependants on actual
workers 12) Birth place 13) Language ordinarily used 14) Literate or Illiterate 15) Know or does not know English 16)
Insane, deaf-mute from birth, totally blind or leper

1911: Census Schedule

1) Census number painted on the house 2) Serial number of persons enumerated 3) Name 4) Religion (and sect of
Christians) 5) Male or Female 6) Married, Unmarried or Widowed 7) Age completed last birthday 8) Caste of Hindu and
Jains, tribe or race of those of other religions 9) Occupation or means of subsistence of actual workers : Principal
Occupation 10) Occupation or means of subsistence of actual workers: Subsidiary Occupation, if any 11) If dependant,
principal occupation or means of subsistence of actual worker on whom dependent 12) District, Province or Country in
which born
13) Language ordinarily spoken in the household 14) Literate or Illiterate 15) Whether literate in English
16) If the person be insane or totally blind or suffering from corrosive leprosy or both
deaf and dumb from birth, enter as such here

1921: Census Schedule

1) House No. 2) Serial number of person 3) Name 4) Religion 5)Male or Female 6) Married, Unmarried or Widowed 7) Age
8)Caste, Tribe or Race 9) Occupation or means of subsistence of actual workers : Principal 10) Occupation or means of
subsistence of actual workers : Subsidiary 11) For dependants, the occupation of the worker by whom supported 12) Birth
district 13 )Language ordinarily used 14) Literate or Illiterate 15) Whether literate in English 16) Insane, totally blind, leper
or deaf-mute

1931: Census Schedule

1) Serial No. of house or tenement 2) Serial No. of person 3) Name 4) Religion and Sect
5) Male or Female (enter M or F) 6) Married, Unmarried, or Widowed (enter Divorced persons as widowed) 7) Age (in years
to nearest birthday) 8) Race, Tribe or Caste 9) Earner or dependant
10) Principal occupation (this will be blank for dependant) 11) Subsidiary occupation (occupation of dependants may be
given) 13) Industry in which employed (for organized employees only) 14) Birth district (or country) 15) Mother tongue 16)
Other language in common use 17) Whether literate (i.e., able to write and read a letter) 18) Whether able to read and write
English 19) Insane, totally blind, deaf-mute or leper

1941: Individual Slip

1) Name 2) Sex 3) Race, Tribe or Caste 4) Religion 5) Married, unmarried, widowed or divorced
6) Age 7) Number of children born to a married woman and number surviving 8) Her age at birth of first child 9) Are you
wholly or partly dependent on any one else? 10) If so, means of livelihood of person on whom dependent 11) Do you
employ (a) paid assistants (b) members of household?
If so, how many?

139 Manual on Population Census

 12) Are you in employment now?
13) (Only to those who reply in the negative to question ) Are you in search of employment?
(To those who reply in the affirmative the further question will be put)
How long have you been in search of it?
14) Means of livelihood in order of importance
15) (Only to be asked in regard to means of livelihood of a person shown as partly dependent against question 9 or any
subsidiary means of livelihood returned by other persons against question 14).
Does this means of livelihood exist throughout the year? If not, for what part of the year?
16) If you are employed by some one else, what is his business?
17) Were you born in this district? If not, in what district ?
18) Mother tongue 19) Other Indian languages in common use
20) Can you both read and write? If so, what script do you write? Can you only read?
21) How far have you read? Give any examination passed. 22) Are you literate in English?

1951: Individual Slip

1) Name and relationship to the head of the household 2) Nationality, Religion and Special Group
Part (a) Nationality Part (b) Religion Part (c) Special Groups 3) Civil condition 4) Age 5)Birth place
6) Displaced persons 7) Mother tongue 8) Bilingualism 9) Economic Status Part one: Dependency
Part two: Employment 10) Principal means of livelihood 11) Secondary means of livelihood
12) Literacy and Education 13) .......(Optional to State Government)* 14) Sex
Name of States NATURE OF QUESTION NO. 13 OF 1951 CENSUS
(OPTIONAL)
Assam, Manipur & Tripura; Indigenous Persons:
(a) Are you an indigenous person of Assam?
(b) If so, state in the nearest bigha, (i) the land you own;
(ii) the land you have rented in cash or in kind from others

Bihar Fertility
Bombay, Saurashtra & Kutch Unemployment
Madhya Pradesh Number of children born to a married woman and age at birth of the first
child

Vindhya Pradesh, Mysore & Uttar Unemployment

Pradesh
Orissa Area of land owned and cultivated by the household

; Punjab, PEPSU, Bilaspur, Delhi
& Himachal Pradesh
Rajasthan & Ajmer
West Bengal & Sikkim
Are you unemployed since 9th Feb. 1951? If so, give reason
Infirmities
Do you cultivate land for which you pay rent? If so, (a) how much do
you cultivate yourself and or through hired labourers; and (b) how
much do you cultivate through bargadars, bhagdar or adhiyars?

Hyderabad Are you unemployed and in search of employment? If so, since when?

Travancore-Cochin Duration of marriage and size of family

(a) Completed years of married life (b) Age of mother at first
maternity (c) Number of children born (d) Number now alive
1961: Individual Slip
1) Name 2) Relationship to Head 3) Age last birthday 4) Marital Status 5) (a) Birth place (b) Born R/U
(c) Duration of residence, if born elsewhere 6) Nationality 7) Religion 8) S.C./S.T. 9) Literacy & Education 10 ) Mother
tongue 11) Any other language(s) 13) Working as Cultivator 14) Working as Agricultural Labourer 15) Working at
Household Industry 16) (a) Nature of work (b) Nature of Household Industry (c) If Employee
17 Doing work other than 13,14,15
(a) Nature of work
(b) Nature of Industry, Profession, Trade and Service
(c) Class of worker
(d) Name of Establishment
18 Activity, if not working 19 Sex

1971: Individual Slip

1) Name 2) Relationship to head 3) Sex 4) Age 5) Marital Status 6) For currently married women only
(a) Age at marriage (b) Any child born in the last one year 7) BIRTH PLACE (a) Place of birth
(b) Rural/Urban (c) District (d) State/Country 8) LAST RESIDENCE (a) Place of last residence (b)
Rural/Urban (c) District (d) State/Country 9) Duration of Residence at the village or town of enumeration 10 ) Religion
11) S.C. or S.T. 13) Literacy (L or O) 14) Educational level
15) Mother tongue 16 Other languages
17 ) MAIN ACTIVITY
(a) Broad category

140 Manual on Population Census

 (i) Worker (C, AL, HHI, OW)
(ii) Non-worker (H, S, T, R, D, B, I, O)
(b) Place of work (Name of Village/Town)
(c) Name of Establishment
(d) Nature of Industry, Trade, Profession or Service
(e) Description of Work
(f) Class of worker
18) SECONDARY WORK
(a) Broad Category (C, AL, HHI, OW)
(b) Place of work (Name of Village/Town)
(c) Name of Establishment
(d) Nature of Industry, Trade, Profession or Service
(e) Description of Work
(f) Class of Worker
1981 : Individual Slip-Universal
1) Name 2) Relationship to head 3) Sex 4) Age 5) Marital Status 6) Mother tongue 7) Two other languages known 8 )
Religion 9) S.C. or S.T 10) Name of caste or tribe 11) Literate (1)/ Illiterate (2)
12) Educational attainment 13) Attending school or college, YES(1)/No (2)
14A . Worked any time last Year ? YES/ No (H,ST,D,R,B,I.O)
14B . If yes in 14A did you work for the major part of last year ? YES (1) /NO(2)
15A.Main activity last year? YES in 14 B (C,AL,HHI, OW) / No (H,ST,D,R,B,I.O)
I f HHI /OW in 15A - (i) Name of Establishment (ii) Description of Work
(iii) Nature of Industry, Trade, Profession or Service (IV) ) Class of worker

15B. If no in 14B No- any other work any time last year?-YES (C,AL,HHI, OW)
I f HHI /OW in 15B - (i) Name of Establishment (ii) Description of Work
(iii) Nature of Industry, Trade, Profession or Service (IV) ) Class of worker
16. If no in 14A or 14B, seeking or available for work?-YES(1) /NO (2)
1981 : Individual Slip-Sample
1) Birth Place a) Place of birth (b) Rural/Urban (c) District (d) State/Country
2) LAST RESIDENCE (a) Place of last residence (b) Rural/Urban(c) District (d) State/Country
3) Reasons for migration from place of last residence (code)-Employment -1,Education -2, Family Moved -3,Marriage -
4,Others -5
4) Duration of Residence at the village or town of enumeration
5) For all ever married women only-(a) Age at marriage (b) Number of Children surviving at present-
Males/Females/total (c) ) Number of Children ever born alive -Males/Females/total
6) For currently married women only- Any child born alive during last one year?

1991 : Individual Slip

1) Name 2) Relationship to head 3) Male-1/ Female-2 4) Age 5)Marital Status 6) Mother tongue 7) Two other
languages known 8 ) Religion 9) whether S.C -1 or S.T -2? 10) Name of schedule caste or tribe 11) Literate (1)/ Illiterate
(2) 12) Educational attainment 13) Attending school or college, YES(1)/No (2)
14A . Did you work any time at all last Year (including unpaid work in farm or family enterprises) ? YES/ No
(H,ST,D,R,B,I.O)
14B . If yes in 14A did you work for the major part of last year ? YES (1) /NO(2)
15A.Main activity last year? YES in 14 B (C,AL,HHI, OW) / No (H,ST,D,R,B,I.O)
If HHI /OW in 15A –
(i) Name of Establishment
(ii) Description of Work
(iii) Nature of Industry, Trade, Profession or Service
(IV) ) Class of worker

15B. YES in 14B Any other work done any time last year? (C,AL,HHI, OW )
No in 14B Work done any time last year?- (C,AL,HHI, OW
I f HHI /OW in 15B -
(i) Name of Establishment
(ii) Description of Work
(iii) Nature of Industry, Trade, Profession or Service
(IV) ) Class of worker
16. If no in 14A, seeking or available for work?-YES(1) /NO (2)
16A. If ‘YES’ in 16, have you ever worked before?-YES(1) /No (2)
17A. Whether you are an ex service man? Yes-1/No-2
17B. If Yes in 17A, pensioner -1/non pensioner 2
18. Birth Place a) Place of birth (b) Rural/Urban (c) District (d) State/Country
19. LAST RESIDENCE (a) Place of last residence (b) Rural/Urban(c) District (d) State/Country
20. Reasons for migration from place of last residence (code)-Employment -1,Business-2
Education -3, Family Moved -4,Marriage -5, Natural calamities and floods-6 Others -7
21. Duration of Residence at the village or town of enumeration
22. For all ever married women only-

141 Manual on Population Census

 (a) Age at marriage
(b) Number of Children surviving at present Males/Females/total
(c) ) Number of Children ever born alive -Males/Females/total
23 .For currently married women only- Any child born alive during last one year?

2001 : HOUSEHOLD SCHEDULE

Questions: HOUSEHOLD SCHEDULE
(for Population Enumeration : Census of India 2001)
Part I : Location Particulars:
Part II : Individual Particulars:
GENERAL AND SOCIO-CULTURAL CHARACTERISTICS
1:Name of the person 2:Relationship to head 3: Sex (Male/ Female) 4:Age last birthday (in completed years)
5:Current marital status 6:Age at marriage (in completed years) 7:Religion (write name of the religion in full)
8:If Scheduled Caste, write name of the Scheduled Caste from the list supplied 9:If Scheduled Tribe, write name of the
Scheduled Tribe from the list supplied
10:Mother tongue 11:Other languages known (enter upto two languages in order of proficiency)
12:Literacy status (Literate/ Illiterate) 13:Highest educational level attained (for diploma or degree holder, also write
the subject of specialisation) 14:If attending educational institution 15:If the person is physically/mentally disabled,
give appropriate code number
CHARACTERISTICS OF WORKERS AND NON-WORKERS:
16:Did the person work any time last year?(includes even part time help or unpaid work on farm, family enterprise or
in any other economic activity) (Categories: Main worker: If worked for 6 months or more, Marginal Worker: If worked
for less than 6 months, Non-Worker: If not worked at all ) 17: Economic activity of Main or Marginal Worker:
17(i):Category of the economic activity of the Main or Marginal Worker
For Workers in Household Industry and for other Workers only:
17(ii): Occupation of the person (describe the actual work of the person)
17 (iii):Describe in detail the nature of industry, trade or service where the person works/ worked or of self
employment
17 (iv): Class of Worker
18:If Marginal Worker or Non-Worker, under 16, record non-economic activity
19:If Marginal Worker or Non-Worker, is the person seeking/ available for work ?
20:Travel to place of work (for Other Workers only): 20 (i):Distance from residence to place of work in Kilometres 20
(ii): Mode of travel to place of work
MIGRATION CHARACTERISTICS:
21:Birth Place: Is the person born in this village/ town ? (If 'Yes', put dash (-) against 21(i) and 21 (ii) or, If 'No', enter
particulars:)
21 (i) State/Country (If birth place within India, write the present name of the state or if birth place outside India,
write the present name of the country)
21 (ii) District [If birth place within India, write the present name of the district or if birth place outside India, put dash
(-)]
22:Place of Last Residence: Has the person come to this village/town from elsewhere ?(If 'No', put dash (-) against
Qs. 22(i) to 22 (v) or if 'Yes', give following particulars:)
22 (i) State/Country: (If place of last residence within India, write the present name of the state or if place of last
residence outside India, write the present name of the country)
22 (ii) District: [If place of last residence within India, write the present name of the district or if place of last
residence outside India, put dash (-)]
22 (iii) At the time of migration, was the place of last residence: Rural/ Urban
22 (iv) Reason for migration of this person
22 (v) Duration of stay in this village or town since migration (in completed years)
FERTILITY PARTICULARS:
23 Fertility For Ever Married Women only (Currently Married, Widowed, Divorced or Separated) :
23 (i) Number of children surviving at present (also include daughters and sons presently not staying in this
household) [Separately for Daughter(s) and Son(s)]
23 (ii) Total number of children ever born alive (include both living and dead daughters and sons) [Separately for
Daughter(s) and Son(s)]
For currently married women only:
23 (iii) Number of children born alive during last one year (after 9th February 2000)[Separately for Daughter(s) and
Son(s)]
PART III: For Household engaged in cultivation/planation
(i) Total net area of land under cultivation/ plantation (in Hectares)
(ii) Net area of irrigated land (in Hectares)
(iii) Tenure status of land under cultivation/ plantation.

142 Manual on Population Census

 ANNEX 3
Tables generated in 1991-2001 Census and their level of presentation
A-Series General Population Tables
Table no Description Level of presentation
1991 Census
A-1 Area,Houses and Population State/District/Tehsil/U.A/Ci
tyTown
A-1-Appendix-1 Area,Houses and Population-1991 State/District/Tehsil
territorial units and changes during 1981-
91
A-1-Appendix-2 Area,Houses and Population-Number State/District/Tehsil
and population of villages with
population of 5000 and over and towns
of population under 5000
A-1-Appendix-3 Area,Houses and Population-Houseless State/District/Tehsil/U.A/Ci
and Institutional population tyTown
A-2 Decadal variation in population since State/District
1901
A-2-Appendix States and districts at the 1991 census State/District
showing area and population
acccording to the jurisdiction in
1981,Change in population of 1981
adjusted to jurisdiction of 1991.
Jurisdiction
A-3 Villages classified by population Size State/District/Tehsil
A-4 Towns and urban agglomerations Urban
classified by population in 1991with agglomeration/City/Town
variation since 1901
A-4-Appendix-1 New towns added in 1991 and Towns of State/District
1981 declassified in 1991

A-4-Appendix-2 Places with a population of under 5000 District/Town

classified as Towns for the first time in
1991
A-4-Appendix-3 Places with a population of under 5000
which were classified as Towns for the
first time in 1981but declassified in 1991
A-4-Appendix-4 Changes in Towns between 1981-1991 State/District
and reasons thereof

A-5 Standard Urban areas State/District

Union Primary Census abstract State/District/Tehsil/U.A./C

ity/Town

Primary Census abstract for Scheduled State/District/CD

castes block/U.A./City/Town
Primary Census abstract for Scheduled
Tribes
Urban/Village Primary Census Abstract CDBlock/Village/Town/W
ard
Appendix Urban/Village Primary Census Abstract- Town/Ward/Urban block
Appendix-Total/Scheduled Caste and
Scheduled Tribe

143 Manual on Population Census

 2001 General Population Tables
A-1 Number of Villages,Towns,Residential State/District/Tehsil/U.A/Ci
Houses,Households ,Population and tyTown
Area
A-1-Appendix-1 Changes in Territorial Units During 1991- State/District/Tehsil
2001
A-2 Decadal variation in population since State/District
1901
A-2-Appendix States and Districts at the 2001 census State/District
showing the 1991 area and population
according to jurisdiction in 1991,Change
in population of 1991 adjusted to the
jurisdiction of 2001
A-3 Villages classified by population Size State/District/Tehsil
A-3-Appendix Number and population of villages with State/District/Tehsil
population of 5000 and over and towns
of population under 5000
A-4 Towns and urban agglomerations Urban
classified by population in 1991with agglomeration/City/Town
variation since 1901
A-4-Appendix-1 New towns added in 2001 and Towns of State/District
1991 declassified in 2001
A-4-Appendix-2 Changes in Towns between 1991-2001 State/District
and reasons thereof
A-5 Union Primary Census abstract State/District/CD
block/U.A./City/Town
A-5-Appendix Houseless and Institutional Households
and their population
A-6 Union Primary Census abstract for State/District
Institutional Population
A-7 Union Primary Census abstract for State/District
Houseless Population
A-8 Union Primary Census abstract for State/District/CD
Scheduled castes block/U.A./City/Town
A-9 Union Primary Census abstract for
Scheduled Tribes
A-10 Union Primary Census abstract for Total/Rural/Urban
Individual Scheduled castes
A-11 Union Primary Census abstract for Total/Rural/Urban
Individual Scheduled Tribes
A-12 Village and Town Primary Census CD
abstract block/Village/Town/Ward
A-13 Appendix 1 Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribe Town/Ward/Urban block
population-Urban block wise

144 Manual on Population Census

 ANNEX 3 (contd)
Tables generated in 1991-2001 census and their level of presentation
B Series-Economic Tables
Table Description Level of Presentation
No.

1991 Census
B-1(S) Main workers, marginal workers, non- State/District /City/UA-T/R/U -S
workers and those non-workers seeking
work classified by age and sex.

B-2(S) Main workers classified by industrial State/District /City/UA-S

category, age and sex.
B-2(F) Main workers other than cultivators and State/District /City/ UA-CD block-
agricultural labourers classified by F
industrial category, age and sex.

B-3(S) Main workers classified by industrial State/District-F

category, educational level and sex.
B-3(F) Main workers other than cultivators and State/District /City/UA-F
agricultural labourers classified by
industrial category, educational level
and sex.
B-4 Part Main workers by age, sex and State/District-S
A(S) educational level - Urban.
B-4 Main workers by age, sex and State/District-S
PartB(S educational level - Rural.
)
B-5(S) Main workers with other work classified State/District-S
by industrial category of other work
and main activity.
B-6(F) Marginal workers classified by industrial State/District-F
category of work and main activity.

B-7(F) Main workers excluding cultivators and State/District-F

agricultural labourers with otherwork
classified by industrial category of other
work and main activity
B-8(F) Marginal workers by industrial category, State/District-F
age and sex.

B-9(F) Marginal workers by industrial category, State/District-F

educational level and sex.
B-10(S) Non-workers by main activity, age and State/District-S
sex.
B-11(S) Non-workers by main activity, State/District-S
educational level and sex.
B-12(F) Non-workers seeking work and those State/District/City-F
among them who never worked before
classified by age, sex and educational
level.
B-13(S) Female workers classified by industrial State-S
category and marital status.

145 Manual on Population Census

 1991 Census (Continued)

B- Female main workers other than State-F

13(i)(F) cultivators and agricultural labourers by
industrial category and marital status.

B- Female marginal workers classified by State-F

13(ii)(F) industrial category and marital status.

B-14(F) Industrial classification of main workers State/District _F

and marginal workers other than
cultivators and agricultural labourers by
sex and by section ,division and group

B-15(i)F Industrial classification of main workers State/District

in manufacturing, processing, servicing
and repairs by household industry and
non household industry

B-15(ii)F Industrial classification of marginal State/District-F

workers in manufacturing, processing,
servicing and repairs by household
industry and non household industry

B-16(F) Industrial classification of main and State/District/City-F

marginal workers in manufacturing,
processing, servicing and repairs on
household industry basis by sex and
class of worker.
B-17(F) Classification of main workers in non- State/District-F
household industry, trade, business,
profession or service by class of worker,
age and sex.

B-18(F) Industrial classification of main and State/District/City-F

marginal workers in non-household
industry,trade ,business profession or
service by class of worker and sex.

B-19(F) Occupational classification of main State-F

workers other than cultivators and
agricultural labourers by industrial
category and sex.

B-20(F) Occupational classification of main State/District/City-F

workers in non-household industry,
trade business profession or service by
class of worker and sex

146 Manual on Population Census

B- Occupational classification of main State/District-F
21(F)Pa workers and marginal workers other
rt A than cultivators and agricultural
labourers by sex and age-Urban

B- Occupational classification of main State/District-F

21(F)Pa workers and marginal workers other
rt B than cultivators and agricultural
labourers by sex and age-Rural

B-22(F) Occupational classification of main State/District-F

workers other than cultivators and
agricultural labourers by sex and age
and educational level.
B-23(F) Marginal workers by main activity, age State/District-F
and sex.

B-24(F) Non-workers seeking work classified as State/District/R/U-F

worked before and never worked
before by main activity, age and sex.

CENSUS OF INDIA 2001

TABULATION PLAN
B-Series:- General Economic Tables

B-1 MAIN WORKERS,MARGINAL WORKERS,NON-WORKERS AND

THOSE MARGINAL WORKERS, NON-WORKERS SEEKING/AVAILABLE FOR
WORK CLASSIFIED BY AGE AND SEX
(India/State/District/City)

B-1SC MAIN WORKERS,MARGINAL WORKERS,NON-WORKERS AND THOSE

MARGINAL WORKERS, NON-WORKERS SEEKING/AVAILABLE FOR WORK
CLASSIFIED BY AGE AND SEX FOR SCHEDULED CASTES
(India/State/District)

B-1ST MAIN WORKERS,MARGINAL WORKERS,NON-WORKERS AND

THOSE MARGINAL WORKERS, NON-WORKERS SEEKING/AVAILABLE FOR
WORK CLASSIFIED BY AGE AND SEX FOR SCHEDULED TRIBES
(India/State/District)

B-2 MAIN WORKERS,MARGINAL WORKERS,NON-WORKERS AND

THOSE MARGINAL WORKERS, NON-WORKERS SEEKING/AVAILABLE FOR
WORK CLASSIFIED BY AGE , SEX AND RELIGIOUS COMMUNITY
(India/State)

B-3 MAIN WORKERS,MARGINAL WORKERS,NON-WORKERS AND

THOSE MARGINAL WORKERS, NON-WORKERS SEEKING/AVAILABLE FOR
WORK CLASSIFIED BY EDUCATIONAL LEVEL AND SEX
((India/State/District/City)

B-3 SC MAIN WORKERS,MARGINAL WORKERS,NON-WORKERS AND

THOSE MARGINAL WORKERS, NON-WORKERS SEEKING/AVAILABLE FOR
WORK CLASSIFIED BY EDUCATIONAL LEVEL AND SEX FOR SCHEDULED
CASTES
147 Manual on Population Census
 (India/State/District)

B-3 ST MAIN WORKERS,MARGINAL WORKERS,NON-WORKERS AND THOSE

MARGINAL WORKERS, NON-WORKERS SEEKING/AVAILABLE FOR WORK
CLASSIFIED BY EDUCATIONAL LEVEL AND SEX FOR SCHEDULED TRIBES
(India/State/District)

B-4 MAIN WORKERS CLASSIFIED BY AGE, INDUSTRIAL CATEGORY

AND SEX
(India/State/District/City)

B-4 SC MAIN WORKERS CLASSIFIED BY AGE, INDUSTRIAL CATEGORY AND

SEX FOR SCHEDULED CASTES
(India/State/District)

B-4 ST MAIN WORKERS CLASSIFIED BY AGE, INDUSTRIAL CATEGORY AND

SEX FOR SCHEDULED TRIBES
(India/State/District)

B-5 MAIN WORKERS CLASSIFIED BY AGE, INDUSTRIAL

CATEGORY, SEX AND RELIGIOUS COMMUNITY
(India/State)

B-6 MARGINAL WORKERS CLASSIFIED BY AGE, INDUSTRIAL

CATEGORY AND SEX
(India/State/District/City)

B-6 SC MARGINAL WORKERS CLASSIFIED BY AGE, INDUSTRIAL CATEGORY

AND SEX FOR SCHEDULED CASTES
(India/State)

B-6 ST MARGINAL WORKERS CLASSIFIED BY AGE, INDUSTRIAL CATEGORY

AND SEX FOR SCHEDULED TRIBES
(India/State)

B-7 MAIN WORKERS CLASSIFIED BY INDUSTIAL CATEGORY, EDUCATIONAL

LEVEL AND SEX
(India/State/District/City)

B-7 SC MAIN WORKERS CLASSIFIED BY INDUSTIAL CATEGORY,

EDUCATIONAL LEVEL AND SEX FOR SCHEDULED CASTS
(India/State/District)

B-7 ST MAIN WORKERS CLASSIFIED BY INDUSTIAL CATEGORY,

EDUCATIONAL LEVEL AND SEX FOR SCHEDULED TRIBES
(India/State/District)

B-8 MARGINAL WORKERS CLASSIFIED BY INDUSTRIAL

CATEGORY, EDUCATIONAL LEVEL AND SEX
(India/State)

B-8 SC MARGINAL WORKERS CLASSIFIED BY INDUSTRIAL CATEGORY,

EDUCATIONAL LEVEL AND SEX FOR SCHEDULED CASTES
(India/State)

148 Manual on Population Census

B-8 ST MARGINAL WORKERS CLASSIFIED BY INDUSTRIAL CATEGORY,
EDUCATIONAL LEVEL AND SEX FOR SCHEDULED TRIBES
(India/State)

B-9 MAIN WORKERS BY EDUCATIONAL LEVEL,AGE AND SEX

(India/State/District/City)

B-10 MARGINAL WORKERS CLASSIFIED BY INDUSTRIAL

CATEGORY OF WORK AND THEIR MAIN ACTIVITY
(India/State/District)

B-11 MARGINAL WORKERS BY MAIN ACTIVITY, AGE AND SEX

(India/State/District)

B-11 SC MARGINAL WORKERS BY MAIN ACTIVITY, AGE AND SEX

FOR SCHEDULED CASTES
(India/State)

B-11 ST MARGINAL WORKERS BY MAIN ACTIVITY, AGE AND SEX

FOR SCHEDULED TRIBES
(India/State)

B-12 MARGINAL WORKERS BY MAIN ACTIVITY, AGE, SEX AND

RELIGIOUS COMMUNITY
(India/State)

B-13 NON-WORKERS BY MAIN ACTIVITY, AGE AND SEX

(India/State/District)

B-13 SC NON-WORKERS BY MAIN ACTIVITY, AGE AND SEX FOR

SCHEDULED CASTES
(India/State/District)

B-13 ST NON-WORKERS BY MAIN ACTIVITY, AGE AND SEX FOR SCHEDULED

TRIBES
(India/State/District)

B-14 NON-WORKERS BY MAIN ACTIVITY, AGE, SEX AND

RELIGIOUS COMMUNITY
(India/State)

B-15 NON-WORKERS BY MAIN ACTIVITY, EDUCATIONAL LEVEL AND

SEX
(India/State/District)

B-16 MARGINAL WORKRS AND NON WORKERS

SEEKING/AVAILABLE FOR WORK CLASSIFIED BY EDUCATIONAL LEVEL, AGE
AND SEX
(India/State/District)

B-17 FEMALE WORKERS CLASSIFIED BY INDUSTRIAL

CATEGORY AND MARITAL STATUS
(India/State)

B-18 INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION OF MAIN WORKERS AND

MARGINAL WORKERS OTHER THAN CULTIVATORS AND AGRICULTURAL
LABOURERS BY SEX AND BY SECTION, DIVISION AND CLASS.
(India/State/District)

149 Manual on Population Census

B-18 SC INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION OF SCHEDULED CASTE
MAIN WORKERS AND MARGINAL WORKERS OTHER THAN CULTIVATORS AND
AGRICULTURAL LABOURERS BY SEX AND BY SECTION, DIVISION AND CLASS
FOR SCHEDULED CASTES
(India/State)

B-18 ST INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION OF SCHEDULED TRIBE

MAIN WORKERS AND MARGINAL WORKERS OTHER THAN CULTIVATORS AND
AGRICULTURAL LABOURERS BY SEX AND BY SECTION, DIVISION AND CLASS
FOR SCHEDULED TRIBES
(India/State)

B-19 INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION OF MAIN WORKERS IN

MANUFACTURING PROCESSING, SERVICING AND REPAIRS BY HOUSEHOLD
INDUSTRY AND NON-HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY
(India/State/District)

B-20 INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION OF MAIN AND

MARGINAL WORKERS IN MANUFACTURING, PROCESSING, SERVICING AND
REPAIRS IN HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY BY SEX AND CLASS OF WORKER
(India/State/District/City)

B-20 SC INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION OF MAIN AND

MARGINAL WORKERS IN MANUFACTURING, PROCESSING, SERVICING AND
REPAIRS IN HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY BY SEX AND CLASS OF WORKER FOR
SCHEDULED CASTES
(India/State/District/City)

B-20 ST INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATIN OF MAIN AND

MARGINAL WORKERS IN MANUFACTURING, PROCESSING, SERVICING AND
REPAIRS IN HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY BY SEX AND CLASS OF WORKER FOR
SCHEDULED TRIBES
(India/State/District/City)

B-21 CLASSIFICATION OF MAIN WORKERS IN NON-

HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY, TRADE, BUSINESS, PROFESSION OR SERVICE BY CLASS
OF WORKER, AGE AND SEX
(India/State/District)

B-22 INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION OF MAIN AND

MARGINAL WORKERS IN NON-HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY, TRADE, BUSINESS,
PROFESSION OR SERVICE BY CLASS OF WORKER AND SEX
(India/State/District/City)

B-22 SC INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION OF MAIN AND

MARGINAL WORKERS IN NON-HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY, TRADE, BUSINESS,
PROFESSION OR SERVICE BY CLASS OF WORKER AND SEX FOR SCHEDULED
CASTES
(India/State/District/City)

B-22 ST INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION OF MAIN AND

MARGINAL, WORKERS IN NON-HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY, TRADE, BUSINESS,
PROFESSION OR SERVICE BY CLASS OF WORKER AND SEX FOR SCHEDULED
TRIBES
(India/State/District/City)

B-23 OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION OF MAIN WORKERS

150 Manual on Population Census

OTHER THAN CULTIVATORS AND AGRICULTURAL LABOURERS BY INDUSTRIAL
CATEGORY AND SEX.
(India/State)

B-24 OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION OF MAIN WORKERS

IN NON-HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY, TRADE, BUSINESS, PROFESSION OR SERVICE
BY CLASS OF WORKER AND SEX.
(India/State/District/City)

B-25 OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION OF MAIN WORKERS

OTHER THAN CULTIVATORS AND AGRICULTURAL LABOURER BY SEX.
(India/State/District)

B-25 SC OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION OF MAIN WORKERS

OTHER THAN CULTIVATORS AND AGRICULTURAL LABOURERS BY SEX FOR
SCHEDULED CASTES
(India/State/District)

B-25 ST OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION OF MAIN

WORKERS OTHER THAN CULTIVATORS AND AGRICULTURAL LABOURERS BY
SEX FOR SCHEDULED TRIBES
(India/State/District)

B-26 OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION OF MAIN WORKERS

AND MARGINAL WORKERS OTHER THAN CULTIVATORS AND AGRICULTURAL
LABOURERS BY AGE AND SEX
(India/State/District)

B-27 OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION OF MAIN WORKERS

AND MARGINAL WORKERS OTHER THAN CULTIVATORS AND AGRICULTURAL
LABOURERS BY SEX AND EDUCATIONAL LEVEL.
(India/State/District)

B-28 OTHER WORKERS’ BY DISTANCE FROM RESIDENCE TO

PLACE OF WORK AND MODE OF TRAVEL TO PLACE OF WORK
(India/State/District/City/Urban Agglomeration)

B-29 ‘OTHER WORKERS’ BY DISTANCE FROM RESIDENCE TO

PLACE OF WORK, OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION AND MODE OF
TRANSPORTATION.
(India/State/District/City/Urban Agglomeration)

151 Manual on Population Census

 ANNEX 3 (Contd)
Tables generated in 1991-2001 census and their level of presentation
C-Series-Social and Cultural tables

Table Description Level of Presentation

No.
1991 Census

C-1 Age, sex and marital status. State/District/R/U/million +City

C-2 Age, sex and level of State/District

education-All areas.
C-2 Age, sex and level of State/District/City
Part A education-Urban.
C-3 Attending School/College State/District
Part A by completed level of
education, age and sex -
Urban.

C-3 Attending School/College State/District

Part B by completed level of
education, age and sex -
Rural.
C-4 Population (Ages 5-19) by State/District/City/R/U
single year of age, school
attendance and
economic activity

152 Manual on Population Census

C-5 Single year age returns. State/R/U

C-6 Population by five year State/District/R/U

age group and sex.

C-7 Distribution of the 18 State/District/Tehsil/Town

Part Scheduled Languages
A(i)-F

C-7 Distribution of the Mother State/District/Tehsil/Town

Part Tongues (having a
A(ii)-F minimum of 10,000
speakers in India) included
under each of the 18
scheduled languages

C-7 Distribution of the 96 Non- State/District/Tehsil/Town

Part B(i) Scheduled Languages

C-7 Distribution of the Mother State/District/Tehsil/Town

Part Tongues (having a
B(ii) minimum of 10,000
speakers in India) included
under each of the 96 non
scheduled languages

C-8(S) Bilingualism State

C-9 Religion State/District/Tehsil/Town

Appen Details of Religions shown State/District

dix under "other religions and
persuasions" in main Table
C-9

Annexu Details of State/District

re Sects/Beliefs/Religions
clubbed with another
religion.
C-10 Households by composition State/District/City
and size
2001 Census

153 Manual on Population Census

C-1 Population by Religious State/District/Tehsil/Town
communities

C-1 Details of Religious State/District

Appen communities shown under
dix "other religions and
persuasions" in main Table
C-1

C-1 Details of State/District

Annexu Sects/Beliefs/Religions
re clubbed under specific
religious community.

C-2 Marital status by age and State/District/City/T/R/U

sex.

C-2 SC Marital status by age and State/District/City/T/R/U

sex for scheduled castes.

C-2-ST Marital status by age and State/District/City/T/R/U

sex Scheduled tribes.

C-3 Marital status by religious State/District/T/R/U

communities and sex.

C-3 Marital status by religious State/T/R/U

Appen communities,age and sex.
dix

C-4 Ever married and currently State/T/R/U

married population by age
at marriage and duration
of marriage
C-4 SC Ever married and currently State/T/R/U
married population by age
at marriage and duration
of marriage for Scheduled
Castes
C-4 ST Ever married and currently State/T/R/U
married population by age
at marriage and duration
of marriage Scheduled
Tribes
C-5 Ever married and currently State/T/R/U
married population by age
at marriage and duration
of marriage and religious
communities

154 Manual on Population Census

C-6 Ever married and currently State/District/T/R/U
married population by age
at marriage, duration of
marriage and educational
level
C-7 Ever married and currently State/District/T/R/U
married population by age
at marriage, duration of
marriage ,work status and
occupation
C-8 Educational level by age State/District/City/T/R/U
and sex for population
aged 7 and over.

C-8- Educational level graduate State/District/City/T/R/U

Appen and above by sex for
dix population aged 15 and
above
C-8-SC Educational level by age, State/District/City/T/R/U
and sex for population
aged 7 and over.

C-8- Educational level graduate State/District/City/T/R/U

Appen and above by sex for
dix Schedule caste age 15
and above
C-8-ST Educational level by age State/District/City/T/R/U
and sex for population
aged 7 and over.
C-8- Educational level graduate State/District/City/T/R/U
Appen and above by sex for
dix Scheduled tribes aged 15
and above
C-9 Educational level by State/T/R/U
religious community and
sex for population aged 7
and over.
C-10 Population attending State/District/City/T/R/U
educational institutions
age, sex and type of
educational institution.
C-10 Population attending State/District/City/T/R/U
SC educational institutions
age, sex and type of
educational institution for
scheduled caste
population.
C-10 ST Population attending State/District/City/T/R/U
educational institutions
age, sex and type of
educational institution for
schduled tribes.
C-11 Population attending State/District/City/T/R/U
educational institution by
completed level of
education, age and sex

155 Manual on Population Census

C-12 Population age 5-19 State/District/City/T/R/U
attending educational
institution by economic
activity status and sex
C-12 Population age 5-19 State/District/City/T/R/U
SC attending educational
institution by economic
activity status and sex for
scheduled castes
C-12 ST Population age 5-19 State/District/City/T/R/U
attending educational
institution by economic
activity status and sex for
scheduled tribes
C-13 Single year age returns by State/District/T/R/U
sex
C-13 Single year age returns by State/T/R/U
Appen sex and literacy status
dix
C-13 Single year age returns by State/District
SC sex and literacy status for
scheduled castes
C-13 ST Single year age returns by State/District
sex and literacy status for
scheduled tribes

C-14 Population by five year State/District/City/T/R/U

age group and sex.
C-14 Population by five year State/District/City/T/R/U
SC age group and sex for
scheduled castes.

C-14 ST Population by five year State/District/City/T/R/U

age group and sex
scheduled tribes.

C-15 Religious community by State/District/City/T/R/U

age and sex
C-16 Population by mother State/District/Tehsil/Town
tongue(Alphabetical
order)
C-17 Population by bilingualism State
and trilingualism

C-18 Population by bilingualism, State/District/City/T/R/U

trilingualism age and sex
C-19 Population by bilingualism, State/District/City/T/R/U
trilingualism, educational
level and sex
C20 Disabled population by State/District/City/T/R/U
type of disability age and
sex
C20 SC Disabled population by State/City/T/R/U
type of disability age and
sex for scheduled tribes

C20 ST Disabled population by State/City/T/R/U

type of disability age and
sex for scheduled castes
156 Manual on Population Census
C21 Disabled population by State/City/T/R/U
type of disability ,marital
status and sex
C22 Disabled population in State/City/T/R/U
ages 5-19 attending school
or college by type of
disability and sex
C23 Disabled population State/City/T/R/U
among main workers,
marginal workers by type
of disability age and sex
C24 Disabled population State/City/T/R/U
among non workers by
type of disability and sex
C25 Industrial classification of State/City/T/R/U
disabled workers by type of
disability and sex
C26 Occupational classification State/City/T/R/U
of disabled workers other
than cultivators and
agricultural labourers by
type of disability and sex
C27 Disabled among 'Other State/City/T/R/U
workers' by type of
disability, distance from
residence to place of work
and sex
C28 Disabled among 'Other State/T/R/U
workers' by distance from
residence to place of work,
sex and mode of travel to
place of work
C29 Disabled population by State/T/R/U
type of disability,
educational level and sex
C30 Disabled population by State/T/R/U
type of disability, type of
household and sex

157 Manual on Population Census

 ANNEX 3 (Contd..)
Tables generated in 1991-2001 census and their level of presentation
D-Series Migration Tables
Level of
presentati
Table no Description on
1991 Census
D-1(S) Population classified by place of birth. State/Distri
ct
D-2(S) Migrants classified by place of last residence and duration of State
residence in place of enumeration.
Appendix(S) Migrants classified by place of last residence and duration of State/Distri
residence in place of enumeration. ct
D-3(S) Migrants by place of last residence, duration of residence and State/City
reason for migration
D-4(S) Main-workers, marginal workers, non workers, those non workers State/City
seeking/available for work and literacy from among migrants
reporting 'Employment' as reason for migration by age, sex and
duration of residence. reporting 'employment' as reason for
migration by age, sex and duration of residence.
D-5(S) Migrants from rural areas within the state of enumeration reporting State/City
'employment' as reason for migration by age, sex, educational
level and duration of residence-Urban.
D-6(S) Migrants from urban areas within the state of enumeration State/City
reporting 'employment' as reason for migration by age, sex,
educational level and duration of residence - Urban.
D-7(S) Migrants from rural areas outside the state of enumeration State/City
reporting 'employment' as reason for migration by age, sex,
educational level and duration of residence - Urban.
D-8(S) Migrants from urban areas outside the state of enumeration State/City
reporting 'employment' as reason for migration by age, sex,
educational level and duration of residence - Urban.
D-9(S) Migrants reporting 'employment' as reason for migration, now State/City
seeking/available for work by age, sex ,educational level and
duration of residence-Urban
D-10(S) Migrants by place of last residence to cities by reason for City
migration
D-11(S) Migrants workers by place of last residence and industrial State/Distri
category. ct/City
D-11(F) Migrants workers other than cultivators and agricultural labourers State/Distri
by place of last residence and industrial category. ct/City
D-12(F) Migrants workers (other than cultivators and agricultural labourers) State/Distri
from place of last residence by occupational division. ct/City
D-13(S) Migrants from place of last residence by age, sex, educational State/City
level and duration of residence.
D-14(F) Migrant workers (other than cultivators and agricultural labourers) State/City
Reporting 'employment as reason for migration by duration of
residence, educational level, occupational division and sex
D-15(S) Persons born in other districts of the state and enumerated in this District
district.
D-16 Part Migrants by place of last residence with duration of residence of State
A(S) 0-9 years by age - Urban.
D-16 Part Migrants by place of last residence with duration of residence of State
B(S) 0-9 years by age - Rural.
D-17 (S) Migrants by literacy, main workers, marginal workers and non- State/Distri
workers among them. ct/City
2001 Census

158 Manual on Population Census

D1 Population classified by place of birth and sex State
D-1 Districts
Appendix
D-2 Migrants classified by place of last residence, sex and duration of District
residence in the place of enumeration
D-2 SC Migrants classified by place of last residence, sex and duration of District
residence in the place of enumeration
D-2 ST Migrants classified by place of last residence, sex and duration of District
residence in the place of enumeration
D-3 Migrants by place of last residence, duration of residence and States/
reason for migration Cities
D-3 SC Migrants by place of last residence, duration of residence and States/
reason for migration Cities
D-3 ST Migrants by place of last residence, duration of residence and States/
reason for migration Cities
D-4 Migrants by place of last residence, age, sex, educational level State
and duration of residence
D-5 Migrants by place of last residence, age, sex, reason for migration States/
and duration of residence Cities

D-6 Migrants by place of last residence, economic activity, age, sex States/
and duration of residence Cities
D-7 Migrants by place of last residence with duration 0-9 years States/Distr
reporting ‘work/employment’ as reason for migration by age, sex icts/Cities
and educational, level
D-8 Migrant workers by place of last residence and industrial category States/
Cities
D-9 Migrant workers (officer other than cultivators and agricultural States/Distr
labourers) from place of last residence and occupation division icts/Cities
D-10 Migrants by place of last residence, age, sex, marital status and States/Distr
duration of residence 0-9 years icts/Cities
D-11 Persons born and enumerated in districts of the state District
D-11 SC Persons born and enumerated in districts of the state District
D-11 ST Persons born and enumerated in districts of the state District
D-12 Migrants by place of last residence with duration of residence as State
0-9 years and age

159 Manual on Population Census

 ANNEX 3 (Contd..)
Tables generated in 1991-2001 census and their level of presentation
F-Series-Fertility tables

1991 census

F-1 Currently married women by duration of marriage, age at State

Par marriage and religion-Urban.
tA
F-1 Currently married women by duration of marriage, age at State
Par marriage and religion- Rural.
tB
F-2 Currently married women by duration of marriage, age at State
Par marriage and Educational level - Urban.
tA
F-2 Currently married women by duration of marriage, age at State
Par marriage and Educational level - Rural.
tB
F-3 Currently married women by duration of marriage, age at State
Par marriage and work status, occupation - Urban.
tA
F-3 Currently married women by duration of marriage, age at State
Par marriage and work status, occupation - Rural.
tB
F-4 Currently married women by present age, religion and births State
Par during last year by birth order - Urban.
tA
F-4 Currently married women by present age, religion and births State
Par during last year by birth order - Rural.
tB
F-5 Currently married women by present age, educational level State
Par and births during last year by birth order - Urban.
tA
F-5 Currently married women by present age, educational level State
Par and births during last year by birth order - Rural.
tB
F-6 Currently married women by present age, work status, State
Par occupation and births during last year by birth order - Urban.
tA
F-6 Currently married women by present age, work status, State
Par occupation and births during last year by birth order - Rural.
tB
F-7 Ever married women by present age, parity, religion and total State
Par children ever born by sex - Urban.
tA
F-7 Ever married women by present age, parity, religion and total State
Par children ever born by sex - Rural.
tB
F-8 Ever married women by present age, parity, educational level State
Par and total children ever born by sex - Urban.
tA

160 Manual on Population Census

F-8 Ever married women by present age, parity, educational level State
Par and total children ever born by sex - Rural.
tB
F-9 Ever married women by present age, parity, work status, State
Par occupation and total children ever born by sex - Urban.
tA
F-9 Ever married women by present age, parity, work status, State
Par occupation and total children ever born by sex - Rural.
tB
F- Women by age group, ever married women by present State
10 age, number of surviving children, religion and total number of
Par surviving children by sex - urban
tA
F- Women by age group, ever married women by present State
10 age, number of surviving children, religion and total number of
Par surviving children by sex - Rural
tB

F- Women by age group, ever married women by present age, State

11 number of surviving children, educational level and total
Par number of surviving children by sex - urban
tA
F- Women by age group, ever married women by present age, State
11 number of surviving children, educational level and total
Par number of surviving children by sex - Rural
tB
F- Women by age group, ever married women by present age, State
12 number of surviving children, work status, occupation and total
Par number of surviving children by sex - Urban.
tA
F- Ever married women by age at marriage, currently married State/District
15 women by age at marriage and duration of marriage.

F- Currently married women by present age and births during last State/District
16 year by birth order.

F- Ever married and currently married women by present age and State/District
17 parity and total number of children ever born by sex.

F- Ever married and currently married women by present age, State/District

18 number of surviving children and total surviving children by sex.

2001 census
F-1 Number of women and ever married women by present age, India/State
parity and total children ever born by sex /District/ T/R/U
F- Number of women and ever married women by present age, India/State
1S parity and total children ever born by sex /District/ T/R/U
C
F- Number of women and ever married women by present age, India/State
1ST parity and total children ever born by sex /District/ T/R/U
F-3 Number of women and ever married women by present age, India/State
parity, educational level and total children ever born by sex /District/ T/R/U

F-5 Number of women and ever married women by present age, India/State
number of surviving children and total surviving children by sex /District/ T/R/U

161 Manual on Population Census

F-5 Number of women and ever married women by present age, India/State
SC number of surviving children and total surviving children by sex /District/ T/R/U
for scheduled caste
F-5 Number of women and ever married women by present age, India/State
ST number of surviving children and total surviving children by sex /District/ T/R/U
for scheduled tribe
F-6 Number of women and ever married women by present age, India/State
religious community, number of surviving children and total /District/ T/R/U
surviving children by sex
F-7 Number of women and ever married women by present age, India/State
educational level, number of surviving children and total /District/ T/R/U
surviving children by sex
F-8 Number of women and ever married women by present age, India/State
economic activity, number of surviving children and total /District/ T/R/U
surviving children by sex
F-9 Number of women and currently married women by present India/State
age, number of births last year by sex and birth order /District/ T/R/U
F-9 Number of women and currently married women by present India/State
SC age, number of births last year by sex and birth order /District/ T/R/U

F-9 Number of women and currently married women by present India/State

ST age, number of births last year by sex and birth order /District/ T/R/U
F- Number of women and currently married women by present India/State
10 age, religious community, number of births last year by sex and /District/ T/R/U
birth order
F- Number of women and currently married women by present India/State
11 age, educational level number of births last year by sex and /District/ T/R/U
birth order
F- Number of women and currently married women by present India/State
12 age, economic activity number of births last year by sex and /District/ T/R/U
birth order
F1 Ever married women by number of children ever born, number India/ State
3 of male children ever born and number of surviving children by
sex
F- Currently married women by number of children ever born, India/ State
14 number of male children ever born and number of surviving
children by sex

162 Manual on Population Census

 Tables generated in 1991-2001 census and their level of presentation
1991 CENSUS
H-series-Tables on Houses and
household amenities
H-1 Census houses and the uses to which State/District/City
they are put.
H-2(Part A) Distribution of census houses by State/District/City
predominant material of roof, wall
and floor of census houses- Urban.
Appendix Distribution of households by State/District/City
predominant material of roof, wall
and floor of residential census houses
occupied by them - Urban.
H-2(Part B) Distribution of census houses by State/District
predominant material of roof, wall
and floor of census houses- Rural.
Appendix Distribution of households by State/District
predominant material of roof, wall
and floor of residential census houses
occupied by them - Rural.
H-3 Households by tenure status, size and State/District/City
number of rooms occupied.
H-3 SC Households belonging to scheduled State/District
castes by tenure status, size and
number of rooms occupied.
H-3 ST Households belonging to scheduled State/District
tribes by tenure status, size and
number of rooms occupied.
H-4 Households and distribution of 1000 State/District/Tehsil/Town
population by availability of
electricity and toilet facilities and
tenure status of house occupied.
H-4 SC Households and distribution of 1000 State/District
population of scheduled castes by
availability of electricity and toilet
facilities and tenure status of house
occupied
H-4 ST Households and distribution of 1000 State/District
population of scheduled tribes by
availability of electricity and toilet
facilities and tenure status of house
occupied
H-5 Households classified by source of State/District/Town
drinking water, availability of
electricity and toilet facilities.
H-5 SC Households belonging to scheduled State/District
castes classified by source of drinking
water, availability of electricity and
toilet facilities.
H-5 ST Households belonging to scheduled State/District
tribes classified by source of drinking
water, availability of electricity and
toilet facilities.
H-6 Households by type of fuel used for State/District/Tehsil/Town
cooking.
H-6 SC Households belonging to scheduled State/District
castes by type of fuel used for
cooking.

163 Manual on Population Census

H-6 ST Households belonging to scheduled State/District
tribes by type of fuel used for
cooking.

2001 census
HH1 Normal Households By Household Size India/state/district/sub-
dist./city
HH1 SC Normal Households By Household Size India/state/district
HH1ST Normal Households By Household Size India/state/district

HH2 Houseless Households By Household India/State/Dist./ City

Size
HH3 Institutional Household By Household India/State/Dist./ City
Size
HH5 Households with number of aged India/State/Dist./ City
persons 60 years and above by sex
and household size
HH6 Households by marital status, sex and India/State/Dist.
age of the head of Household
HH7 ST Household by religion, sex of the India/State
Head of Household and Household
size
Households by number of literates
among the members of household
HH9 age 7 years and above India/State/Dist.
HH9 Appendix-A Households by number of male India/State/Dist.
literates among male members of the
household age 7 years and above
HH9 Appendix-B Households by number of female India/State/Dist.
literates among female members of
the household age 7 years and
above
HH9 SC Households by number of literates India/State/Dist.
among the members of household
Age 7 years and above
HH9 SC Appendix Households by number of male India/State/Dist.
A literates among male members of
household Age 7 years and above
HH9 SC Appendix Households by number of female India/State/Dist.
B literates among female members of
household Age 7 years and above
HH9 ST Households by number of literates India/State/Dist.
among the members of household
Age 7 years and above

164 Manual on Population Census

HH9 ST Appendix Households by number of male India/State/Dist.
A literates among male members of
household Age 7 years and above
HH9 ST Appendix Households by number of female India/State/Dist.
B literates among female members of
household Age 7 years and above
HH 12 Households by number of Literates, India/State
Religion of the head of the household
and household size
HH 13 Households with at least one member India/State/Dist.
Age 15 years and above and with or
without educational level
matriculation and above by
household size
HH 14 Household having children in the Age India/State/Dist.
group 5-14 years by number of
children attending school
HH 14 Appendix Household having Female children in India/State/Dist.
the Age group 5-14 years by number
of Female children attending school
HH 14 SC Household having children in the Age India/State/Dist.
group 5-14 years by number of
children attending school
HH 14 ST Household having children in the Age India/State/Dist.
group 5-14 years by number of
children attending school
HH 15 Household with number of Workers India/State/Dist.
and number of Main Workers
HH 15 Appendix Household with number of Workers by India/State/Dist.
Household size
HH 16 Households by size and number of India/State/Dist.
members seeking/available for Work
HH 16 Appendix Households by size and number of India/State/Dist.
Female members seeking/available
for Work
HH 17 Households by number of disabled India/State
persons and household size
HH 17 Append. A Households by number of disabled India/State
Males and Household size
HH 17 Append. B Households by number of disabled India/State
Males and Household size
HH 18 Households by net area of land (in India/State/Dist.
Hectares) under
Cultivation/Plantation and Household
size
HH 18 SC Households belonging to Scheduled India/State/Dist.
Castes by net area of land (in
Hectares) under Cultivation/
Plantation and Household size
HH 18 ST Households belonging to Scheduled India/State/Dist.
Tribes by net area of land (in
Hectares) under Cultivation/
Plantation and Household size
HH 19 Households engaged in India/State/Dist.
Cultivation/Plantation by net area of
irrigated land (in hectares) and
household size

165 Manual on Population Census

HH 19 SC Households belonging to Scheduled India/State/Dist.
Castes engaged in Cultivation/
Plantation by net area of irrigated
land (in hectares) and household size
HH 19 ST Households belonging to Scheduled India/State/Dist.
Tribes engaged in Cultivation/
Plantation by net area of irrigated
land (in hectares) and household size
HH 20 Households engaged in India/State/Dist.
Cultivation/Plantation by tenure
status of the land and household size
HH 20 SC Households belonging to Scheduled India/State/Dist.
Castes engaged in Cultivation/
Plantation by tenure status of the
land and household size
HH 20 ST Households belonging to Scheduled India/State/Dist.
Tribes engaged in Cultivation/
Plantation by tenure status of the
land and household size
HH 21 Households engaged in India/State/Dist.
Cultivation/Plantation classified by
tenure status, net area of land (in
Hectares) and household size
HH 21 SC Households belonging to Scheduled India/State/Dist.
Castes engaged in Cultivation/
Plantation classified by tenure status,
net area of land (in Hectares) and
household size
HH 21 ST Households belonging to Scheduled India/State/Dist.
Tribes engaged in Cultivation/
Plantation classified by tenure status,
net area of land (in Hectares) and
household size

166 Manual on Population Census

 ANNEX 4
Tables released in Indian Censuses-1871-1981

GENERAL POPULATION TABLES

1981
A-1. Area, houses and population
A-2. Decadal variation in population since 1901
A-3. Villages classified by population size
1971
A-I. Area, houses and population
A-II. Decadal variation in population since 1901
A-III. Villages classified by population
1961
A-I. Area, houses and population
A-II. Variation in population during sixty years
A-III. Villages classified by population
1951
A-I. Area, houses and population (Total, Rural
& Urban)
A-II. Variation in population during sixty years
A-III. Towns and Villages classified by population
1941
I. Area, houses and population
II. Variation in population during fifty years
III. Towns and villages classified by population
1931
I. Area, houses and population
II. Variation in population during forty years
III. Towns and villages classified by population
A-4. Towns and Urban agglomerations classified
by population in 1981 with variation since 1901
A-5. Standard Urban Areas
Union/State Primary Census Abstract
Urban/Village Primary Census Abstract
A-4. Towns and urban agglomerations
Classified by population in 1971 with
variation since 1901
A-V. Standard Urban Areas
Union/State Primary Census Abstract
Urban Block /Village Primary Census Abstract
A IV. Towns and town groups classified by
population in 1961 with variation since 1901
Union/State Primary Census Abstract
A IV. Towns and town groups classified by
population in with variation since 1901
A V. Towns arranged territorially with population
by livelihood classes
Summary Figures by District/ Taluk /Tehsil
IV. Cities classified by population with
Variation since 1891
V. Towns arranged territorially with population by
communities
VI. Summary figures of provinces and states by
districts, etc.
IV. Towns classified by population with
variation since 1881
V. Towns arranged territorially with population by
religion
VI. Summary figures for districts

167 Manual on Population Census

 GENERAL POPULATION TABLES (Contd...)
1921
I. Area, houses and population IV. Cities classified by population with
Variation since 1872
II. Variation in population since 1872 V. Town arranged territorially with population by
religion
III. Towns and villages classified by VI. Summary figures for districts
population
1911
I. Area, houses and population
II. Variation in population since 1872 IV. Urban population and its variation since 1872
III. Towns and villages classified by V. Summary figures for districts
population
1901
I. Area, houses and population
II. Variation in population since 1872 IV. Urban population and its variation since 1872
III. Towns and villages classified by V. Summary figures for districts
population
1891
I. Area houses and population IV. Towns and villages classified by
population.
II. Variation in the enumerated population V. Town arranged territorially with population
since last census by religion
III. Towns according to population compared
with the preceding census
1881
I. Area and population III. Abstract showing the number of villages
and towns throughout the empire classified
according to the number of inhabitants.
II. Movement of the population IV. Towns arranged according to population
of 20,000 and upwards.
1872
I. Area, village, houses and population with III. Houses, their classification, number of
their averages. their inhabitants, average number per house

II. Population by sexes with per centages IV. Number of villages and towns having a
population of 5,000 or upwards.

V. Classification of towns and villages

specified according to population.

168 Manual on Population Census

 ECONOMIC TABLES
1981
B-1. Main workers, marginal workers and non
workers classified by age and sex.
B-2. Main workers, marginal workers and non-
workers by age, sex and literacy – Urban
B-3. Main workers classified by industrial
category, age and sex.
B-4. Part B-Main workers classified by
industrial category, educational level and
sex – Rural.
B-5. Part A – Main workers by age, sex
educational level – Urban.
B-6. other work of main workers and work of
marginal workers by broad category cross
– classified by main activity.
B-7. Marginal workers by industrial category,
age and sex.
B-8. Part – A – Marginal workers by industrial
category and non-workers by educational
level and sex – Rural.
B-9. Person seeking/ available for work by
marginal workers /non workers age and
sex.
B-10. Part – A – person seeking/available for
work by age sex and educational level –
rural.
B-20. Part B –Occupational classification of
main workers other than cultivators and
agricultural labourers by sex and age-
Rural.
B-21. Part A – Occupational classification of
main workers other than cultivators and
agricultural labourers by sex and
educational level – urban.
169
B-11. Female main workers classified by
industrial category, age and marital status.
B-12. Industrial classification of main workers
other than cultivators and agricultural
labourers by sex and by divisions, major
groups and minor groups.
B-13.Main workers in manufacturing processing,
servicing and repairs by household
industry and non-household industry.
B-14. Industrial classification of main workers in
manufacturing, processing, servicing and
repairs on household industry basis by
sex and class of workers.
B-15. Classification of main workers in non-
household industry, trade, business,
profession or service by class of worker
age and sex.
B-16. Industrial classification for main workers in
non-household industry, trade, business
profession or service by class of worker
and sex.
B-17. Industrial classification of marginal
workers engaged in work other than
cultivation and agricultural labour by sex.
B-18. Occupational classification of main
workers other than cultivators and
agricultural labourers by sex.
B-19. Occupational classification of main
workers in non-household industry, trade,
business, profession or service by class of
workers and sex.
B-20. Part A- Occupational classification of main
workers other than cultivators and
agricultural labourers by sex and age –
urban.
B.21. Part B- Occupational classification of main
workers other then cultivators and
agricultural labourers by sex and
educational level – Rural.
B-22. Marginal workers and non-workers by
main activity, age sex and whether
seeking/available for work.
Manual on Population Census
 ECONOMIC TABLES
1971
B-I. Part A-Workers and non-workers
according to main activity calcified by sex
and age groups.
Part B – Female workers and non-workers
according to main activity classified by
marital status and age-groups.
B-II Workers and non-workers in cities and
non-city urban areas according to main
activity by sex and age-groups
B-III
Part A – Classification of workers and non –
workers, according to main activity by
educational levels in urban areas only.
Part-B Classification of workers and non workers
according to main activity by
educational levels in rural areas only.
B-IV.
Part-A –Industrial classification of persons at
work other than at cultivation as main
activity by sex and divisions, major
groups and minor groups.
Part-B Industrial classification of workers in
manufacturing, processing, servicing
and repairs on household industry basis
as main activity by sex and class of
workers.
Part –C Classification of workers in non-
household industry, trade, business,
profession or service as main activity by
class of workers, age and sex.
Part-D Industrial classification by sex and class of
workers of persons at work in non-
household Industry, trade, business,
profession or service as main activity.
B-V Part-A Occupational classification by
sex of persons at work according to main
activity other than cultivation
BV-Part B-Occupational classification by sex and class
of worker in non-house-hold industry, trade,
business, profession or service as main
activity.
B-VI. Part -A(i) – Occupational classification of persons
at work according to main activity other than
cultivation.
Part A(ii) – Occupational classification of persons at
work according to main activity other than
cultivation classified by sex and educational
levels in urban areas only.
Part B(i) – Occupational classification of persons at
work according to main activity other than
cultivation by sex and age-group in rural areas
only.
Part B(ii) – Occupational classification of persons at
work according to main activity other than
cultivation classified by sec and educational
levels in rural areas only.
B-VII Secondary work i.e. persons having main activity
(i) Cultivators (ii) Agricultural labourers (iii)
Household industry (iv) Non-household industry
and (v) Non-workers classified by sex and by
secondary work (i) Household industry (ii)
Cultivator (iii) Agricultural labourer or (iv) Non-
household industry, trade, business or service.
B-VIII Persons classified as non-workers according to
main activity cross classified by sex, age-groups
and type of activity.
B-IX
Part A –Non-Workers categorised as others and 15
and above classified by sex, age-groups and
educational levels in urban areas only.
Part B –Non workers categorised as others aged 15
and above classified by sex, age-groups and
educational levels in rural areas only.
170 Manual on Population Census
 ECONOMIC TABLES
1961
B-I- Workers and non workers classified
by sex and broad age –group.
B-II Workers and on-workers in cities,
town groups and towns arrange
territorially classified by sex and broad
age-groups.
B-III
Part A- Industrial classification of workers
and non workers by educational levels
in urban areas only.
Part B– Industrial classification of workers
by educational levels in rural areas
only.
B-IV Part A- Industrial classification by sex
and class of workers of persons at
work at household industry.
Part B- Industrial classification by sec and
class of workers of persons at work at
household industry trade, business,
profession or service.
Part C – Industrial classification by sex and
divisions major groups and minor
groups of persons at work other than
cultivation.
B.V. Occupational classifications by sex of
persons at work other than cultivation.
1951
B-I Livelihood classes and sub-classes
(total, Rural and Urban).
B-II Secondary means of livelihood of
persons whose principal means of
livelihood is agriculture.
1941
I. Means of livelihood of independent
and party dependent persons.
171
B-VI Occupational divisions of persons at
work other than cultivation classified
by sex, broad age-group and
educational levels in urban areas
only.
B.VII Part A-person working
principally (i) As cultivators (ii) As
agricultural labourers or (iii) At
household industry classified by sex
and by secondary work (i) At
household industry (ii) as cultivators
(iii) As agricultural labourers.
Part B – Industrial classification by sex of
persons working in non-household
industry, trade, business profession or
service who are also engaged in
household industry.
B-VIII Part A – Person unemployed
aged 15 and above by sex, age-
groups and educational levels in
urban areas only.
Part B- Persons unemployed aged 15 and
above by sex and educational levels
in rural areas only.
B-IX Person not at work classified by sex,
broad age-groups and type of activity.
B-III Employers, employees and
independent workers in industries and
services by divisions and sub-
divisions.
II. Distribution of the population by class
of worker and major industry groups.
Manual on Population Census
 ECONOMIC TABLES
1931
I. Occupation or means of livelihood Part I – Castes
Part I – General Summary for India Part II – Europeans and Anglo-Indians
Part II – Provincial distribution
Part III – Cities.
II. Occupations of selected castes, tribes or III. Unemployment of educated persons.
races.

1921
I. Occupation or means of livelihood IV. Agricultural occupations as subsidiary to
Part I – General summary certain others.
Part II – provincial distribution
II. Occupation by selected castes, tribes or V. Distributions by religion of workers and
races. dependents in different occupations.
III. Subsidiary occupations of agriculturists, VI. Industrial statistics.
actual workers only.
1911
1. Occupation or means of livelihood Part Part D-Distribution of occupation by religion
A – General table of occupations (i)
General summary
(ii) Provincial distribution
Part B- Number of agriculturists with subsidiary Part E- - Statistics of industries (i) General
occupations. statement (ii)Provincial distribution

Part C- Showing for certain mixed 2. Occupation by selected castes, tribes or

Occupations the number of persons races.
who returned each as their (a) Principal Part I Indigenous castes, etc.
and (b) Subsidiary means of livelihood. Part II – Europeans, Armenians and Anglo
Indians.
1901
1. Occupation or Means of Livelihood Part II – Population supported-by order
Part I – General Statement
2. Caste, tribe and race by traditional and Part III – Provincial distribution of actual workers
actual occupation. by sub-orders.
1891
1. Occupation, by age Part B – Provincial distribution
Part A – Provincial summary
1881
1. Distribution of the male population 3. Distribution of the total population for
according to occupation arranged by India, male and female according to
provinces. occupations without specification of province of
state.
2. Distribution of the female population
according to occupation arranged by
provinces
1872
1. The occupations of the peoples in broad 2. The occupations of the peoples in broad
categories. categories in detail.

172 Manual on Population Census

 1981
SOCIAL AND CULTURAL TABLES
C-1 Age, sex and marital status
C-2 Age, sec and level of education – All
areas
C-2 SC-Age, sex and level of education for
scheduled castes – All areas.
C-2 ST – Age, sex and level of education for
scheduled tribes – All areas.
C-2 Part-A –Age, sex and level of education –
urban.
C-2 SC Part A-Age sex and level of education
for Scheduled castes – urban.
C-2 ST Part A- Age, sec and level of
education for Scheduled Tribes –urban.
C-3 Part A- Attending school/college by
completed level of education, age and
sex – rural.
C-3 Part B – Attending school/college by
completed level of education, age and
sex urban.
Migration Tables
D-1 Population classified by place of birth.
D-2 Migrants classified by place of last
residence and duration of residence in
place of enumeration.
D-3 Migrants by sex, place of last residence
duration or residence and reason for
migration.
D-4 Main workers, marginal workers non-
workers, those seeking/available for
work and literary among migrants
reporting `employment’ as reason for
migration by age, sex and duration of
residence.
D-5 Migrants from rural areas within state of
enumeration reporting employment, as
reason for migration by age, sex,
educational level and duration of
residence – urban.
D-6 Migrants from urban areas within the state of
enumeration reporting `employment’ as
reason for migration by age, sex,
educational level and duration of residence
– urban.
D-7 Migrants from rural areas outside the
state of enumeration reporting
`employment’ as reason for migration.
C-4 Children (Age 5-14) by singe year of age,
school attendance and economic activity.
C-4 SC – Children of scheduled castes (Age
5-14) by single year of age school
attendance and economic activity.
C-4 St – children of scheduled tribes (Age 5-
14) by single year of age, school
attendance and economic activity.
C-5 Single year age returns.
C-6 Population by five year age-groups and
sex.
C-7 Mother tongue (Alphabetical order)
C-8 Bilingualism
C-9 Religion
C-10 Households by composition and size.
by age, sex, educational level and duration of
residence – urban.
D-8. Migrants from urban areas outside the
state of enumeration reporting
employment’ as reason for migration by
age, sex, educational level and duration
of residence – urban.
D-9 Migrants reporting employment a reason
for migration, now seeking available for
work by age, sex, educational level and
duration of residence urban.
D-10 Migrants reporting education as reason
for migration, now seeking available for
work by age, sex educational level and
duration of residence – urban.
D-11 Migrants from place of last residence to
cities by age, sex, marital status and
educational level.
D-12 Migrant workers of cities reporting employment
as reason for migration by duration of
residence educational level, occupational
division and sex.
D-13 Persons born in other districts of the state
and enumerated in this district.
173 Manual on Population Census
 1971
SOCIAL AND CULTURAL TABLES
C-1Part-A – Members of households by
relationship to head of household
classified by age groups (20% Sample).
Part –B(i) House holds where the head is a male
by relationship of members with head.
Part B(ii) – Households where the head is a
female by relationship of members with
the head.
C-II age and marital status
C-III Part –A Age, sex and education in all areas
. Part –B Age, sex and education in urban areas
only.
Migration Tables
D-1 Migrants classified by place of last
residence and duration of residence in
place of enumeration.
D-II Migrants classified by place of last
residence and duration of residence in
place of enumeration.
D-III Migrants to urban units (including
agglomerations) having 100,000 and
above population classified by sex, broad
age groups, educational levels and in
case of workers by occupational
divisions.
SPECIAL TABLES FOR DEGREE HOLDERS AND TECHNICAL PERSONNEL
G-I Distribution of degree holders and
technical personnel in each subject field
by level of education.
G-II Distribution of degree holders and
technical personnel in each subject field
by status and levels of education.
G-III Distribution of degree holders and
technical personnel by level of education
and emoluments classified by sector of
employment.
G-IV Distribution of degree holders and
technical personnel by subject field age
groups and sector of employment further
classified by emoluments.
G-V Distribution of employed (other than self-
employed) degree holders and technical
personnel by type of organisation of
present employment classified by levels
of education and subject fields.
174
C-IV Single year age returns
C-V Mother tongue (alphabetical order)
C-VI Bilingualism
C-VIII Religion
C-VIII Scheduled castes and scheduled tribes.
Part A – Classification by literacy and
industrial category of workers and non-
workers according to main activity among
scheduled castes.
Part B- Classification by literacy and industrial
category of workers and non-workers
according to main activity among
scheduled tribes.
D.IV. Population of urban units (including
agglomerations) having 100,000 and
above population classified by place of
last residence and duration of residence.
D.V. Workers and non workers according to
main activity classified by place of last
residence.
D.VI. Migrants classified by place of last
residence age groups, duration of
residence and marital status.
G-VII .Distribution of degree holders and
technical personnel who are unemployed
and seeking employment in each subject
field by duration of unemployment, level
of education and sex.
G.VIII. Distribution of unemployed degree
holders and above in arts, humanities
and commerce classified by degrees and
their subjects.
G-IX Distribution of unemployed degree
holders and above in science and other
selected subjects classified by degrees
and their subjects.
G-X Distribution of unemployed persons
having qualification in
technical/vocational trades by subjects.
G-XI Degree holders and technical personnel
engaged in research by subject field and
levels of education.
Manual on Population Census
G.VI. Distribution of unemployed technical
personnel with engineering an technology
qualifications classified by degree and
diploma levels and by subject of such
degree and diploma.
1961
SOCIAL CULTURAL AND MIGRATION
TABLES
C-I Composition of sample households by
relationship to head of family (based on
20% sample).
C-II Age and marital status
C-III Part A- Age, sex and education in all
areas.
Part – B Age sex and education in urban areas
only.
Part –C Age, sex and education in rural areas
only
Appendix to table C-III
C-IV Single year age returns.
C-V Mother-tongue (Alphabetical Order)
C-VI Bilingualism
C-VII Religion
C-VIII Scheduled castes and scheduled tribes.
Part A – Classification by literacy and
industrial category of workers and non-
workers among scheduled castes
Migration Tables
D-1 Non – Indian Nationals
D-II Place of birth
D.III Migrants classified by place of birth and
duration of residence in place of
enumeration.
D.III-A Migrants from other states and outside
India (less than 5 years duration)
classified by age-groups.
G-XII. Distribution of degree holders and
technical personnel by country of
education, subject, field, level of
education and sex.
Scientific and Technical Personnel (ST)Table
Table 1-Distribution of ST personnel by Branch
and sub branch of science and technology-
union and state
Table 2:Age composition of persons in each
branch of science and technology-Union and
State
Table 3-Permanent addresses by branch of
education
State Table 2 type of activity and marital status
of persons in each branch of science and
technology
.State Table 3-Year of obtaining post graduate
degrees in physical sciences, graduates and
doctorates in engineering, technology and
selected branches of medicine.
State Table IV – persons holding degree in
engineering, technology and selected branches
of medicine and also degree in selected
branches of physical sciences
State Table V – Nature and sector of
employment of persons in each branch of
science or technology.
State Table VI – Total monthly income of
persons employed in each branch of science of
technology classified by sector to employment.
State Table VII- Tenure and sector of employment of
persons in each branch of science or technology.
State Table VIII – Age and period of unemployment of
unemployed persons qualified in any branch of
science or technology.
Part B- Classification by literacy and industrial
category of workers and non-workers
among scheduled tribes.
D-IV. Migrants to cities classified by sex, broad
age-groups educational levels and in
case of workers also by occupational
divisions and groups.
D-V Cities showing population born locally
Migrants from rural areas and migration
from other towns and cities.
D-VI. Distribution of industrial categories of
workers and non-workers by place of
birth.
175 Manual on Population Census
 1951
SOCIAL CULTURAL AND MIGRATION TABLES
C-I (i) Size and composition of sample C-II Livelihood classes by age-groups
households. C-III Age and civil condition
(ii) Family composition of sample C-IV Age and literacy
households.
C-V Single year returns D-III. Scheduled castes and scheduled tribes.
D-I Language D-V. Displaced persons
(i) Mother-tongue
(ii) Bilingualism
D-II. Religion D-VI Non-Indian nationals
Migration Tables
D-IV Migrants D-VII Livelihood classes by educational
standards.
SPECIAL TABULATION OF DISPLACED PERSONS
D-V (iii) Distribution by place or origin in Pakistan
(i) Zonal distribution by month of arrival in
India and place of origin
(ii) Distribution by year of arrival in India. (iv) Distribution by age and livelihood classes
(v) Distribution by age and civil condition
(vi) Distribution by age and literacy
1941
SOCIAL AND CULTURAL TABLES
1. Age and civil conditions 3. Communities
2. Age and literacy 4. Variation in population of selected tribes.
5. Age last birthday

1931
SOCIAL CULTUAL TABLES
1. Age Sex and civil condition by religion 6. Language
Part I – General table Part – I Mother –tongue
Part II – Provinces and states Part – II bilingualism
Part III – Cities
2. Civil condition by age for selected castes. 7. Religion
3. Infirmities 8. Race, caste or tribe
Part I – Distribution by provinces and states
Part II - Distribution by age
4. Literacy by religion and age 9. Variation in population or selected castes
Summary figures of literacy and tribes
Part I – General table
Part –II Distribution by provinces and states
Part III – Cities
5. Literacy by selected castes 10. Europeans and Anglo-Indians by race
and age:
Part – I – Details by provinces and state
Part – II Details by cities
Migration Tables
11. Birth place Part II – Cities
12. Part I – provinces and states Part III – Internal migration.
1921
SOCIAL AND CULTURAL TABLES
1. The population by religion 6. Infirmities:
Part I _ Summary by provinces and
states
Part II – Details by age
2. Age, sec and civil condition by religion 7. Caste, tribe, race or nationality
Part I _ General table for India Part I - Distribution of castes by religion and

176 Manual on Population Census

 Part II – Details by provinces and states. locality
Part II – Principal castes in each province, state
or agency
3. Literacy by religion and age . 8. Civil condition by age for selected castes
Part I _ General table for India
Part II – Details by provinces and states.
4. Literacy by selected castes,, tribes or 9. Christians by race and denominations
races.
5. Languages: 10. Europeans and allied races and Anglo
Part I _ General summary Indian by race and age.
Part II – Distribution by linguistic families Europeans and allied races (including
Part III – Linguistic distribution of each (Armenians)
province, state or agency (b)Anglo- Indians
Migration Table
11. Birth place Part III – Distribution of birth place by place of
enumeration
Part I – General distribution of population by birth Part IV Internal migration
place
Part II - Detailed distribution of population by
birth place.
1911
SOCIAL CULTURAL AND MIGRATION TABLES
Social and Cultural Tables
1. Urban population by religion Part I - General summary
2. Population by religion Part II – Distribution by linguistic families
3. Age sex and civil condition by religion Part III – Territorial distribution of each language
Part I – General table for India
Part II – Details by provinces and states.
4. Education Part IV – Territorial distribution of each province,
Part I – General tables for India state or agency
part II – Details by provinces & states
5. Education by selected castes, tribes or 7. Infirmities:
races. Part I – Summary by provinces and states
Part II – Details by age
6. Language 8. Infirmities by selected casts. Tribes or
races.
9. Caste, tribe, race or nationality
Part I – Distribution of castes by religion
and locality.
Part II – Principal castes in each province, state 11. Christians by race and denomination
or agency
10. Civil condition by age for selected castes 12. Europeans, Armenians and Anglo Indians
by race and age.
Migration Tables
13. Birth Place: Part III – Internal migration
Part I – General distribution of population by birth Part IV – Distribution of birth place by place of
place enumeration
Part II – Detailed distribution of population by
birth place

177 Manual on Population Census

 1901
SOCAIL AND CULTURAL TABLES
1. The Population by religion Part IV – Linguistic distribution of each province.
2. Age, sex and civil condition by religion 6. Infirmities:
Part I – summary by province
Part II – Details by age
3. Part I – General table for India 7. Infirmities by selected castes
Part II – Distribution by provinces and
states
3. Education 8. Civil condition by age for selected castes.
Part I – General table
Part – II By province’s sates and main
religions.
4. Education by selected castes, tribes or 9. Christians by race and denomination
races Part – I – B General return
Part I- B Territorial distribution by race
5. Language Part II – Distribution by provinces
Part – I General Statement Part III – Territorial distribution of each
Part II – Distribution by linguistic families denomination
Part III – Territorial distribution each 10. Europeans, Armenians and Eurasians by
language age.
Migration Table
11. Birthplace Part III – Internal migration
Part – I General distribution of population by birth Part IV – Territorial distribution of the foreign
place born.
Part – II Detailed distribution of population by
birth place
1891
SOCIAL AND CULTURAL TABLES
1. Religion 4. Civil Condition by religion and age
2. Age by religion 5. Education, by religion and age
3. Total population by age and civil condition 6. Parent – tongue.
7. Infirmities: 10. Europeans and Eurasians by age
Persons of unsound mind, deaf mutes,
blind, lepers by castes, tribes or race and
by age numerated on the British India
schedule.
8. Castes, tribes or races by nationality or 11. Castes, tribes and races by education
traditional occupation
9. Christian by set and race. 12. Castes, tribes and races by civil condition,
sex and age.
13. Birth place.

178 Manual on Population Census

 1881
SOCIAL CULTURAL AND MIGRATION TABLES
1. Distribution population by religion 9. Distribution of the population by age sex
and religion

2. Distribution of Mohammedan population 10. Distribution of the population by age sex

according to sect. and religion arranged by provinces.
3. Relative proportion of the sexes and of the 11. Distribution of population by languages
main religious divisions of the population and sex
4. The Civil condition of the population 12. Distribution of population according to
education
5. Distribution of the population by civil 13. Number of persons of unsound mind by
condition, age and sex, arranged by religion, province or by state age and sex.
religion
6. Distribution of the population by civil 14. Number of blind, deaf, mutes, laps by
condition, age sex and religion arranged religion, provinces or state ate and sex.
by provinces.
7. Distribution of the population by age and 15. Abstract of Hindu population according to
sex arranged by provinces or states. caste.
8. Distribution of the population by civil 16. Castes shown in any one province or
condition, age and sex arranged by state as exceeding 100,000.
provinces or states.
Migration Tables
17. Distribution of the population by birth place C. Details of birth places in Africa
A Details of birth places within Asia but D. Details of Birth places in America
outside the Indian Empire.
B. Details of birth places in other European E. Details of birth places in Australia
countries
F. Details of birth places unspecified and at
sea.

179 Manual on Population Census

 1872
SOCIAL CULTURAL AND MIGRATION TABLES
1. Population classified by different age
groups by sex and their per centages.
2. Classification of Hindu population by
different age-groups sex and their per
centages.
3. Classification of Muslim population by
different age-groups, sex and their per
centages.
7. Number of persons who are able to read
and write or under instructions by three
specified periods (12 years of age, 13
years to 20 years and 21 and above) for
males and females and their per centages.
9. Number of Muslims by sex who are able to
read and write or under instructions by
their specified periods (12 years of age, 13
years to 20 years and 21 years and
above) and their per centages.
10. Number of Buddhists by sex who are able
to read and wire or under instructions by
three specified period (12 years of age, 13
years to 20 years and 21 years and
above) and their per centages.
11. Number of others by sex who are able to
read and write or under instruction by
three specified periods (12 years of age,
13 years to 20 years and 21 years and
above) and their per centages.
12. Religion of people specified by sex and
their per centages.
13. Sects of Hindus specified by sex and their
per centages.
14. Sects of Muslims specified by sex and
their per centages
15. Sects of Christians specified by sex and
their per centages.
16. Sects of Jews, Parsees, Sikhs specified
by sex and their per centages.
4. Classification of Buddhist population by
different age-groups, sex and the in per
centages.
5. Classification of Christian population by
different age-groups, sex and their per
centages.
6. Classification of ‘Others’ by different age-
groups sex and their per centages
8.. Number of Hindu persons who are able to
read and write or under instructions by
three specified periods(12 years of age,
13 years to 20 years and 21 years and
above) by sex and their per centages
17. There Chief nationalities specified and
their per centages.
18. Non-Asiatics by sex in detail (Europeans,
Americans, Australians, Africans) and
their per centages.
19. Mixed races (Eurasians, Indo-Portuguese
and others) and their per centages.
20. Asiatics (exclusive of India and Briths
Burmah and inclusive of India and British
Burmah) by sex and their per centages.
21. natives of India and British Burmah by sex
and their per centages.
22. Race and nationality in detail of Hindoos,
Musalmans by sex and their per centages.
23. Several specified Nationality (exclusive of
the native of India and British Burmah) by
sex.
180 Manual on Population Census
 1981
HOUSING TABLES
H-I Census Houses and the uses to which they
are put
1971
ESTABLISHMENT TABLES
.
E-I Part A-Distribution of Manufacturing,
processing or servicing establishments
other than household industries
classified factors unregistered workshop
and size of employment.
E-II Part- B Distribution of manufacturing
processing or servicing establishments
other than household industries classified
by industry, fuel/power or manual used
and size of employment.
E-II Part B – Distribution of manufacturing,
processing or servicing establishments
other than household industries classified
by industry, fuel/power or manual used
and size of employment
Housing Tables
H-1 Census houses and the uses to which
they are put
H-II Distribution of census houses by
predominant material of wall and
predominant material of roof
1961
ESTABLISHMENT TABLES
E-III Census houses used as factories and
workshops classified by industry, power
used and size of employment.
DISABLED POPULATION
H-2, Disabled population by type of disability.
Establishment tables(Contd)
E-II Part – C – Distribution of household
industry establishments classified by
industry. fuel/ power used and size of
business or trade and size of employment.
E-III Distribution of trade/commercial
establishments classified by the type of
business or trade and size if employment.
E-IV Distribution of establishments (other than
manufacturing processing or servicing or
business and trade establishments) by
size of employment.
H-III Households classified by number of
members and by number of rooms
occupied
H-IV Households classified by size and tenure
status.
E-IV. Distribution of sample households living in
census houses used wholly or partly as
dwellings by predominant material of wall
and predominant material or roof (based
on 20% sample).

Housing tables
E-I Census houses and the uses to which E-IV Distribution of sample households living in
they are put. census houses used wholly or partly as
E-II Tenure status of sample census dwellings by predominant material of wall
households living in census houses and predominant material of roof (based on
used, wholly or partly as dwelling
20% sample)
(based on 20% sample)
(Housing and establishment data were not collected in other censuses except 1961 ad 1971. In 1981.1991 only
housing data were tabulated by census.

181 Manual on Population Census

 1981
HOUSEHOLD TABLES
HH-1. Part A – Distribution of households by
predominant materials of roof, wall and floor of
census houses occupied by them – urban.
HH-1. Part B – Distribution of households by
predominant materials of roof, wall and floor of
census houses occupied by them – rural.
HH-2-Households by size of households and
number of rooms occupied.
HH-3 Households by number of married couples
usually living in households and number of
rooms occupied.
HH-4 Households, member of households and
material couples usually living in
households by number of rooms occupied.
HH-5-Households cultivating and not cultivating
land by household size and tenure status
of house occupied.
HH-5 SC. Scheduled caste households cultivating
and not cultivating land by household size
and tenure status of house occupied.
HH-5 ST. Scheduled tribe households cultivating
and not cultivating land by household size
and tenure status of house occupied.
HH-10 SC. Scheduled castes households by size
and number of members seeking/available
for work.
HH-10 ST. Scheduled tribes households by size
and number of members seeking/available
for work.
HH-11. Households by size and number of literate
members.
HH-11 SC. Scheduled castes households by size
and number of literate members.
HH-11 ST. Scheduled tribes households by size
and number of literate members.
HH-12. Members of cultivating/non-cultivating
households classified as main workers,
marginal workers, non-workers and
seeking/available for work.
HH-12 SC. Members of cultivating and non
cultivating scheduled castes households
classified as main workers, marginal
workers, non-workers and
seeking/available for work.
HH-12 ST. Members of cultivating and non
cultivating scheduled tribes households
classified as main workers, marginal
workers, non-workers and
seeking/available for work.
HH-13 SC. Scheduled castes households and
population classified by literacy main
workers, marginal workers, non-workers
and seeking/available for work.
HH-6 Part A – Households and population by
availability of electricity and toilet facilities and
tenure status of house occupied – urban.
Part B – Households and population by availability of
electricity and tenure status of house
occupied – rural
HH-7. Households by source of drinking water.
HH-8. Households cultivating and not cultivating land
by tenure and household size.
HH-8C. Scheduled castes households cultivating land
by tenure and household size.
HH-9. Households by size and number of main
workers.
HH-9 SC. Scheduled castes households by size and
number of main workers.
HH-9 ST. Scheduled tribes households by size and
number of workers.
HH-10. Households by size and number of members
seeking/available for work
HH-13 ST. Scheduled tribes households and
population classified by literacy, main
workers, marginal workers, non-workers and
seeking/available for work.
HH-14 SC. Households and population by literacy for
each scheduled tribe.
HH-14 ST. Households and population by literacy for
each scheduled tribe.
HH-15 Household population by religion of head of
household.
HH-16. Households and household population by
language mainly spoken in the household.
HH-17. Household cultivating and non cultivating
rented land, members of households and
cultivators among them by tenancy.
HH-17 SC. Scheduled castes households cultivating
rented land, members of households and
cultivators among them by tenancy.
HH-17 ST. Scheduled tribes households cultivating
rented land, members of household and
cultivators among them by tenancy.
182 Manual on Population Census
 1961
HOUSEHOLD ECONOMIC TABLES
B-X. Sample households: (i) engaged neither
in cultivation nor household industry, (ii)
engaged either in cultivation or
household industry but not in both and
(iii) engaged both in cultivation and
household industry for all areas.
B-XI. Sample households engaged in
cultivation classified by interest in land
and size of land cultivated in rural and
urban areas separately.
B-XII. Sample households engaged in
cultivation only classified by size of land
cultivated and number of family workers
and hired workers in rural and urban
areas separately.
B-XIII. Sample households engaged both in
cultivation and household industry
showing size of land cultivated classified
by principal household industry in rural
and urban areas separately.
(Data on household economic characteristics were not collected in earlier censuses.)
183
. B-XIV. Sample households engaged only in
household industry classified by principal
household industry in all areas.
Part A- Households classified by major groups of
principal household industry and no. of
persons engaged
Part B- Households classified by minor groups of
principal household industry
.
B-XV. Sample households engaged both in
cultivation and household industry classified
by size of land in rural and urban areas
separately.
B-XVI. Sample principal household industry
classified by period of working and total
number of workers engaged in household
industry in all areas.
B-XVII. Sample households classified by (i) Number
of male and female members by size of
households and (ii) engagement (a) neither
in cultivation nor in industry (b) in household
industry only and (c) in cultivation sub-
classified by size of land cultivated.
Manual on Population Census
 FERTILITY TABLES
1981
F-1 Part A – Ever married and currently married
women by present age, age at marriage and
religion, scheduled castes and scheduled
tribes – Urban
F-1 Part B – Ever married and currently married
women by present, age, age at marriage
and religion, scheduled castes and
scheduled tribes – Rural.
F-2 Part A – Ever married and currently married
women by present age, age at marriage and
educational level - Urban
F-2 Part B - Ever married and currently married
women by present age, age at marriage and
educational level - Urban
F-3 Part A – Ever married and currently married
women by present age, age at marriage and
occupation – Urban
F-3 Part B – Ever married and currently married
women by present age, age at marriage and
occupation – Rural
F-4 Part A – Currently married women by present
age and religion and births to them during
the last year by birth order – Urban.
F-4 Part B – Currently married women by present
age and religion and births to them during
the last year by birth order – Rural.
F-9 Part A – Currently married women by
present age, duration of marriage and
educational level and births to them during
last year - Urban
F-9 Part B – Currently married women by
present age, duration of marriage and
educational level and births to them during
last year – Rural
F-10 Part A – Currently married women of
scheduled castes and scheduled tribes by
present age and duration of marriage and
births to them during last year – Urban
F-10 Part B – Currently married women of
scheduled castes and scheduled tribes by
present age and duration of marriage and
births to them during last year – Rural
F-11 Part A – Currently married women by
present age, duration of marriage and
occupation and births to them during last
year – Urban
F-11 Part B – Currently married women by
present age, duration of marriage and
occupation and births to them during last
year – Rural
F-12 Part A – Ever married women by present,
age, parity and religion and total children
ever born to them by sex - Urban
F-12 Part B – Ever married women by present,
age, parity and religion and total children
ever born to them by sex – Rural
F-13 Part A – Ever married women by present
age, parity and educational level and total
children ever born to them by sex – Urban
184
F-5 Part A – Currently married women by present
age and educational level and births to them
during the last year by birth order – Urban.
F-5 Part B – Currently married women by present
age and educational level and births to them
during the last year by birth order – Rural.
F-6 Part A – Currently married women by of
scheduled castes and scheduled tribes by
present age and births to them during last year
by birth order – Urban
F-6 Part B – Currently married women by of
scheduled castes and scheduled tribes by
present age and births to them during last year
by birth order – Rural
F-7 Part A – Currently married women by present
age and occupation and births to them during
last year by birth order – Urban
F-7 Part B – Currently married women by present
age and occupation and births to them during
last year by birth order – Rural
F-8 Part A – Currently married women by present
age, duration of marriage and religion and births
to them during last year by birth order – Urban
F-8 Part B – Currently married women by present
age, duration of marriage and religion and births
to them during last year by birth order – Rural
F-14 Part A – Ever married women of scheduled
castes and scheduled tribes by present age
and parity and total children even born to
them by sex – Urban
F-14 Part B – Ever married women of scheduled
castes and scheduled tribes by present age
and parity and total children even born to
them by sex – Rural
F-15 Part A – Ever married women by present age,
parity and occupation and total children ever
born to them by sex - Urban
F-15 Part B – Ever married women by present age,
parity and occupation and total children ever
born to them by sex – Rural
F-16 Part A – Currently married women by present
age, duration of marriage, parity and religion
and total children ever born to them by sex -
Urban
F-16 Part B – Currently married women by present
age, duration of marriage, parity and religion
and total children ever born to them by sex -
Rural
F-17 Part A – Currently married women by present
age, duration of marriage, parity and
educational level and total children ever born
to them by sex - Urban
F-17 Part B – Currently married women by present
age, duration of marriage, parity and
educational level and total children ever born
to them by sex – Rural
F-18 Part A – Currently married women of
scheduled castes and scheduled tribes by
present age, duration of marriage and parity
and total children ever born to them by sex –
Urban
Manual on Population Census
F-13 Part B – Ever married women by present
age, parity and educational level and total
children ever born to them by sex – Rural
F-19 Part A – Currently married women by
present age, duration of marriage, parity
and occupation and the total children
ever born to them by sex – Urban.
F-19 Part B – Currently married women by
present age, duration of marriage, parity
and occupation and the total children
ever born to them by sex – Rural.
F-20 Currently married women by present age
and births to them during last year by birth
order.
F-21 Ever married and currently married
women by present age and parity and
total children ever born to them by sex.
F-22 Ever married and currently married
women by present age and age at
marriage.
F-23 Part A – Currently married women by
present age, duration of marriage, number
of surviving children and religion and their
total surviving children by sex – Urban
F-23 Part B – Currently married women by
present age, duration of marriage, number
of surviving children and religion and their
total surviving children by sex – Rural
F-24 Part A – Currently married women by
present age, duration of marriage, number
of surviving children and educational level
and their total surviving children by sex -
Urban
1971 FERTILITY TABLES (SAMPLE)
F-1 Part A – Distribution of currently married
women and the related births during the
last year.
F-II Part B – Distribution of currently married
women and the related births during the
last year by religion, present age and age
at marriage (Urban)
F-II Part A – Distribution of currently married
women and the related births during the
last year by education, present age and
age at marriage (Rural)
F-II Part B – Distribution of currently married
women and the related births during the
last year by education, present age and
age at marriage (Urban)
F-III Part A – Distribution of currently married
women and the related births during the
last year by religion, duration of marriage
and age at marriage (Rural)
1931
FERTILITY TABLES
1. Sex of first born
2. Proportion of fertile and correlated with age
f if t i
185
F-18 Part B – Currently married women of
scheduled castes and scheduled tribes by
present age, duration of marriage and parity
and total children ever born to them by sex –
Rural
F-24 Part B – Currently married women by present
age, duration of marriage, number of
surviving children and educational level and
their total surviving children by sex – Rural
F-25 Part A – Currently married women of
scheduled castes and scheduled tribes by
present age, duration of marriage and
number of surviving children and their total
surviving children – Urban
F-25 Part B – Currently married women of
scheduled castes and scheduled tribes by
present age, duration of marriage and
number of surviving children and their total
surviving children – Rural
F-26 Part A – Currently married women by present
age, duration of marriage, number of
surviving children and occupation and their
total surviving children by sex – Urban
F-26 Part B – Currently married women by present
age, duration of marriage, number of
surviving children and occupation and their
total surviving children by sex – Rural
F-27 Currently married women by present age and
number of surviving children and their total
surviving children by sex.
F-28 Currently married women by duration of
marriage and births to them during last year
by birth order.
F-III Part B – Distribution of currently married
women and the related births during the last
year by religion, duration of marriage and
age at marriage (Urban)
F-IV Part A – Distribution of currently married women
and the related births during the last year by
education, duration of marriage and age at
marriage (Rural)
F-IV Part B – Distribution of currently married women
and the related births during the last year by
education, duration of marriage and age at
marriage (Urban)
F-V Distribution of currently married women and
the related births during the last year by
religion, education groups, present age and
age at marriage of the women (Rural/Urban)
4. Size of families by occupation of husband
5. Size of families by caste or religion and age of
Manual on Population Census
 of wife at marriage wife at marriage.
3. Average of size family correlated with age of 6. Duration of marriage correlated with caste or
wife at marriage. religion.
(Before 1971 information on Fertility was not collected in other censuses except 1931. In 1931 the information was
collected on the basis of a special enquiry).

186 Manual on Population Census

 SPECIAL TABLES FOR SCHEDULED CASTES AND TRIBES
1981
SC-1 Industrial category of main workers,
marginal workers, non-workers and
seeking/available for work by sex for
scheduled castes.
SC-2 Industrial category of marginal workers of
scheduled castes by seeking/available,
not seeking/available for work and sex.
SC-3 Marginal workers and non-workers by sex,
type of activity and educational level for
scheduled castes.
SPECIAL TABLES FOR SCHEDULED TRIBES
ST-1 Industrial category of main workers,
marginal workers, non-workers and
seeking/available for work by sex for
scheduled tribes.
ST-3 Marginal workers and non-workers by
sex, type of activity and educational
level for scheduled tribes.
ST-4 Marginal workers of scheduled tribes
by main activity cross classified by
industrial category of marginal work
and sex.
ST-5 Age and marital status for scheduled
tribes – All areas.
1971
SC-I Part A – Industrial classification of
persons at work and non-workers by
sex for scheduled castes – Rural
SC-I Part B – Industrial classification of
persons at work and non-workers by
sex for scheduled castes – Urban
SC-II Age and marital status for scheduled
castes.
SC-III Part A – Education in urban areas
only for scheduled castes.
SC-III Part B – Education in rural areas only
for scheduled castes.
SC-IV Persons not at work classified by
sex, type of activity and educational
levels for scheduled castes (TRU)
SC-4 Marginal workers of scheduled castes by
main activity cross classified by industrial
category of marginal work and sex.
SC-5 Age and marital status for scheduled castes –
All areas.
SC-6 Part A – Education in urban areas only for
scheduled castes.
SC-6 Part B – Education in rural areas only for
scheduled castes.
ST-2 Industrial category of work of marginal
workers of scheduled tribes by
seeking/available, not
seeking/available for work and sex.
ST-6 Part A – Education in urban area only
for scheduled tribes.
ST-6 Part B – Education in rural areas only
for scheduled tribes.
ST-7 Religion for scheduled tribes.
ST-8 Mother tongue for scheduled tribes.
ST-9 Bilingualism for scheduled tribes.
ST-1 Part A – Industrial classification of
persons at work and non-workers by
sex for scheduled tribes – Rural
ST-I Part B – Industrial classification of
persons at work and non-workers by
sex for scheduled tribes – Urban
ST-II Age and marital status for scheduled
tribes.
ST-III Part A - Education in urban areas only
for scheduled tribes.
ST-III Part B – Education in rural areas only
for scheduled tribes.
ST-IV Persons not at work classified by sex,
type of activity and educational levels
for scheduled tribes (TRU)
ST-V Religion for scheduled tribes.
187 Manual on Population Census
 SPECIAL TABLES FOR SCHEDULED CASTES AND TRIBES
1961

SCT-1 Part A – Industrial classification of SCT-IV Part A – Religion for scheduled

persons at work and non-workers by
sex for scheduled castes.
Part B – Industrial classification of
persons at work and non-workers by
sex for scheduled tribes.
SC-II Part A – Age and marital status for
scheduled castes.
Part B – Age and marital status for
scheduled tribes.
SC-III Part A(i) – Education in urban areas
only for scheduled castes.
Part A (ii) – Education in urban areas
only for scheduled tribes.
Part B(i) – Education in rural areas
only for scheduled castes.
Part B(ii) – Education in rural areas
only for scheduled tribe.
(Detailed tabulation of various characteristics for S.C. & S.T. was not attempted in earlier censuses
for 1991 and 2001 census tables see annex 3).
castes.
Part B – Religion for scheduled tribes.
SCT-V Part A - Sample households
engaged in cultivation classified by
interest in land and size of land
cultivated in rural areas only for
scheduled castes.
Part B - Sample households engaged
in cultivation classified by interest in
land and size of land cultivated in
rural areas only for scheduled tribe.
SC-I Persons not at work classified by sex,
type of activity and educational levels
for scheduled castes.
ST-I Mother tongue and bilingualism for
scheduled tribes.
ST-II Persons not at work classified by sex
and type of activity for scheduled
tribes.

188 Manual on Population Census

 ANNEX 5

FORMS USED IN VARIOUS CENSUSES OF INDEPENDENT

INDIA

189 Manual on Population Census

 CENSUS OF INDIA 1961
HOUSE LIST

Name of District ………………..……………....................................................................................... (Code No………….........................).

Name of Island /Taluk./Tehsil/Thana/Anchal/Town ............................................................................. (Code No..........................................)
Name of Village/Ward/Mohalla/(Enumerator’s Block) ........................................................................ (Code No..........................................)

Purpose for which census house If this census house is used as an establishment, workshop or factory
Building Number Building Number is used, e.g., dwelling, shop, Average No. of persons
Name of
Line (Municipal or local (Column 2) with shop-cum-dwelling, business, Name of Kind of fuel
product(s), employed daily last week
No. authority or Census sub-numbers for factory, workshop, school or estab- or power, if
repair or (including proprietors or
Number, if any each census house other institution, jal, hostel, lishment or machinery is
servicing house-hold members, if
hotel etc. proprietor. used
undertaken working)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Description of census Sub-number of Does the house- No. of persons residing in Census house-hold on
house each census house- No. of rooms hold live in own day of visit
Name of Head
hold with census in census or rented house ? Remarks
Material Material of of Household
house number household (a) Own (O), (b) Males Females Total
of wall roof (Column 3) Rented (R)

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

Total for page

Certified that the information is correct to the best of my knowledge.

Signature of Enumerator .................................... Date ........................

190 Manual on Population Census

CONFIDENTIAL CENSUS OF INDIA 1961 Is this an
(To be filled up during Enumeration) Institution
PART I – HOUSEHOLD SCHEDULE

LOCATION CODE _________________________________________________________________________

Full Name of Head
of Household ___________________________________________________________________________

S.C.
S.T.

A. Cultivation Area in acres

Local name of
1. Land under cultivation by household right on land
(i) owned or held from Government

(ii) held from private persons or

institutions for payment in
money, kind or share

(iii) Total of items (i) and (ii)

2. Land given to private

persons for cultivation
for payment in money,
kind or share

B. Household Industry Nature of Number of

Industry months in the year
Household Industry (not on the scale of a registered factory) during which
conducted by the Head of the household himself and/or mainly conducted
members of the household at home or within the village in rural
areas and only at home in urban areas.
(a)

(b)
C. Workers at Cultivation or Household
Industry Members of Family working
Members including Head of family
working and hired workers, if any, Head Other Other Total Hired
kept whole-time during current for males females workers
last working season
1. Household Cultivation only

2. Household Industry only

3. Both in Household Cultivation &

Household Industry

Dated Signature of Supervisor Dated Signature of Enumerator

Note: Part II – Census Population Record overleaf should be filled up during the first round of enumeration
(10 February to 28 February) from the enumeration slip relating to the household and brought up-to-
date with corrections, if any, after the second visit during check period 1 March to 3 March, 1961.

191 Manual on Population Census

 PART II – CENSUS POPULATION RECORD
(To be compiled from Individual Census Slips)

Sex
Relation- Description of
Marital
Name Male Female ship to Age work in the case
Status
Head of worker
M F

TOTAL
PERSONS

Dated Signature of Dated Signature of

Supervisor Enumerator

192 Manual on Population Census

 INDIVIDUAL SLIP
CONFIDENTIAL CENSUS 1961

Location Code _____________________________________________________________________________

1(a) Name ________________________________________________________________________________

1(b) Relationship to Held __________ 2. Age last

birthday

3. Marital Status _________________ 4(a) Birth place ________________________________

4(b) Born R/U __________________ 4(c) Duration of

residence
if born
elsewhere

(a) Nationality _________________ 5(b) Religion ________________________________

5(c) S.C./ S.T. _________________ 6. Literacy & Education _______________________

7(a) Mother Tongue 7(b) Any other language(s) _____________________

8. Working as Cultivator ________ 9. Working as Agricultural

Labourer _________________________________

10. Working at Household (a) Nature of work __________________________________________

Industry (b) Nature of (c) If Employee
Household
Industry ______________
_______________________________ ______________

11. Doing work other than (a) Nature of work __________________________________________

8,9 or 10 (b) Nature of Industry,
Profession, Trade (c) Class of
of Service ______________ worker
_____________
_______________________________
(d) Name of
Establishment _________________________

12. Activity if not working 13. Sex

193 Manual on Population Census

 CENSUS OF INDIA 1971
HOUSE LIST

Name of District ……………………………........................................... Code No…………......................... Name of Village or Town ........................... Code No...................
Name of Taluk./Tehsil/Thana/
Anchal/Island ............................................................... ............................ Code No........................................ Name or No. of Ward/Mohalla
Name of Village/Ward/Mohalla/(Enumerator’s Block) ......................... Enumerator’s Block ....................................Code No..................

Predominant construction Purpose for which Census House is Is it used wholly or partly as an
Building No. used e.g. residence, shop, shop-cum- establishment ? Yes or No. If
Material of wall Material of roof
Line (Municipal or Local Census House residence business, factory, workshop, Yes, enter further details in the
No. Authority or Census No. workshop-cum-residence, school, bank, Establishment Schedule and
No.) commercial house, office, hospital, indicate the serial No. of that
hotel, etc. or vacant entry here

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

If used wholly or partly as a residence

Does the
No. of living household live in No. of persons normally residing in Census
If S.C. or Does the
Name of the rooms in the owned or rented Household on day of visit of the enumerator
Household S.T., write household
Head of occupation of House ? Remarks
No. name of cultivate land ?
Household Census
Caste/ Tribe (i) Owned (O) (Yes or No)
Household
(ii) Rented (R) Males Females Total

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

Total

Signature of Enumerator ........................................................... Date ................................................ Signature of Supervisor ................................ Date .......................

194 Manual on Population Census

 CENSUS OF INDIA 1971

ESTABLISHMENT SCHEDULE

Name of District ……………………………........................................... Code No…………......................... Name of Village or Town ........................... Code No...................

Name of Taluk./Tehsil/Thana/ Name or No. of Ward/Mohalla

Anchal/Island ............................................................... ............................ Code No........................................ Enumerator’s Block ....................................Code No..................

If any manufacturing, processing or If used as a trading

servicing is done establishment
Is the If used any other
Average number of Is it
establishment establishment, describe
persons working of (a) House-hold
Name of the (a) Govt. / Description e.g. Govt. Office,
Ser- Census daily last week in Industry Type Descrip- Whether
Establishment Quasi Govt. of the School, Railway
ial House the last working (b) Registered of fuel tion of (a) Whole-
or of the (b) Private products, Station, Barber’s
No. No. season, including Factory or goods sale or
Proprietor (c) Coope- processing Saloon, Cinema
proprietors and/or (c) Unregis- power bought/ (b) Retail
rative or servicing theatre, Hotel, Tea
family workers tered used sold
Institution done Shop, etc.
Work-
shop

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Signature of Enumerator .............................................................. date .............................. Signature of Supervisor ...........................................Date ..........................

195 Manual on Population Census

 FORM I

CENSUS OF INDIA 1971

HOUSELIST ABSTRACT

Name of District ……………………………........................................... Code No…………......................... Name of Village/Town ........................... Code No......................

Name of Tehsil/Thana/Anchal Name or Number of Ward/Mohalla /

Island ............................................................................. ............................ Code No........................................ Enumerator’s Block ............... ................Code No......................

Number of Census Houses Number of Household Total Population

Page No. Occupied Residential Census Houses Total

Census Insti-
of Hou- Vacant Total of Households
Houses tutional
selist Wholly Partly Census Coumns including Males Females Total
Total put to House-
residential residential Houses 4,5 and 6 Institutional
other uses holds
Households
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
............... .................... ................... ................. ................... ................. ................... ...................... ................... ................... ................... ..................
............... .................... ................... ................. ................... ................. ................... ...................... ................... ................... ................... ..................
............... .................... ................... ................. ................... ................. ................... ...................... ................... ................... ................... ..................
............... .................... ................... ................. ................... ................. ................... ...................... ................... ................... ................... ..................
............... .................... ................... ................. ................... ................. ................... ...................... ................... ................... ................... ..................
............... .................... ................... ................. ................... ................. ................... ...................... ................... ................... ................... ..................
............... .................... ................... ................. ................... ................. ................... ...................... ................... ................... ................... ..................
............... .................... ................... ................. ................... ................. ................... ...................... ................... ................... ................... ..................
............... .................... ................... ................. ................... ................. ................... ...................... ................... ................... ................... ..................
............... .................... ................... ................. ................... ................. ................... ...................... ................... ................... ................... .................
Total

Checked and found correct

Signature of Supervisor .......................................................................................................................... Signature of Enumerator ...........................................................
Date ........................................................................................................................................................ Date ...........................................................................................

196 Manual on Population Census

 FORM II
CENSUS OF INDIA 1971
CONSOLIDATED HOUSELILST ABSTRACT
______________________________ State/ Union Territory

Number of Census Houses Number of Household Total Population

State/District/ Occupied Residential Census Census Total House-
Total Insti-
Sub-division/ Houses Vacant Houses Total of holds
Rural tutional
Tehsil/Police Census put to Coumns including Males Females Total
Urban Wholly Partly House-
Station/ Town Houses other 4,5 and 6 Institutional
residen- residen- Total holds
tial tial uses Households

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

197 Manual on Population Census

 CENSUS OF INDIA 1971 Page No.

ABRIDGED HOUSELIST FOR EACH CENSUS ENUMERATOR’S BLOCK

SECTION 1: Identification Particulars

Location Name and/or Number Code

District

Taluk/Tehsil/Thana/Anchal/Island

Village/Town

Ward/Mohalla

Enumerator’s Block (E.B.)

(Population Count)

SECTION 2* : Population of E.B. according to 1971 Census

SECTION 3 :
Houselist (to be copied from the original Houselists

$
Line Census House Purpose for House-hold Name of head of
No. No. which census No. household
house is used

1 2 3 4 5

............. .......................................... .......................... .............................. ..............................................

............. .......................................... .......................... .............................. ..............................................
............. .......................................... .......................... .............................. ..............................................
............. .......................................... .......................... .............................. ..............................................
............. .......................................... .......................... .............................. ..............................................
............. .......................................... .......................... .............................. ..............................................
............. .......................................... .......................... .............................. ..............................................
............. .......................................... .......................... .............................. ..............................................

SECTION 4 : Addenta to Section 3 (to record census houses/households not covered in Section 3
but found by census enumerator during enumeration)
............. .......................................... .......................... .............................. ..............................................
............. .......................................... .......................... .............................. ..............................................

* To be filled only on completion of census enumeration.

If any of these characteristics have changed at the time of census enumeration the census enumerator
may insert appropriate correction in columns.
Record purpose be given in the original houselist.
$ If the name of head of the household is different from the one recorded in the original Houselist, the
enumerator may correct this column at the time of enumeration. For Institutional Households add “(I)”
after the name of the Head of the household.
Signature of Supervisor and date .......................................................................................................................
Signature of Enumerator and date .....................................................................................................................

199 Manual on Population Census

 CENSUS OF INDIA 1971

CONFIDENTIAL Pad No
.
INDIVIDUAL SLIP Slip No. __________

Location Code ......................................................................( ) Household No. [ ]

1. Name ........................................................................... 16. MAIN ACTIVITY

(i) Worker
2. Relationship to head ......................................... C, AL
(a) Broad HHI, OW
3. Sex ....................................................... category
(ii) Non-wor-
4. Age ......................................................................... ker (H.ST,
R,D,B,I.O)
5. Marital Status ........................................................ (b) Place of work
(Name of village/
6. For currently married Town) ............................................................
16. MAIN
women only (c) Name of Establishment ..................................
(a) Age at marriage (d) Nature of Industry,
(b) Any child born in ............................................ Trade, Profession or
the last one year. Service ...........................................................

7. (a) Place of Birth ..................................................

(b) Rural/ Urban ...............................................
(c) District ........................................................
(d) State/Country .............................................. (e) Description of work .......................................

8. (a) Place of last residence .................................. ..............................................................

................ (f) Class of worker ..........................
(b) Rural/ Urban ................................................ 17. SECONDARY WORK
(c) District .........................................................
(d) State/Country .............................................. (a) Broad cate- (C,AL,
gory HHI, OW) ...........................
9. Duration of Residence at the ...............
village or town of Enumeration ................. (b) Place of work
(Name of village /
10.Religion ..................................................... Town) .....................................................
(c) Name of Establishment
S.C. (d) Nature of Industry, Trade,
17. SECONDARY

11. Professional or Service .............................

S.T.

Literacy
12. (L or O)

13. Educational level ........................................ (e) Description of work .................................

14. Mother Tongue ...........................................

15. Other languages .......................................... (f) Class of worker .......................................

200 Manual on Population Census

 CENSUS OF INDIA 1981
HOUSE LIST

Name of State/Union Territory ………………........................ Code No…………........................ Name of Village/Town ……………………………. Code No.
……………
Name of District ………………..……………......................... Code No…………........................ Name or No. of Ward/Mohalla/Hamlet ……………… Code
No…………..
Name of Tehsil/Taluka/P.S./Dev.Block/Circle etc................... Code No…………........................ Enumerator’s Block
No……………………………………………………..

Building Purpose for Is the household Is there a physically

No. Number of persons handicapped person in the
which census engaged in an
Name of normally residing in household? If so, indicate
(Municipal Census house is used enterprise outside
Line House- the head census household number of those who are
or local house (if wholly or this census house Remarks
No. hold No. of house- totally
authority No. partly non- and without
hold
or Census residential, fill premises? If yes, Males Females Total Blind Crippled Dumb
No. Enterprise List) fill Enterprise List
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
Total XX (a) XXX (a) XXX XX XXX

Signature of Enumerator …………………………………. Date ………………….. Signature of field Supervisor ……………………

Date ………
Signature of Office Compiler ………………………….. Date ……………………

201 Manual on Population Census

 Note: (a) Count No. of entries and give total. Strike total for each of the columns 8 to 13

CENSUS OF INDIA 1981

HOUSE LIST ABSTRACT

Name of State/Union Territory ………………........................ Code No…………........................ Name of Village/Town ……………………………. Code No.
……………
Name of District ………………..……………......................... Code No…………........................ Name or No. of Ward/Mohalla/Hamlet ……………… Code
No…………..
Name of Tehsil/Taluka/P.S./Dev.Block/Circle etc................... Code No…………........................ Enumerator’s Block
No……………………………………………………..

Total No. of handicapped

Number of census houses by use Total population
persons
Total No. of
Page Total
census Occupied residential census Vacant Total Census
No. of No. of
houses (from houses census of cols. houses put
house- house- Fe- Totally Totally Totally
Col.3 of houses 5&6 to other uses Males Total
list Wholly Partly Total holds males blind crippled dumb
houselist) (Col.2 minus
residen- residen-
Col.7)
tial tial

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Total

Checked and found correct

Signature of Enumerator …………………………………. Date ………………….. Signature of field Supervisor …………………… Date ………

202 Manual on Population Census

 CENSUS OF INDIA 1981
ABRIDGED HOUSE LIST
Identification particulars
Name of State/Union Territory ………………........................ Code No…………........................ Name of Village/Town ……………………………. Code No.
……………
Name of District ………………..……………......................... Code No…………........................ Name or No. of Ward/Mohalla/Hamlet ……………… Code
No…………..
Name of Tehsil/Taluka/P.S./Dev.Block/Circle etc................... Code No…………........................ Enumerator’s Block
No……………………………………………………..
SECTION: 1 : (To be filled only on completion of census enumeration)
(A) Population of Enumerator’s Block ........................... (B) Number of occupied residential houses ................................ (C) Number of households
..........................
SECTION: 2 : Houselist particulars : (To be initially copied from the original Houselist)
Sl. Census house Purpose for which census Name of the Head of the Sl. No. of
Building No. Household No. Remarks
No. No. house is used Household the Household

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Dated Signature of Charge Office Clerk ................................ Checked and found correct Charge Officer .......................... Dated Signature of Enumerator
.........................
SECTION : 3 : Addenda to Section 2 : (To record census house/households not covered in Section 2 but found by census enumerator during enumeration)
Sl. Census house Purpose for which census Name of the Head of the Sl. No. of
Building No. Household No. Remarks
No. No. house is used Household the Household

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Checked and found correct

Supervisor ..................................................... Date and Signature of Enumerator

................................................................

203 Manual on Population Census

 CENSUS OF INDIA 1981 Page
No...................
(ECONOMIC CENSUS)
ENTERPRISE LIST
1. State/Union Territory ………………........................ Code No…………........................ 5. Name or No. of Ward/Mohalla/Hamlet ……………Code No…………..
2. District ………………..……………......................... Code No…………........................ 6. Enumerator’s Block No.
...........................................................................
3. Tehsil/Taluka/P.S./Dev.Block/Circle etc................... Code No........................................ 7. C.D. Block ............................................................... Code
No..................
4. Village/ Town ........................................................... Code No........................................ 8. Rural/Urban ............................................................. Code
No..................
Description of
Line number of Houselist

Sl. No. of Number of persons usually working daily

activity of
Census house No.

enterprise

Power/fuel used for activity**

Classification of enterprise
enterprise
(Col.1 of HL)

(Col.3 of HL)

Non-agricultural enterprise (code 2 in col.5)

perennial-1, seasonal-2

(SC-1, ST-2, Others-3)

Social group of owner
Agricultural

Nature of operation

Type of ownership*
(agri-1, non-agri-2)
enterprises
(Cc.17 of HL)
(Ccl.4 of HL)

Total (including unpaid

Hired (code 1 in col.5)
Cod workers)
e REMARKS
Fe- Fe-
Male Total Male Total Total
males males
(inclu
ding Hired
unpaid
workers

1 1(i) 2 3 4 (4i) 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

Total XXX (a) (a) XXX X (b) (b) (b) (b) (b) ____ ____ ____ XXX
(c) (c) (c)
( ) ( ) ( )
Signature of Enumerator ................................. Date ............. * Type of ownership – private-1, cooperative-2, central govt.-3, state Govt 4 ,Local body-5, others-6.
Signature of Supervisor ...................................Date ............... ** Power/fuel used for activity – Without power-1, electricity-2, coal/soft coke/wood-3,
petrol/diesel-4, gas-5, animal power-6, others-7.
(a) Count number of entries and give total.
(b) Count number of entries with Code 1 and give total.
(c) Count number of entries and give total in the brackets.

204 Manual on Population Census

 Total No. of Enterprise List pages
CENSUS OF INDIA 1981
(ECONOMIC CENSUS)
ENTERPRISE LIST ABSTRACT

1. State/Union Territory ………………........................ Code No…………........................ 5. Name or No. of Ward/Mohalla/Hamlet ……………Code

No…………..
2. District ………………..……………......................... Code No…………........................ 6. Enumerator’s Block No.
...........................................................................
3. Tehsil/Taluka/P.S./Dev.Block/Circle etc................... Code No........................................ 7. C.D. Block ............................................................... Code
No..................
4. Village/ Town ........................................................... Code No........................................ 8. Rural/Urban ...... .......................................................
Code No..................

Total number of Total No. of

No. of agri. enterprises with hired

Numbered of hired

Total No. of non-agri. enterprises

(figure within brackets of Col.12

hired employment (figure within

Page No. of Enterprise List (EL)

No. of non-agri. enterprises with

Total number of enterprises persons including persons usually
Total No. of agri. enterprises

Total No. of persons usually

employment (figure within

brackets of col.15 of EL)

brackets of col.17 of EL)

unpaid workers usually working in
enterprises working in non-
working in non- agricultural
Owned by agricultural enterprises
(Col.5 of EL)

agricultural enterprises enterprises

of EL)
without power
(Col.9 of EL)
(Col.6 of EL)
without premises

unpaid workers
Total including
Perennial

(Col.16 of EL)

(Col.17 of EL)
with premises

(Col.7 of EL)

(Col.8 of EL)
(Col.2 of EL)

(Col.3 of EL)

Fe- Fe-
Males Total Males Total
males males
Private

Hired
(Col. (Col. (Col. (Col.
SC

(Col. (Col.
10 of 12 of 13 of 15 of
11 of 14 of
EL) EL EL) EL
EL) EL)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

Total

Checked and found correct

Signature of Enumerator ........................................................................... Date .................................... Signature of Supervisor .......................................

Date..........................,.,

205 Manual on Population Census

CENSUS OF INDIA 1981 INDIVIDUAL SLIP CONFIDENTIAL
(Universal) Pad No. ...................
Slip No------------
Location Code ................................ ( ) Sl. No. of Household [ ]

1. Name ...................................................................................................................................................................
2. Relationship to head ................................................
.................................................................................
3. Male (1)/ Female (2) .................................................
4. Age ...........................................................................
5. Marital status ...........................................................
6. Mother tongue .........................................................
.................................................................................
7. Two other languages known ....................................
..................................................................................
..................................................................................
8. Nationality ......................................................
9. Religion ...........................................................
10. Whether S.C. (1) or S.T. (2) ..........................
11. Name of caste/tribe ........................................
.......................................................................
.......................................................................
12A Literate (1) / Illiterate (2) ...........................
12B Educational attainment ................................
....................................................................
13 Attending school/ college, Yes (1)/No(2)

Yes
14A Worked any time at all last year ? .......................................................................................................
No (H/ST/D/R/B/I/O)

14B If yes in 14A, did you work for major part of last year ? Yes (1) / No (2) ..............................................

Yes in 14B (C/AL/HHI/OW)

15A Main activity last year ? ..................................................................
No in 14B (H/ST/D/R/B/I/O)
If HHI/OW in 15A
(i) Name of establishment .................................................................................................................

(ii) Description of work .....................................................................................................................

(iii) Nature of industry, trade or service ............................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

(iv) Class of worker .......................................................................................................................................

Yes (C/AL/HHI/OW)
15B Any other work (14B Yes)/ Work (14B No) any time last year ? ..............
If HHI/OW in 15B No
(i) Name of establishment .................................................................................................................

(ii) Description of work .....................................................................................................................

(iii) Nature of industry, trade or service ............................................................................................

(iv) Class of worker .......................................................................................................................................

16. If No. in 14A or 14B seeking/ available for work ? Yes (1) / No (2) ...................................................

206 Manual on Population Census

 CENSUS OF INDIA 1981
INDIVIDUAL SLIP
CONFIDENTIAL
(Sample)

1. Birth place 5. For all ever-married women only

(a) Place of birth .................................................. (a) Age at marriage ..........................................

(b) Rural (1) / Urban (2) ...................................... (b) Number of children surviving at present

(c) District ...........................................................

(d) State /Country ............................................... Male Female Total

2. Last residence

(a) Place of last residence................................... (c) Number of children ever born alive

(b) Rural (1) / Urban (2) ......................................

(c) District ........................................................... Male Female Total

(d) State /Country ...............................................

3. Reasons for migration from

Place of last residence (Code)* ................ 6. For currently married women only

4. Duration of residence at the village Any child born alive

or town of enumeration ........................ during last one year ...................................

* Employment (1) Education (2) Family moved (3) Marriage (4) Others (5)

207 Manual on Population Census

 Page
No....................
CENSUS OF INDIA 1981
WORKING SHEET FOR PREPARING ENUMERATOR’S ABSTRACT
(To be compiled from Household Schedule Part II : Population Record)
Location Code ............................................................ Name of Enumerator .............................................................................. Normal .................................................
NUm Number of Households Institutional
.........................................
by type* Houseless
............................................

MALE

Sl. No. Lite- Illite- Entry in Q. 15A

Line Persons Males Females `Yes’ `No’ in `Yes’ `No’ in `Yes’ `No’ in
of house- S.C. S.T.
No. (Col.2) (Col.4) (Col.5) rates rates in 14A 14A in 14B 14B in 16 16
hold (Col. (Col.9 C AL HHI OW
(Col.1 (Col.1 (Col.1 (Col.1 (Col.1 (Col.1 (Col.2 (Col.2
8) ) (Col.1 (Col.1 (Col.1 (Col.
0) 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 0) 1)
6) 7) 8) 19)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Total

Checked and found correct @ Count number of entries and given total
Column numbers shown within brackets
Signature of Circle Supervisor ..................................... refer to column numbers of Part II :
Date .......................................................... Population Record.

208 Manual on Population Census

 Page
No.......................
CENSUS OF INDIA 1981 – Concld.
WORKING SHEET FOR PREPARING ENUMERATOR’S ABSTRACT
(To be compiled from Household Schedule Part II : Population Record)
Location Code ............................................................ Normal
.................................................
Name of Enumerator ................................................. Number of Households by type* Institutional
.........................................
Houseless
............................................

FEMALE

`Yes’ in `No’ in Entry in Q. 15A

Literates Illiterates `Yes’ in `No’ in `Yes’ in `No’ in
Line S.C. S.T.
14A 14A 14B 14B 16 16
No. (Col.22) (Col.23) (Col.24) (Col.25) AL HHI OW
(Col.26) (Col.27) (Col.28) (Col.29) C (Col.30) (Col.34) (Col.35)
(Col.31) (Col.32) (Col.33)

1 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33

10

Total

* Strike out whichever is not applicable.

Signature of Enumerator
..................................................
Date:
.................................................................................

209 Manual on Population Census

 CENSUS OF INDIA 1981
ENUMERATOR’S ABSTRACT
(To be compiled from Working Sheet for Enumerator’s Abstract)

Location Code ............................................................ No. of normal households ....................................

Name of Enumerator .................................................. No. of institutional households ............................
Total No. of occupied residential houses ................... No. of houseless households ...............................
Total No. of households ......................................

Sl.
Particulars Persons Males Females
No.

1 2 3 4 5

1. Population inclusive of population shown against serial

Nos.16 & 17 (Total of cols.3,4 & 5 of grand total line in
the last page of working Sheet for normal
households).

2. Scheduled Caste (grand total of cols.6 & 20)

3. Scheduled Tribe (grand total of cols.7 & 21)

4. Literate (grand total of cols.8 & 22)

5. Illiterate (grand total of cols.9 & 23)

6. `Yes’ in 14A (grand total of cols.10 & 24)

7. `No’ in 14A (grand total of cols.11 & 25)

8. `Yes’ in 14B (grand total of cols.12 & 26)

9. `No’ in 14B (grand total of cols.13 & 27)

10. `C’ in 15A (grand total of cols.14 & 28)

11. `AL’ in 15A (grand total of cols.15 & 29)

12. `HHI’ in 15A (grand total of cols.16 & 30)

13. `OW’ in 15A (grand total of cols.17 & 31)

14. `Yes’ in 16 (grand total of cols.18 & 32)

15. `No’ in 16 (grand total of cols.19 & 33)

16. Institutional population (Total of institutional line

cols.3,4 & 5 in last page of working sheet for normal
households).

17. Houseless population (Total of houseless line cols.3,4

& 5 in last page of working sheet for normal
households).

Checked and found correct

Signature of Supervisor ........................................ Signature of Enumerator
.......................................
Date ..................................................................... Date:.....................................................................

NOTE: Columns mentioned under col.2 within brackets are columns of working sheet from which data have to
be posted.

210 Manual on Population Census

 CENSUS OF
Location code .............................................................
Serial number of household ....................................... HOUSEHOLD

Male

Whether SC(1)
Marital Status
Sex

or ST(2)
Name of
Relationship to Entry in Entry in

Illiterate
Literate
Sl. No. Name Age Mother tongue Religion scheduled
head 14A 14B
caste/tribe
M F
Yes No Yes No
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

Total**

** In the boxes give the total after counting the entries.

SC ST

F
Signature of Enumerator .......................................
P

211 Manual on Population Census

INDIA 1991 CONFIDENTIAL

Type of household (Institutional or Houseless)* ..................................

SCHEDULE Code No. of Development Block .........................................................

Male Female
Sl. Entry in 15A Entry in Entry in Entry in 15A Name of establishment Nature of Industry, trade or Description of work

Illiterate
Literate
No. 14A 14B service
C AL HHI OW Yes No Yes No C AL HHI OW
1 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

Total** For office use only * For Institutional write 1

For Houseless write 0
Category M F Category M F Category M F
Checked and found correct
III VI IX
IV VII Marginal
Workers
V(b) VIII X Non-
Workers
Signature of Supervisor ............................................................... Signature of Coder .....................

212 Manual on Population Census

CENSUS OF INDIA 1991 INDIVIDUAL SLIP CONFIDENTIAL
Location Code .......................................( ) Sl. No. of Household [ ] Pad No. .........
Code No. of Development Block ............................. Slip No. .........
1. Name .............................................................................................................................................
2. Relationship to head ............................ 8. Religion .......................................
.............................................................. .......................................................................
3. Male (1) / Female (2) ..................... 9. Whether SC (1) or S.T. (2) .................
4. Age ........................................................ 10. Name of Scheduled Caste/ Tribe
5. Marital Status ........................................ .................................................................
6. Mother tongue ....................................... 11. Literate (1) / Illiterate (2) ........................
............................................................... 12. Educational attainment ...........................
7. Two other languages known ...........................................................
............................................................... ...........................................................
............................................................... 13. Attending school/college Yes(1)/ No(2)

Yes
14A Did you work any time at all last year ?
No (H/ST/D/R/B/I/O)
(including unpaid work on farm or in family enterprise)
14B If `Yes’ in 14A, did you work for major part of last year? Yes(1)/No(2) .................................
`Yes’ in 14B (C/AL/HHI/OW)
15A Main activity last year?
`No’ in 14B (H/ST/D/R/B/I/O)
If HHI/OW in 15A
(i) Name of establishment .......................................................................................................
(ii) Nature of industry, trade or service......................................................................
..............................................................................................................................
(iii) Description of work ...........................................................................................................
(iv) Class of worker .................................................................................................................
`Yes’ in 14B – Any other work any time last year ? Yes (C/AL/HHI/OW)/No
15B
`No’ in 14B - Work done any time last year? (C/AL/HHI/OW)
If HHI/OW in 15B
(i) Name of establishment ............................................................................................
(ii) Nature of industry, trade or service......................................................................
..............................................................................................................................
(iii) Description of work ...........................................................................................................
(iv) Class of worker .................................................................................................................
16A If `No’ in 14A, seeking/available for work ? Yes(1) / No(2) .............................................
16B If `Yes in 16A, have you ever worked before ? Yes(1)/ No(2) ..........................................

213 Manual on Population Census

17A Whether you are an Ex-serviceman ? Yes(1)/ No(2) ........................................................
17B If `Yes’ in 17A, Pensioner(1)/ Non-Pensioner(2) ...............................................................

18 Birth place 22. For all ever-married women only

(a) Place of Birth .................................. (a) Age at marriage........................
(b) Rural (1)/Urban (2) ........................ (b) Number of children surviving
(c) District ........................................... at present
(d) State/Country ..................................
Male Female Total

19 Last residence
(a) Place of last residence .................... (c) Number of children ever born alive
(b) Rural (1)/Urban (2) ........................
(c) District ...........................................
(d) State/Country ................................. Male Female Total

20 Reasons for migration from place

of last residence (Code)* .....................
23. For currently married women only

21. Duration of residence at the village or Any child born alive during
town of enumeration ............ last one year...................................

Employment (1) Business (2) Education (3) Family moved

(4)
Marriage (5) Natural calamities like drought, floods, etc. (6) Others (7)

214 Manual on Population Census

 CENSUS OF INDIA 1991
ABRIDGED HOUSELIST
Identification particulars
Name of State/ Union Territory ..................................................... Code No............................ Name of Village/ Town.................................................................... Code No...............
Name of District ............................................................................. Code No........................... Name or No. of Ward/Mohalla/Hamlet ............................................Code No...............
Code No. of C.D. Block .................................................................................................
Name of Tehsil/Taluka/P.S./Dev. Block/Circle etc.........................Code No........................... Enumerator’s Block No...................................................................................................
SECTION : 1 : (To be filled only on completion of census enumeration)
(A) Population of Enumerator’s Block ..................................... (B) Number of occupied residential houses ................................ (C) Number of households .........
SECTION : 2 : Houselist particulars: (To be initially copied from the original houselist)

Census Purpose for which Census Name of the Head of the Sl. No. of the
Sl. No. Building No. Household No. Remarks
House No. House is used Household Household

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

215 Manual on Population Census

 CENSUS OF INDIA 1991
HOUSE LIST
Name of State/UT………………........................Code No…………........ Name of Village/Town ……………………………. Code No. ………Name of Dev.Block
Name of District ………………..…………….......Code No………….........Name or No. of Ward/Mohalla/Hamlet ……………Code No…………..Code no
Name of Tehsil/Taluka/P.S................... Code No…………..........Enumeration’s Block No
./Dev.Block/Circle etc

L Building No. Cens Predominant Purpose for Is it used wholly or partly as residence Remar
construction which Census ks
i (Municipal or us
material of House is used (if
n Local Hous census house used wholly or
e Authority or e No. partly for For head of Household Is the No. of persons

House ?Write 1 for owned,2 for rented 3 for

Does the household live in owned or rented
Facilities available to

Floor
Roof
Wall

No. of living rooms in the occupation of

N Census No.) running one or only, write household or normally residing
more the household
o one or more in Household
enterprises, fill Drinking of its
. N Ma Fe Perso
enterprise list) water members

ascertain religion and write H

a les ma ns

Type o fuel used for cooking

within bracket after code 1).,
supply engaged in

Serial no. of the household

for Hindu and S for Sikhs

m one or more les

Electricity:yes(1)/No(2)
S.C(1). or S.T(2) (If SC
e enterprises

Household no NoNo.

(1)/outside premises
Male(1)/Female (2)
outside the

Toilet yes(1)/No(2
census house

Within premises
and without
premises or
in the open

Source
air? If yes fill
enterprise list

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 16 1 18 19 20 2 2 2 2
5 7 1 2 3 4

Wall (code4)- Grass,leaves,reeds Bamboos --(1) Mud (2) Unburnt bricks (3) Wood (4) Burnt bricks (5) Drinking water)—Well (1) Tap (2) Hand pump/tube well (3)
supply (col 15) River/Canal(4) Tank (5) Others (6)
G.I.sheets Other metal sheets-- (6) Stone (7) Cement concrete (8) Ekra (9) Others (10)
Fuel used for cooking—(Cow Dung cake (1) Electricity (2)—
Roof (col 5)-- Grass,leaves,reeds,thatch,wood,mud,unburnt bricks, Bamboos(1) Tiles/slate /shingle (2 ) Cooking coke/Lignite (3) Charcoal (4) Cooking gas (5)
Corrugated iron,zinc,metal sheets(3) Bricks,stones,lime (5) Stone (6) Concrete/Rcc/RBC(7) Wood (6) Bio-gas (7) Kerosene (8) Others (9)
Others (8)

Floor (col6)--- Mud(1) Wood/Planks(2) Bamboos, logs(3 Bricks, stones/lime(4) Cement(5) Mosaic/Tiles(6) Others(7)

216 Manual on Population Census

 CENSUS OF INDIA 1991
ABRIDGED HOUSELIST
Identification particulars
Name of State/ Union Territory ..................................................... Code No............................ Name of Village/ Town.................................................................... Code No...............
Name of District ............................................................................. Code No........................... Name or No. of Ward/Mohalla/Hamlet ............................................Code No...............
Code No. of C.D. Block .................................................................................................
Name of Tehsil/Taluka/P.S./Dev. Block/Circle etc.........................Code No........................... Enumerator’s Block No...................................................................................................
SECTION : 3 : (To record census house/households not covered in Section 2 but found by census enumerator during enumeration)

Census Purpose for which Census Name of the Head of the Sl. No. of the
Sl. No. Building No. Household No. Remarks
House No. House is used Household Household

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

217 Manual on Population Census

 CENSUS OF INDIA 2001

Use only Arabic Numerals as indicated below: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Page number

Location Particulars:

(1) Name of State/UT .......................................... Code No. 2) Name of District ...........................................Code No.

(4) Name of Town/ Village ............................................................................................................. Code No.

Line number Building Census Predominant Ascertain use of These columns are to be filled if the census house is used wholly or

If code ‘1’ or ‘2’ in column 7, condition of

number house material of the partly as a residence. Do not fill columns 14 and 15 for institutional
(Munic- number floor, wall and
census house households
ipal or roof of the Total number of Information relating to the head of the

this census house: Good-1/ Livable-

(Write the actual
local census house persons normally household
purpose. Then
authority (Give code residing in this Name of the head of
choose the
or census number from household the household
appropriate Code
number) the respective

If SC+ or ST+ or Other ?

number for that
list below)
purpose from among

SC-1/ ST-2/ Other-3

Household number*
the different

Male-1/Female-2
2/Dilapidated-3
purposes listed
below and after that
Code number in the

Females
Persons
box at the right

Males
Floor

Roof
Wall

hand side of this

column)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Code No. 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

@ Total → @ Total → ← Total

Note: * Give separate serial number to each normal household. Write ‘IH’ for every institutional households.
+ Scheduled Caste can be only from Hindus, Sikhs and Buddhists and not from any other religion. Scheduled Tribe can be from any religion.
# Do not include kitchen, bathroom, latrine, store room, passageway and verandah. Include living room, bedroom, dining room,
drawing room, study room, servant’s room and other similar rooms.
@ Count the number of entries and give total.

Date and Signature of the Supervisor……………………………………………

218
 HOUSELIST SCHEDULE CONFIDENTIAL WHEN FILLED
Page number
(3) Name of Tehsil/Taluk/P.S.
Dev. Block/Circle/Mandal etc................................................. Code No.

(5) Number and /or Name of Ward .................................................... Code No

(6) Houselisting Block No.

Fill columns 16 to 34 for normal households. Put dash (–) in case of institutional households and non-residential census houses

Latrine within the house: No latrine-0/

Number of married couple(s) living in

Kitchen within the house: Yes-1/No-2

Availing Banking Service: Yes-1/No-

Service latrine-1/ Pit latrine-2/ Water
Number of married couple(s) having
Number of dwelling rooms with this

Closed drainage-1/Open drainage-2/

Cooking in opern-3/No cooking -4

this household (Record 0,1,2,3…)
Owned-1/ Rented-2/ Any other -3

Waste water outlet connected to :

(Give Code number from the list

(Give Code number from the list

(Give Code number from the list

Ownership status of this house?

Within the premises-1/Near the

independent room for sleeping
household# (Record 0,1,2,3…)

Radio/Transistor : Yes-1/No-2

Scooter/Motor Cycle/Moped:
Bathroom within the house:

Car/Jeep/Van:Yes-1/No-2
Television: Yes-1/No-2

Telephone: Yes-1/No-2
Drinking water source:

Drinking water source:

Fuel used for cooking:

Bicycle: Yes-1/No-2
premises-2/ Away-3
(Record 0,1,2,3…)

Source of lighting:

Yes-1/No-2

Yes-1/No2
closet 3

2
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

Col. 4: Floor Col. 5: Wall Col. 6: Roof

Material Code No Material Code No Material Code No

Mud 1 Grass/thatch/ Bamboos etc. 1 Grass/thatch/ bamboos/wood/mud etc. 1
Wood/Bamboos 2 Plastic/ polythene 2 Plastic/ polythene 2
Brick 3 Mud/unburnt brick 3 Tiles 3
Stone 4 Wood 4 Slate 4
Cement 5 G.I./metal/asbestos sheets 5 G.I./metal/asbestos sheets 5
Mosaic/Floor tiles 6 Burnt brick 6 Bricks 6
Any other 7 Stone 7 Stone 7
Concrete 8 Concrete 8
Any other 9 Any other 9
Note: * Give separate serial number to each normal household. Write ‘IH’ for every institutional households.
+ Scheduled Caste can be only from Hindus, Sikhs and Buddhists and not from any other religion. Scheduled Tribe can be from any religion.
# Do not include kitchen, bathroom, latrine, store room, passageway and verandah. Include living room, bedroom, dining room,
drawing room, study room, servant’s room and other similar rooms.
@ Count the number of entries and give total.

Date and signature of the supervisor

219
SCHEDULE CONFIDENTIAL WHEN FILLED
Page numner
(3) Name of Tehsil/Taluk/P.S.
Dev. Block/Circle/Mandal etc................................................. Code No.

(5) Number and /or Name of Ward .................................................... Code No

(6) Houselisting Block No.

Fill columns 16 to 34 for normal households. Put dash (–) in case of institutional households and non-residential census houses
Within the premises-1/Near the premises-

Waste water outlet connected to : Closed

Ownership status of this house? Owned-

(Give Code number from the list below)

(Give Code number from the list below)

(Give Code number from the list below)

Availing Banking Service: Yes-1/No-2

Latrine within the house: No latrine-0/
Number of married couple(s) living in

Kitchen within the house: Yes-1/No-2

Service latrine-1/ Pit latrine-2/ Water
Number of married couple(s) having
Number of dwelling rooms with this

Cooking in opern-3/No cooking -4

this household (Record 0,1,2,3…)

drainage-1/Open drainage-2/ No
independent room for sleeping
household# (Record 0,1,2,3…)

Radio/Transistor : Yes-1/No-2

Scooter/Motor Cycle/Moped:
Bathroom within the house:

Car/Jeep/Van:Yes-1/No-2
1/ Rented-2/ Any other -3

Television: Yes-1/No-2

Telephone: Yes-1/No-2
Drinking water source:

Drinking water source:

Fuel used for cooking:

Bicycle: Yes-1/No-2
(Record 0,1,2,3…)

Source of lighting:

Yes-1/No-2

Yes-1/No2
2/ Away-3

closet-3

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

Col. 7: Use of census Col. 20: Drinking Col. 22: Source of Col. 27: Fuel used for
house water source lighting cooking

Purpose Code No Source Code No Source Code No Fuel Code No

Residence 1 Tap 1 Electricity 1 Fire wood 1
Residence-cum-other use 2 Handpump 2 Kerosene 2 Crop residue 2
Shop/office 3 Tubewell 3 Solar 3 Cowdung cake 3
School/college etc. 4 Well 4 Other oil 4 Coal/Lignite/Charcoal 4
Hotel/lodge/guest house etc. 5 Tank/Pond/Lake 5 Any other 5 Kerosene 5
Hospital/Dispensary etc. 6 River/Canal 6 No lighting 6 LPG 6
Factory/workshop/workshed etc. 7 Spring 7 Electricity 7
Place of worship 8 Any other 8 Bio gas 8
Other non-residential use 9 Any other 9
Vacant 0 No cooking 0

220
221
222